10,000 Matching Annotations
  1. Sep 2026
    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, the authors use electrophysiological recordings from the olfactory tubercle (OTu) and ventral tegmental area (VTA) of mice learning an olfactory Pavlovian conditioning task to demonstrate the consistency of changes in OTu odour responses with gradient descent updates minimising reward prediction error (RPE). The paper is clearly written and the work well motivated. The authors address a gap in the literature on animal reinforcement learning by providing neural evidence for gradient-based representation learning, something that had been proposed but not yet tested. The results are convincing and the limitations comprehensively addressed. Of particular interest is the proposal that OTu SPNs could solve the weight transport problem through knowledge of the sign of their downstream connections from their expression of either D1/D2 receptors. This makes a concrete experimental prediction that future research could test.

      Strengths:

      The paper provides one of the first demonstrations backed by neural recordings that representation learning in the brain is consistent with gradient descent. It shows how, although weight transport may be biologically implausible, the brain appears to find other ways to compute a gradient in multilayered networks for efficient learning. The study builds nicely on recent work in systems neuroscience and provides evidence for a concrete implementation in the OTu-VTA circuitry of mice.

      The paper demonstrates that changes in OTu striatal projection neuron (SPN) activity over trials are proportional not only to the RPE relayed by VTA dopamine neurons, but also account for the influence of each particular SPN on the RPE. If an SPN decreases the RPE when active, its activity will increase on the next trial after a positive RPE. The activity will instead decrease for an SPN that increases the RPE. This relation is encapsulated in the update rule of Equation 5.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness of the paper is that it provides only indirect evidence for the update mechanism by inferring synaptic weights based on the (justified) assumption of VTA dopamine neurons encoding RPE. This is still a substantial contribution to understanding representation learning in the brain, though I do think that the authors could provide some additional evidence to further convince readers. One idea could be to analyse the distribution of inferred weights and validate whether it agrees with known statistics of connectivity between OTu SPNs and their downstream projections (e.g. fraction of D1/D2 SPNs).

      Further, as dopamine neurons are known to have asymmetrical responses for positive and negative RPEs (with the dips in activity related to negative RPEs being generally smaller) I'd expect an improvement in the correlation of the learning updates particularly after the reversal if the authors account for this in the model.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Most models of reinforcement learning in the brain treat the question of how the external world is represented as an afterthought. In "Error driven representation learning in the mesolimbic system", the authors begin by calling attention to this limitation of previous work, then proceed to show that neural activity in part of the ventral striatum evolves in a manner consistent with dopaminergic RPE-driven representation learning. Overall, the question is interesting, the modeling is well done, and the claims are bold. While I am not convinced that olfactory tubercle outputs _mainly_ reflect state features acquired through error-driven learning (see main points below), I am now more willing to believe that they might. I am confident that this work will spark discussion.

      Strengths:

      The latent weight trajectory inference approach is a nice application of Kalman filtering, the model validation and comparison steps are well executed and thorough, the discussion is nicely written and includes an appropriate caveat about the weight transport problem, and the general idea of striatal output being value-like but also having state-like aspects that evolve over time is thought-provoking.

      Weaknesses:

      In my view, the main limitation of this work is that the authors do not clearly rule out (1) non-representation learning and (2) non-error-driven learning. This fits with the narrow research question stated at the end of the introduction (L71-72), which is confirmatory in nature and does not claim to exclude alternatives, but other aspects of the framing are less consistent.

      Main points of criticism

      (1) Representation vs. value learning

      The first two pages of the manuscript gave me the impression that the authors wish to draw a clear distinction between representation and value learning, and that they would squarely position this paper as a study of representation learning. The substance of the work does not seem consistent with this positioning, a mismatch that could be addressed either by incorporating new analysis and discussion or by changing the framing.

      Examples of emphasis on representation:

      - Abstract L14-17 defines value and representation learning and states why they are different.

      - First three paragraphs of introduction explain the power of learned representations.

      - Results L103-108 attribute state representations to OTu and value to downstream regions.

      For this level of emphasis, it would be good to see a convincing argument that OTu MSN activity is better understood as a state representation than as the output of a value function.

      Options for establishing OTu as state and not value:

      - Explicitly claim in the introduction that previous work has established this, and explain why evidence of stimulus valence being encoded in this area (citations on L68-70) does not favour the value interpretation. Discussing how OTu differs from other parts of ventral striatum that are canonically seen as value coding would also help.

      - Directly compare the extent of state vs. value encoding in the present data. The $w=1$ control is a good step in this direction, but its connection to value coding is mentioned only in passing.

      (2) Error driven learning vs. other types of learning

      Similar to my previous point, the authors seem to claim that the representational changes they study are specifically error driven. While the authors include a good number of controls and ablations, it was not obvious to me that any of them correspond to a form of non-error driven learning that could plausibly generate useful representations. Adding Hebbian learning or a sparsifying learning rule would strengthen this aspect of the work.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: The Reviewing Editor has assessed the revised article without further input from the original reviewers. The Reviewing Editor noted the authors further addressed a methodological concern, and eLife's Assessment remains unchanged from the previous review.]

      Summary:

      The study aimed to assess the associations between meteorological drivers and influenza is important although not new. The authors used 6 years of surveillance data and deep learning models, combining distributed lag non-linear models (DLNM) with Bayesian-optimized LSTM neural networks for predictive modeling. The key interest in this area is to explore the subtropical locations, where influenza is less common and circulates year-round. The authors further claimed that such an association could be able to provide an early warning in the community.

      Strengths:

      Study design based on a prospective cohort to analyse the data for retrospective outcomes.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a sophisticated investigation into the mechanisms by which different inhibitor classes affect the SARS-CoV-2 main protease (Mpro), a pivotal antiviral drug target. This study reveals that effective inhibition can be achieved by modulating the stabilization of the essential dimeric state. It also indicates the dimer interface could be a druggable allosteric site, which may offer a strategy for developing broad-spectrum anticoronaviral agents.

      Strengths:

      The identification of dimer interface stabilization/destabilization as distinct inhibitory mechanisms and the discovery of C300 as a potential allosteric site for ebselen are important contributions to the field. The experimental approach is modern, multi-faceted, and generally well-executed.

      Comments on latest version:

      All of my concerns have been adequately addressed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this report, the authors investigate the mechanisms underlying large-scale genomic amplification (DIGA) induced by genome-wide DNA double-strand breaks (DSBs), such as those generated by ionizing radiation (IR).

      Strengths:

      The authors demonstrate that DSB-induced DIGA does not require origin re-licensing but is dependent on proteins involved in break-induced replication (BIR). This finding represents a major strength of the study, as it reveals a previously unrecognized mechanism of DSB-induced genomic amplification. Additional strengths include the demonstration that DIGA is promoted by DNA end resection and suppressed by the 53BP1-RIF1-shieldin pathway. The authors also show that SET8 and SUV4-20H1 have opposing effects on CDT1 overexpression-induced and IR-induced re-replication. Furthermore, the finding that the extent of DIGA in cancer cells correlates with sensitivity to IR has potential implications for cancer treatment.

      Weaknesses:

      However, more comprehensive studies are needed to strengthen the conclusions. Although IR- or DSB-induced DIGA was observed in multiple cancer cell lines, the overall mechanisms underlying why DIGA is more pronounced in certain cell lines but not others remain unclear. Beyond p53 status, additional factors that determine DIGA susceptibility should be investigated. In addition, the evidence that DIGA-associated DNA synthesis occurs within the same cell cycle is not yet sufficient. For instance, a time-course experiment (EdU versus DAPI) should be performed after IR to determine when DIGA initiates relative to normal S-phase DNA replication. A parallel analysis of re-replication at different time points following MLN4924 treatment would provide a useful comparison. Cyclin B and phospho-histone H3 (Ser10) levels should be monitored to define cell cycle stage. Additional evidence supporting a BIR-dependent mechanism, such as demonstrating conservative DNA synthesis and mapping DIGA sites following AsiSI-induced DSBs, would be needed.

      Overall, this study provides new insights into the mechanisms driving genome-wide amplification following DSB formation. Additional mechanistic studies will further strengthen the conclusions and broaden the impact of this work.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Benamar et al. investigate whether DNA double-strand breaks induce extensive abnormal DNA synthesis in cancer cells and whether this response contributes to the cytotoxic effects of ionizing radiation and other DNA-damaging treatments. The authors refer to this process as double-strand-break-induced genomic amplification (DIGA). Mechanistically, they propose that insufficient protection of broken DNA ends permits excessive resection, followed by RAD51-dependent strand invasion and RAD52-POLD3-POLD4-dependent DNA synthesis resembling break-induced replication.

      Overall, the study addresses an interesting and potentially important question. Break-induced replication was originally defined as a pathway that repairs one-ended DNA breaks through extended synthesis from an invaded homologous template. Studies in yeast established that this process involves a migrating DNA-synthesis bubble, conservative inheritance of newly synthesized DNA, frequent template switching, and high mutagenicity. Related forms of DNA synthesis have subsequently been described in mammalian cells at collapsed replication forks, telomeres, under-replicated mitotic regions, and some transcription-associated DNA breaks.

      The important advance of this study is the proposal that double-strand-break-associated DNA synthesis, with several features of break-induced replication, can become sufficiently extensive to cause a measurable increase in total cellular DNA content and that this synthesis correlates with radiation-induced cell death. However, the physical structure, genomic distribution, and extent of the additional DNA have not yet been directly established.

      Strengths:

      Radiation-induced breaks are generally considered in relation to DNA repair, chromosome rearrangements, checkpoint activation, mitotic failure, senescence, and cell death. The possibility that broken DNA ends can also initiate extensive DNA synthesis provides a potentially important additional link between defective break repair, genome amplification, and treatment-induced cytotoxicity.

      The authors examine this phenomenon using several complementary approaches and comparisons across multiple cancer cell lines. The finding that several double-strand-break-inducing treatments produce a similar response suggests that the phenotype is not restricted to ionizing radiation or to a single cellular background.

      The authors also make efforts to distinguish DIGA from canonical origin-dependent re-replication, such as that caused by CDT1 stabilization and inappropriate origin relicensing. They find that, following irradiation, CDT1 is degraded rather than stabilized and that CDT1 depletion does not suppress DIGA. Perturbation of ORC1 or ORC2 also has little effect on the phenotype. In addition, depletion of SET8 or loss of SUV4-20H1 increases, rather than decreases, DIGA.

      The authors carry out a systematic analysis of DNA-end protection and processing. Loss of ATM, RNF8, RNF168, 53BP1, RIF1, or Shieldin components enhances DIGA, whereas depletion or inhibition of CtIP, MRE11, EXO1, RAD51, RAD52, POLD3, or POLD4 suppresses it. These experiments support a model in which insufficient end protection permits excessive DNA-end resection, followed by strand invasion and recombination-associated DNA synthesis involving factors linked to break-induced replication.

      Overall, the findings place DIGA within a growing body of evidence that recombination-associated DNA synthesis can extend well beyond short repair patches. The study attempts to connect the processing of double-strand breaks with abnormal DNA synthesis, increased cellular DNA content, and the cytotoxic response to radiation.

      Major weaknesses and suggested experiments:

      (1) The main evidence for DIGA is the appearance of cells with greater-than-G2/M DNA content by flow cytometry. BrdU incorporation shows that active DNA synthesis occurs within this population, and the density-gradient experiments provide further evidence for newly synthesized DNA. However, these methods do not reveal the physical nature of the proposed genomic amplification-for example, which genomic regions are copied or how long the synthesis tracts are.

      This is important for the central conclusion of the study because mammalian break-induced replication can produce genomic duplications, but the extent of synthesis depends strongly on the type of DNA lesion. Previous work has shown that repair of damaged replication forks can produce segmental genomic duplications (Costantino et al., 2014; PMID: 24310611). By contrast, recent measurements at defined two-ended double-strand breaks suggest that mammalian break-induced-replication tracts can be relatively restricted (Li et al., 2021; PMID: 33470420; Shah et al., 2024; PMID: 39368985).

      Thus, the large increase in total DNA content detected by flow cytometry in this study would require many simultaneous synthesis events, very long synthesis tracts, or an alternative process such as whole-genome duplication. The authors should therefore characterize the additional DNA directly. Whole-genome sequencing of sorted cells with greater-than-G2/M DNA content could be particularly informative.

      (2) The genetic dependencies are consistent with synthesis initiated from resected DNA ends, but they do not directly demonstrate that the new DNA synthesis begins at double-strand breaks. DNA damage could indirectly alter replication-origin activity, cell-cycle progression, or DNA synthesis at genomic regions distant from the original lesions. Increased DNA content alone therefore does not establish amplification initiated directly at DNA breaks.

      (3) MLN4924-induced re-replication is used throughout the study, but it is unclear whether the authors have combined MLN4924 with ionizing radiation and measured the resulting DNA synthesis. This experiment could clarify whether conventional re-replication and DIGA are independent, overlapping, or mechanistically connected.

      (4) The results involving canonical non-homologous end joining are complex. Loss or inhibition of DNA-PKcs increases DIGA, whereas loss of XRCC4 or XLF strongly suppresses it, and loss or inhibition of LIG4 has a weaker suppressive effect. The authors suggest that XRCC4 and XLF stabilize broken DNA ends and thereby permit the synthesis reaction independently of final ligation. This is an interesting model, but the current evidence does not yet establish it. XRCC4 and XLF can affect end synapsis, break persistence, chromosome fusion, resection, and cell-cycle progression. Their loss could therefore reduce DIGA through several indirect mechanisms. The authors should measure DNA-end resection, RAD51 loading, persistence of double-strand breaks, and recruitment of RAD52 or POLD3 in XRCC4-, XLF-, and LIG4-deficient cells. Complementation with separation-of-function mutants that differentially affect XRCC4-XLF end bridging and LIG4 recruitment could test whether end stabilization, rather than ligation, is important. Without this, the opposing effects of upstream and downstream non-homologous end-joining components remain difficult to understand.

      (5) The correlation between the amount of DIGA and radiation sensitivity across cancer cell lines is interesting. However, cell lines differ in many factors that influence radiation responses, including p53 status, apoptosis, checkpoint activity, ploidy, homologous recombination capacity, and proliferation rate. Matched models would provide stronger evidence. Conversely, restoring DNA-end protection in a DIGA-prone cancer cell line could test whether this reduces susceptibility. These experiments would help determine whether DIGA is a general property of cancer cells or a feature of particular repair-defective genetic backgrounds.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors show that exposure of cancer cells to DSBs induced enzymatically or by ionizing radiation (IR) results in large-scale genomic amplifications (DIGA: DSB-induced genomic amplifications) that are detectable by FACS. This phenomenon was observed in diverse cancer cell lines and was shown to be limited by p53 in paired cell lines. In principle, DIGA could result from re-initiation of DNA synthesis within the same cell cycle, mitotic segregation errors, or repair-associated DNA synthesis. The authors conduct experiments to distinguish between these possibilities and conclude that DIGA is the result of extensive RAD51-dependent DNA synthesis.

      Strengths:

      The observation of genome amplification in response to DSBs specifically in cancer cells is striking, particularly at high IR doses or by AsiSI endonuclease induction. At 9 Gy, almost 50% of cells have a >4N DNA content. The correlation between high levels of DIGA and reduced clonogenic survival of melanoma cells suggests that DIGA contributes to IR-induced cytotoxicity. The authors convincingly show that DIGA occurs in a single cell cycle and is not due to chromosome mis-segregation at mitosis. Because DIGA is partially dependent on resection nucleases, POLD3, POLD4, RAD52 and RAD51, the authors conclude that DIGA results from repair synthesis by a BIR-like process.

      There are significant weaknesses in the study:

      (1) It is unclear to this reviewer how BIR-like synthesis could increase genomic DNA copy number by 50% or more, as indicated by the FACS plots. In the case of AsiSI, there are ~150 sites that are efficiently cleaved in U2OS cells. Each of these sites would need to prime extensive synthesis by an inefficient migrating D-loop mechanism. Studies of BIR-like synthesis at DSBs in U2OS cells have shown that repair tracts are fairly short, around 3-10 kb in length. Thus, it is hard to rationalize how BIR at a few hundred DSBs could initiate such large changes in genome size.

      (2) The BrdU-FACS plot shown in Figure S4 shows that most of the cells have an 8N content 48 and 72 h after AsiSI induction and do not have much BrdU incorporated. This finding would suggest that genomic DNA doubling is mostly independent of de novo synthesis. Also, there does not seem to be a continuum from 4N up to 8N in these plots as one might expect from variable length DNA synthesis tracts.

      (3) The requirement for XRCC4, XLF and LIG4 to promote DIGA is puzzling if synthesis occurs by a BIR-like mechanism. Although there is evidence that DNA synthesis at DSBs can be initiated by homology-directed strand invasion and terminated by NHEJ, this mechanism would limit the extent of synthesis to a few kb at each site. One might have expected an increase in DIGA in the absence of core NHEJ factors because of the increased number of DSBs available for BIR.

      (4) Although the authors rule out re-replication as a contributor to IR-induced DIGA, the FACS profiles of MLN4924 and 9 Gy treatment look remarkably similar, and both would be inhibited by aphidicolin treatment. A previous study showed that DSBs induce endoreduplication in Arabidopsis (Adachi et al. PNAS 2011).

    1. La llegada de los agentes de IA al ámbito ofensivo debe impulsar una revisión inmediata de los modelos de seguridad y protección de datos

      【方法】文章建议需要立即审查安全模型,但没有提供具体的实施步骤或时间表。需要了解这些审查的具体内容、涉及的部门、预期的完成时间,以及如何衡量这些审查的有效性。缺乏这些细节使得这些建议难以转化为实际行动。

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Dong et al. present an in-depth analysis of mutant phenotypes of the Rab GTPases Rab5, Rab7, and Rab11 in Drosophila second-order olfactory neuron development. These three Rab GTPases are amongst the best-characterized Rab GTPases in eukaryotes and have been associated with major roles in early endosomes, late endosomes, and recycling endosomes, respectively. All three have been investigated in Drosophila neurons before; however, this study provides the most detailed characterization and comparison of mutant phenotypes for axonal and dendritic development of fly projection neurons to date. In addition, the authors provide excellent high-resolution data on the distribution of each of the three Rabs in developmental analyses.

      Strengths:

      The strength of the work lies in the detailed characterization and comparison of the different Rab mutants on projection neuron development, with clear differences for the three Rabs and by inference for the early, late, and recycling endosomal functions executed by each.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors conducted extensive revision experiments, especially to characterize developmental defects. Efforts to identify cargoes were not successful. The evidence is now convincing.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study by Dong et al characterizes the roles of highly-expressed Rab GTPases Rab5, Rab7 and Rab11 in the development and wiring of olfactory projection neurons in Drosophila. This convincing descriptive study provides complementary approaches of Rab expression and localization profiling, conventional dominant negative mutants, and clonal loss of function mutants to address the roles of different endosomal trafficking pathways across circuit development. They show distinct distributions and phenotypes for different Rabs. Overall, the study sets the stage for future mechanistic studies in this well-defined central neuron.

      Strengths:

      Beautiful imaging in central neurons demonstrates differential roles of 3 key Rab proteins in neuronal morphogenesis as well as interesting patterns of subcellular endosome distribution. These descriptions will be critical for future mechanistic studies. The manuscript is well-written and explanatory, very accessible to a wide audience without sacrificing technical accuracy.

      Comments on revised version.

      The paper is greatly improved with new data and better-nuanced interpretation. The clarity of explanations for a non-Drosophila reader have been redone particularly well.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed at a comprehensive phenotypic characterization of the roles of all Rab proteins expressed in PN neurons in developing Drosophila olfactory system. Important data are shown for a number of these Rabs with small/no phenotypes (in the Supplements) as well as the main endosomal Rabs, Rab5, 7, and 11 in the main figures.

      Strengths:

      The mosaic analysis is a great strength allowing visualization of small clones or single neuron morphologies. This also allows some assessment of cell autonomy of the observed phenotypes. The impact of the work lies in the comprehensiveness of the experiments. The rescue experiments are a strength. The added developmental data strengthen the impact of the paper.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is that the experiments do not address the mechanisms that are affected by the loss of these Rab proteins, especially in terms of the most significant cargos. The insights thus do not extend far beyond what is already known from other work in many systems.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this MS, Muenker and colleagues, explore the intracellular mechanics of a range of animal adherent cells. The study is based on the use of an optical tweezer set up, which allows to apply oscillatory forces on endocytosed/phagocytosed glass beads with a large frequency range (from ~1 to 1000 Hz) , allowing to probe cytoplasm material properties at multiple time scales. By switching off the laser trap, the authors also record the positional fluctuations of beads, to extract passive rheological signatures. The combination of both methods allow to fit 6 parameters (from power law fits) that allow to characterize the viscous and elastic nature of the cytoplasm material as well as an effective active energy driven by cellular metabolism. Using these methodologies, the authors first establish/confirm, using HeLa cells, that the cytoplasm is more solid like at short frequencies, and more fluid like at higher frequencies, and that these material states depend on both microtubules and actin cytoskeleton. The manuscript then goes on to explore how these parameters evolve in other 6 cell types including muscles, highly migratory and epithelial cells. These results show for instance that muscle cells are much stiffer, while migratory cells are more fluid like with an increased active energy. Finally using statistical methods and principal component analysis , the authors establish some mechanical fingerprints (activity, fluidity and resistance) that allow to distinguish cell's mechanical state and relate it to their particular functions.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this is a very well executed work, which provides a large body of rigorous numbers and data to understand the regulation of cytoplasm mechanics and its relation to cell state/function. This work opens up on the possibility to systematically link cellular phenotype and cytoskeleton organization to intracellular mechanical signatures among many cell types and contexts.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      By analyzing cells' frequency-dependent viscoelastic properties and intracellular activity through microrheology, Münker et al simplify the complex active mechanical state into six key parameters that constitute the mechanical fingerprint. They apply this concept to cells treated with cytoskeleton-inhibiting drugs. Additionally, a comprehensive statistical analysis across various cell types shows how cells coordinate their mechanical properties within a defined phase-space marked by activity, mechanical resistance, and fluidity.

      Strengths:

      (1) The distribution of the six parameters: they have been well characterized based on established theories, and they can be used to understand cell-type-specific biomechanical differences. The examples of muscle cells and immune cells were profound and informative.<br /> (2) Efforts to perform dimension reduction of parameter space into activity (E), fluidity (C1) and resistance (A) are insightful and will be helpful for future characterization of cell mechanics.

      Comments on revised version.

      In the original submission, cytochalasin B alone showed little effect on viscoelastic and active energy parameters, and it was unclear whether this reflected a true absence of actin's role or an artifact of the perturbation method used. In the revised manuscript, the authors addressed this by repeating the cytochalasin B measurements with larger sample sizes and adding latrunculin A, a mechanistically distinct and more potent actin-depolymerizing drug, together with immunostaining to confirm cytoskeletal disruption. This convincingly shows that actin depolymerization does affect the solid-like prefactor and fluidity, resolving the original concern.

      Nocodazole-induced microtubule depolymerization previously did not appear to reduce the solid-like property A, which was unexplained. The revised manuscript removes the speculative compensation-mechanism explanation, adds a discussion comparing the results to prior AFM literature (explaining the discrepancy as reflecting different mechanical compartments probed - cortex vs. intracellular), and the new data now show a significant reduction of A with nocodazole treatment as well. This weakness is resolved.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cells and tissues are viscoelastic materials. However, metabolic processes that underly survival, growth and migration render the cell as an active matter at non-equilibrium. These two facts contribute to the difficulty of probing mechanical properties especially with sub-cellular resolution. However, the concept that the mechanical phenotype can be indicative of normal physiology necessitates approaches of defining the cellular phenotype. Here, Muenker et al evokes a powerful argument for mapping intracellular mechanics using optical tweezer- active microrheology. They present a suite of parameters towards a definition of a mechanical fingerprint. This is a compelling idea. There are some concerns as detailed below

      Strengths:

      These are technically challenging experiments and the authors provide systematic approaches to probe a system at non-equilibrium.

      Weaknesses:

      The importance of the mechanical fingerprint is diluted due to some missing controls needed for biological relevance. As it reads, sinusoidal waves are applied sequentially from 1- 1024Hz.<br /> Please clarify if amplitude is the same for each frequency, also how many frequencies are used?

      On this point, due to perturbations due to alterations in pre-stress, are the orders of frequencies randomized?

      How many beads are probed in a given cell.

      Is the graph in 1 c G', G" per cell or average of many cells?

      Figure 1e is quite nice, however is there an equivalent performed in a non-linear ECM such as collagen for comparison, in a similar vein can the equivalent be calculated for cells with/without treatment with low doses of cycloheximide to reduce protein synthesis? Yes, cytoskeletal elements are important for cell mechanics, but cytoplasm crowding is often an overlooked factor.

      The biggest issue is the interpretation of the different factors as each of these cells have different energetic needs.<br /> The comparison between cancer cells with different aggressiveness, immune and epithelial cells.<br /> For example, some types of cancer cells will be dominated by glycolysis vs oxphos, which will influence both the cytoplasmic and nuclear mechanics?

      It would be useful to carefully assess factors not restricted to<br /> a) Cytoskeleton<br /> b) Protein synthesis<br /> c) Metabolic state

      For similar lines and/ or cells where there are lineages that are either more metastatic in cancer, normal counterpart or drug resistant in an effort to link the fingerprint to a biological output. Specifically, is migration, proliferation, survival correlated with the measurements.

      The reviewer is sensitive to the technical difficulties of the experiments. However, the interpretation and importance of the mechanical fingerprinting requires additional work as mentioned above.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers.]

      Summary:

      The study claims to explore plant microbiome engineering using host-mediated selection as a strategy to enhance rice growth and drought tolerance.

      Strengths:

      The authors have derived and identified simplified microbiomes from wild microbial communities of rice fields, deserts, and serpentine seep soils by selecting microbiomes from plants with desired phenotypes across generations. Metagenome-assembled genomes revealed enriched functions, such as glycerol-3-phosphate and iron transport, known to mediate plant-microbe interactions during drought.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Styer et al. impose artificial selection on root-associated microbiomes to increase drought tolerance in rice plants using different soils as starting microbiomes. Using NDVI and biomass as a proxy for plant health, they find that iterative passaging of the microbiomes of the best-performing plants increased plant resilience to drought stress in a soil-dependent manner. The study makes use of numerous controls. The authors survey the microbiota of the plants across generations, using an array of interesting analyses to characterize their observations. Firstly, the authors find that the acquired microbiomes are divergent towards the beginning of the selection experiment, but nearly converge later suggesting that the selected communities become more similar over time. One reason is that the diversity of the microbiomes severely decreases after only one or two generations of selection AND that microbes from each inoculation source appear to easily disperse across the experiment, leading to microbiome homogeneity. The authors then present an analysis to correlate ASVs with the NDVI and Biomass over the course of the experiment (using the rice soil selection lines) to develop hypotheses about which ASVs may impact plant traits.

      Strengths:

      The authors set out to refine the understanding of microbiome artificial selection, a topic of recent interest to the plant microbiome field. The authors use an established approach (Mueller et al), expanding upon it by including multiple starting soil inocula to ask whether the strength of selection varies by input microbiome. This is an important and novel question. Using drought resilience as measured by NDVI and plant biomass to select upon was a wise choice for this type of study, given their relative ease and quickness to assess. The inclusion of several types of controls, multiple selection lines, and several starting soil inocula showed a thoughtful experimental design. The analyses were diverse, non-standard, and attempted to address microbiome dynamics on multiple fronts. I am not necessarily convinced by some of the conclusions (see below), however, I think this study examines an important and exciting topic in the area of plant microbiomes. I predict the findings of the experiments will inform a wide audience of researchers attempting similar studies and be helpful in their designs.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      In this work, Styer et al. explore host selection as a means for recruiting microbes that may aid their host under stressful conditions, in this case under drought stress, as an alternative to target-SynCom design. They do so by subjecting rice plants to several generations of soil transplantation, and by using the most successful rice plants as donors for the next generation. By using several NGS approaches and very thorough bioinformatics analysis, the authors identify potential microbial taxa and the associated functions enriched in the conditions of interest.

      Strengths:

      In general, I think this approach was very much needed in the field as an alternative to SynComs, which are still not readily usable in croplands. This work sets the grounds for future similar approaches, using different stresses and different host plants.

      In this work, the experimental setup is well thought-through and well-replicated. In addition, an exhaustive set of preliminary experiments was performed before deciding on the final panel of soils to use and scoring methodology. The figures are clear and well-explained.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Dwulet et al. combined experimental and modeling approaches to investigate how correlated spontaneous activity in the mouse's primary visual (V1) and primary somatosensory (S1) areas drives the development of multisensory integration in area RL. Notably, they focused on early developmental stages, before sensory experience occurs. Consistent with previous experimental findings, the authors first demonstrated that spontaneous activity becomes more sparse across development in all three areas, as measured by event amplitude, event duration, and participation ratio. Using a linear mixed model analysis to compare the maturation of this spontaneous activity, they found evidence that S1 matured the fastest. The authors then presented experimental evidence suggesting that these spontaneous events were moderately correlated both spatially and temporally.

      They hypothesized that activity-dependent mechanisms use these correlations to establish connectivity across these regions. To test this hypothesis, the authors modeled a feedforward network with connections from S1 to RL and from V1 to RL, where the strength of connections depended on a Hebbian term for potentiation and a heterosynaptic term for depression. By investigating different levels of V1-S1 correlations, they found that moderate levels of correlation led to the significant development of topographically organized connectivity while maintaining a mix of bimodal and unimodal cells in RL. Additionally, when simulating a network with a more mature S1, they observed that topographical maps improved not only between S1 and RL but also between V1 and RL. Finally, the authors use linear regression to suggest that the mixture of bimodal and unimodal cells in RL is optimal for encoding the maximum amount of information from both V1 and S1.

      Comments on revised version:

      The revision closes most of the data-model gaps raised in my original review. The authors have clarified the experimental measures and statistical comparisons, improved the spatial correlation-map analysis, added a temporal-lag analysis that argues against stereotyped traveling waves, expanded the model description, and performed additional simulations examining the effects of differences in spontaneous activity. Taken together, these changes provide solid support for the paper's principal conclusion: structured and moderately correlated activity can, within the proposed model, guide the refinement of an initially coarse connectivity scaffold into aligned multisensory representations.

      The remaining limitations primarily concern the more specific claim that the somatosensory pathway matures first and guides refinement of the visual pathway. The experiments support the conclusion that spontaneous activity in the somatosensory cortex matures earlier. However, the proposed consequence of this difference is carried in the model by an assumed stronger initial somatosensory-to-higher-order connectivity bias, motivated by pilot anatomical observations that are not included quantitatively in the manuscript. The new supplementary simulations suggest that differences in activity amplitude and frequency alone are insufficient, but the parameters are varied over ranges considerably smaller than the differences measured experimentally, and event duration is not varied. These simulations therefore do not strongly establish that the measured activity differences are insufficient to produce the effect. In addition, the Figure 4 caption and portions of the Discussion continue to imply that more mature somatosensory activity itself instructs map alignment, whereas the revised Results present the more qualified conclusion that an additional connectivity difference is required.

      A few internal inconsistencies also remain. The abstract still describes activity in the three areas as being recorded simultaneously, although the cellular-resolution recordings were acquired sequentially; only the wide-field data were collected simultaneously across areas. The revised model also assigns spontaneous events durations and intervals in milliseconds, while the measured calcium events last several seconds and occur only a few times per minute.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      The revised manuscript has substantially improved, and the authors have satisfactorily addressed most of the concerns raised in my original review. Overall, the experimental evidence and its relationship to the computational model are now presented more clearly and rigorously, substantially strengthening the manuscript.

      My main reservation in the original review concerned the role of the initial topographic connectivity bias in the computational model. The revised manuscript provides a clearer interpretation of this aspect. The initial bias represents a coarse activity-independent scaffold, while the final organization of the maps depends on its interaction with the structure and degree of correlated spontaneous activity. Importantly, the simulations show that the presence of the initial bias alone does not determine the final connectivity pattern. I therefore consider the computational results substantially better supported and interpreted in the revised manuscript. Nevertheless, as the model starts from a predefined coarse topographic organization of the projections from the primary sensory cortices to RL, in my opinion, the results demonstrate how structured spontaneous activity can refine and align an initially organized connectivity scaffold, rather than showing that spontaneous activity itself establishes this topographic organization.

      This distinction is relevant when interpreting the central mechanistic conclusion of the study. The work provides convincing support for the idea that correlated spontaneous activity can contribute to the refinement and alignment of multisensory cortical maps, conditional on the existence of an initial coarse topographic organization. Establishing experimentally how this initial connectivity is organized during the relevant developmental period, and how spontaneous activity modifies it, remains an important question for future work.

      Overall, I consider the revised manuscript considerably stronger than the original submission. Most of my previous concerns have been adequately resolved, and the study provides valuable experimental and computational insight into how spontaneous activity may contribute to the development of aligned multisensory representations.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by Dwulet et al. explores how the development of spontaneous neural activity in primary sensory cortices influences the co-alignment of multiple sensory modalities in higher-order brain areas (HOAs). To address this question, they focus on connectivity between the primary visual (V1) and somatosensory (S1) cortices and an associative cortical area (RL) in mice. The authors combine experimental (wide-field and two-photon calcium imaging) and computational approaches to show that spontaneous activity matures at a different pace across these brain regions. Their data indicate that S1 develops more rapidly than V1, which is possibly beneficial for RL's integration of visual and somatosensory inputs through correlated spontaneous activity. Using a computational model, they demonstrate that a moderate correlation between V1 and S1 activity can optimally guide the formation of bimodal neurons in RL, which are crucial for maximizing the decodability of multisensory stimuli. This finding highlights the role of correlated spontaneous activity in primary sensory cortices in establishing co-aligned topographic multimodal sensory representations in downstream circuits.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is well written and it provides strong enough evidence to support the main claim of the authors. The insights on the role of correlated activity on instructing co-aligned multisensory maps in HOAs are not trivial and are an important advancement for the field.

      Weaknesses:

      In the opinion of this reviewer, the study has no major weaknesses. A drawback of the work is that none of the predictions of the computational modeling have been corroborated through mechanistic experimental manipulations of early brain activity.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have addressed all my previous concerns. I have no further comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study builds on earlier work showing that early-life odor exposure can trigger glial-mediated pruning of specific olfactory neuron terminals in Drosophila. Moving from indirect to direct functional imaging, the authors show that pruning during a narrow developmental window leads to long-lasting suppression of odor responses in one neuron type (Or42a) but not another (Or43b). The combination of calcium and voltage imaging with connectomic analysis is a strength, though the voltage imaging results are less straightforward to interpret and may not reflect synaptic output changes alone.

      Strengths:

      Biologically, one of the main strengths of this work is the direct comparison between two odor-responsive OSN types that differ in their long-term adaptation to early-life odor exposure. While Or42a OSNs undergo pruning and remain persistently suppressed into late adulthood, Or43b OSNs, which also respond to the same odor, show little lasting change. This contrast not only underscores the cell-type specificity of critical-period plasticity but also points to a potential role of inhibitory network architecture in determining susceptibility. The persistence of the Or42a suppression well beyond the developmental window provides compelling evidence that early glia-mediated pruning can imprint a stable, life-long functional state on selected sensory channels. By situating these functional outcomes within the context of detailed connectomic data, the study offers a framework for linking structural connectivity to long-term sensory coding stability or vulnerability.

      Comments on revised version:

      I thank the authors for their careful revision and thoughtful responses to the reviewers' comments. The revised manuscript addresses my previous concerns in a satisfactory manner, and the interpretation of the findings has been appropriately clarified and balanced. I have no further major comments.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Recent work from the authors identified the synaptic changes and glial reaction that occurs during exposure of a Drosophila odorant receptor neuron population to continued exposure of a stimulating odorant. This work markedly advanced our understanding of cellular response to critical periods. This current Advance manuscript carries that work forward and examines the non-autonomous responses to constant odorant exposure. The authors discover that the changes to ORN populations are not accompanied by changes to either PN dendrite or PN axon volume, nor are they concurrent with changes in postsynaptic PN structures. These changes are, however, notable accompanied by changes in Ca2+ and voltage responses in ORNs. Importantly, this set of responses is specific for the Or42a ORNs (that are highly sensitive to the odorant in question, ethyl butyrate) and not the Or43b ORNs (which respond to ethyl butyrate, but not as drastically). Finally, the authors include connectomics analyses showing that Or43b and Or42a ORNs differ in their synaptic input/output relationships.

      This is an excellent use of the Advance mechanism for the journal as these are important follow-up findings for the parent story. The non-autonomous effects (or lack thereof) on PNs is an important part of the story as is the functional response of Or42a ORNs and the differing response of similarly (but not identically) sensitive Or43b ORNs. The experiments are well conceived, controlled, and conducted. Where the story falters a bit, though, is with the connectomics analysis. The authors show distinct differences between Or43b and Or42b ORN input output relationships and suggest that those differences may underlie the differences observed in their response to ethyl butyrate exposure during the critical period. This is certainly a possibility, but as it stands now, it is too disconnected to offer significant proof. There would have to be additional experiments to address this. Right now, the inclusion of the connectomics work feels like a distraction at best, and a complete non sequitur at worst. To be clear, the connectomics work is well done and I have no issues with its validity, but is not helpful to the central thesis of the work. I would suggest the authors either remove it entirely or strongly rethink how it fits into the paper.

      Comments on revised version:

      I appreciate the consideration of my comments and the authors' responses. The additional data on PN synapse number is intriguing (and welcome) as is the text discussing potential postsynaptic compensatory mechanisms. I respect the authors' decision in retaining the connectivity analysis, but despite the textual changes, I still feel that it is peripherally related to the main thesis of the work and would best be omitted from the paper and included in a separate, more relevant study. Ultimately, though, that is their choice.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Recent findings have established that macrophage function is tailored to individual tissues through upregulation of tissue-specific transcription factors in response to local microenvironmental signals. However, how these transcriptional pathways affect macrophage lipid metabolism and the importance of this for homeostasis of neighbouring immune cells remains relatively uncharted. One exemplary pathway is the specific expression of GATA-6 by macrophages within the serous cavities that is triggered by local retinoic acid production. Here, Czubala et al have used mice with macrophage-specific deletion of GATA6 (GATA-6KO-mye) to study the importance of tissue-specific macrophage programming in regulating the macrophage and tissue lipidome and the functional importance of this for the regulation of eosinophil numbers in the tissue.

      Strengths and Weaknesses:

      The authors show accumulation of lipid-rich vesicles in the absence of GATA6, which lipidomic analysis suggests are largely comprised of sphingolipids and glycophospholipids. Using published transcriptional data identifies candidate genes in GATA6-deficient cells that may underlie these changes. Manipulating two of these candidate genes, Gba2 and Smpd1, in a macrophage cell line leads to similar changes in sphingolipid composition to those in GATA6-deficient macrophages in vivo, supporting the hypothesis that tissue specialisation of peritoneal macrophages induces transcriptional changes via GATA6 that directly control sphingolipid metabolism. GATA6 deficiency is then shown to affect the oxylipin content of peritoneal macrophages and peritoneal fluid, including higher levels of LTE4 in fluid. Elevated expression of the Ltc4s in GATA6-deficient cells is predicted as the likely mechanism leading to elevated LTE4.

      To determine the functional effects of altered lipid metabolism, and specifically LTE4, the authors focus on the elevated accumulation of peritoneal eosinophils previously reported to occur in GATA-6KO-mye mice. They show that eosinophils undergo less apoptosis in these mice and the absence of a measurable increase in known eosinophil chemokines leads them to conclude that eosinophil numbers arise through increased longevity. However, this point remains to be formally demonstrated, and directly measuring the longevity of eosinophils in the cavity would greatly strengthen their conclusions. The authors then examine known regulators of eosinophil survival, IL-5 and GM-CSF. They convincingly demonstrate a role for IL-5 in the regulation of peritoneal eosinophil numbers but conclude that survival factors other than IL-5 and GM-CSF likely control the differential numbers in control and GATA-6KO-mye mice, given IL-5 was observed to be a general survival signal in both genotypes and that no difference in the levels of these growth factors was observed in lavage fluid between genotypes. The authors then blocked production of prostaglandins using the inhibitor indomethacin. This treatment also led to a general reduction in survival and number of eosinophils in both control and GATA-6KO-mye mice, leading to the conclusion that altered prostaglandin production is not the underlying mechanism regulating elevated eosinophil numbers in the absence of GATA6.

      One weakness in these conclusions is that if the GATA-6-KO-mye phenotype does lead to increased production of a homeostatic growth factor for eosinophils, then inhibition/blockade of such a factor would be expected to lead to loss of eosinophils in both WT and GATA-6KO-mye mice. Furthermore, cytokines, chemokines, and lipid mediators can be rapidly bound and removed or metabolised in vivo by their receptors, meaning detecting an increase in production in body fluids can be difficult.

      Finally, they block production of LTE4 using an inhibitor of the upstream enzyme 5-LO. This treatment reduces eosinophil survival and number in GATA-6KO-mye mice, from which the key conclusion is drawn that elevated LT4E is responsible for the increased survival and accumulation of eosinophils in GATA-6KO-mye mice. The major weakness here is that the equivalent experiment in control mice to determine if inhibition of 5-LO leads to a general reduction in survival/number of eosinophils or if this effect is restricted to the GATA-6KO-mye appears not to have been performed.

      Impact and context:

      Overall, this study demonstrates key alterations in lipid metabolism and lipid mediator release resulting from loss of GATA6 expression in peritoneal macrophages, and links this to the elevated survival/accumulation of eosinophils that occurs concurrently in GATA6-KO-mye mice. The role of endogenous LTE4 in regulation of eosinophil survival and/or migration into tissues is exciting and opens up a new avenue of research for understanding the importance of this pathway in regulation of eosinophils across tissues and during disease. Furthermore, unlike in the mouse, GATA6-expressing macrophages represent only a minor proportion of macrophages in the human peritoneal cavity, while the dominant GATA6-negative population is more equivalent to the GATA6-KO-mye cells studied here (PMID: 38102487). Hence, the data presented in the current manuscript could have important implications for how eosinophil numbers and lipid metabolism may be regulated by these cells in people.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript examines how GATA6-dependent programming of resident peritoneal macrophages regulates their lipidome and, in turn, eosinophil homeostasis, combining lipid imaging, mass spectrometry, transcriptional analysis and in vivo pharmacology. BODIPY/CARS microscopy with targeted lipidomics convincingly shows substantial lipid changes following myeloid GATA6 deficiency, particularly in sphingolipids, with Smpd1 and Gba2 manipulations providing mechanistic support.

      Strengths:

      The authors also connect these changes to eosinophil biology, confirming increased peritoneal eosinophils in Gata6-deficient mice with reduced apoptosis (via two methods) rather than increased production. Testing of alternative explanations (chemokines, IL-5, prostaglandins, 12/15-LOX products) strengthens the argument by narrowing candidate mechanisms. The identification of increased LTE4 is notable as it correlates with eosinophil abundance, and zileuton reduces LTE4, eosinophil numbers, and increases apoptosis. This supports a role for 5-LOX/cysteinyl-leukotriene signalling.

      Weaknesses:

      The principal weakness is specificity: zileuton affects the broader leukotriene pathway, not LTE4 alone, so correlation with LTE4 doesn't establish causality. This matters more given the LTE4 receptor remains unidentified (to the best of my knowledge). Similarly, the proposed transcellular biosynthesis mechanism (ImmGen data suggesting complementary enzyme expression across cell types converting LTC4 to LTE4) is inferential; direct evidence of cellular source and transfer is lacking.

      Design limitations include reliance on pooled animals in some lipidomic measurements, small replicate numbers, and a stronger eosinophil phenotype in females that shifts subsequent analysis toward females. Indeed, this sex dependence deserves more discussion given it limits generalisability.

      Overall, this is a technically strong, conceptually interesting study. The core conclusions, that GATA6-dependent regulation of the macrophage lipidome and a role for cystl Lts in eosinophil survival, are well supported. The more specific claim that LTE4 is the causal factor via a defined transcellular pathway is plausible but not yet firmly established. Experimental strengthening or moderated claims would improve the study.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors sought to define how GATA6-dependent programming of resident peritoneal macrophages regulates lipid metabolism and, in turn, eosinophil survival. By integrating a myeloid-restricted GATA6-deficiency model with cellular phenotyping, lipidomic analyses, and measurements of lipid mediators, the study attempts to connect macrophage transcriptional identity to sphingolipid and cysteinyl leukotriene pathways that may shape eosinophil persistence. The work also appears intended to provide a mechanistic bridge between prior observations from this group and others regarding GATA6-positive macrophages, lipid metabolism, and eosinophil homeostasis.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study addresses an important and understudied question: how tissue-resident macrophage identity controls the local lipid environment and thereby influences eosinophil survival.

      (2) The use of a genetically defined GATA6-deficiency model provides a biologically relevant framework for testing the contribution of macrophage programming.

      (3) The lipidomic data broaden the analysis beyond a single mediator and identify coordinated changes in sphingolipids and glycerophospholipids that may generate useful hypotheses for the field.

      (4) The finding that GATA6 deficiency promotes eosinophil survival is clear, potentially important, and consistent with prior work cited by the authors.

      (5) The study is performed by a knowledgeable team and brings together macrophage biology, eosinophil biology, and lipid metabolism in a way that is likely to interest several research communities.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The central mechanistic chain-GATA6 deficiency leading to altered sphingolipid abundance, altered LTE4 production, and consequently increased eosinophil survival-is not fully demonstrated. The data support associations among these features, but the causal order remains uncertain.

      (2) The cited literature linking sphingolipid and cysteinyl leukotriene biosynthesis does not substitute for direct testing in this model. Perturbation or rescue experiments targeting sphingolipid synthesis and cysteinyl leukotriene production would be needed to establish necessity and directionality.

      (3) The broader lipidomic changes complicate the emphasis on sphingolipids. Because glycerophospholipids are also increased, the phenotype may reflect more extensive membrane-lipid remodeling, altered phospholipase activity, changes in the Lands cycle, or shifts in free fatty-acid availability.

      (4) The manuscript would benefit from a clearer distinction between observations made directly in GATA6-deficient peritoneal macrophages and mechanistic inferences extrapolated from prior studies.

      (5) The physiological and pathological relevance is not yet sufficiently established. It remains unclear whether enhanced eosinophil survival translates into altered eosinophil accumulation, activation, or tissue injury during inflammatory disease in the peritoneal cavity or lung.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper describes an interesting phenotype of C. elegans lite-1 mutants. Previous work showed that lite-1 mutants lose a violet / blue light avoidance response. The authors show here that lite-1 mutants also show a defect in negative diacetyl chemotaxis. While wild-type worms avoid diacetyl at high concentrations, lite-1 mutants are instead *attracted* to it. The authors go on to perform Ca2+ imaging in sensory neurons and find that ADL and ASK neurons show altered Ca2+ responses to diacetyl in lite-1 mutants, suggesting LITE-1 is required for these responses. As unc-13 mutants with defective synaptic transmission show similar diacetyl Ca2+ responses as wild-type, this suggests these neurons respond cell autonomously to diacetyl. Indeed, expression of LITE-1 in ADL from a specific promoter shows phenotypic rescue. The authors then use a strain that expresses LITE-1 in the body wall muscles and show this expression is sufficient to engender them with sensitivity to diacetyl, as measured through altered swimming, hypercontractility, and egg laying. The authors interpret this result as LITE-1 may act as a diacetyl receptor. The authors test whether a structurally similar molecule, 2,3 pentanedione shows similar effects, and they find it does. Alpha-fold modeling and molecular docking analysis show where diacetyl might bind to the LITE-1 protein. They then test whether lite-1 mutants show chemotaxis defects to other molecules as seen with diacetyl.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the study follows up on an interesting and useful result. The experiments as presented are generally well-conceived and performed. The authors use a variety of behavior and imaging approaches to test how LITE-1 mediates diacetyl avoidance. The author revisions addressed the concerns I raised previously.

      Weaknesses:

      In response to the first submission, Reviewer 3 raised the possibility that light facilitates the production of diacetyl which then activates LITE-1. The authors helpfully revised the manuscript to incorporate this mechanisms. However, is it possible that diacetyl and 2,3-pentanedione are instead (or also) acting as photosensitizers, generating an(other) activator of LITE-1? Diacetyl has been previously shown to have chemical reactivity which is enhanced by light (citations below). I realize that the experiments have ruled out a role for acute light exposure in causing phenotypes in some of the experiments, but it is formally possible that prior light exposure may have caused diacetyl to generate peroxides or other photo-products that have the observed biological effect which is then lost in the lite-1 mutant. That is, what if the relevant molecule is already present in the diacetyl bottle / stock solution? At that point, further light exposure may not matter. This possibility was not really addressed in the manuscript.

      -Huang CY, Li J, Liu W, Li CJ. Diacetyl as a "traceless" visible light photosensitizer in metal-free cross-dehydrogenative coupling reactions. Chem Sci. 2019 Apr 8;10(19):5018-5024. doi: 10.1039/c8sc05631e. PMID: 31183051; PMCID: PMC6530541.<br /> -Pengcheng Lian, Ruyi Li, Xiao Wan, Zixin Xiang, Hang Liu, Zhiyu Cao, Xiaobing Wan Acetylation of alcohols and amines under visible light irradiation: diacetyl as an acylation reagent and photosensitizer. Organic Chemistry Frontiers 2022, 9 (2), 311-319.<br /> -Rowell, Keiran N & Kable, Scott & Jordan, Meredith J. T. (2022). An assessment of the tropospherically accessible photo-initiated ground state chemistry of organic carbonyls. Atmospheric Chemistry and Physics. 22. 929-949. 10.5194/acp-22-929-2022.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Koh and colleagues investigate the broader sensory role of LITE-1, a gustatory receptor previously linked to UV light detection in C. elegans. Their study explores whether LITE-1 also mediates avoidance of specific chemical stimuli-namely, high concentrations of diacetyl and 2,3-pentanedione. They show that LITE-1 is required in the ADL and ASK neurons for calcium responses to diacetyl, and that its expression in body-wall muscles is sufficient to trigger hypercontraction upon odorant exposure. Molecular docking suggests both odorants may directly bind to LITE-1 with micromolar affinity. These findings suggest LITE-1 may act as a multimodal receptor for both light and chemical stimuli.

      Strengths:<br /> • Methodological Precision: The study is technically strong, with well-executed calcium imaging and quantitative behavioral assays that clearly show neural and muscular responses to chemical stimuli.<br /> • Novelty and Scope: The work presents a compelling case for LITE-1 functioning as a multimodal sensor, which is an intriguing expansion of its known role.<br /> • Potential Impact: If validated, the findings could significantly advance the understanding of sensory integration in C. elegans, and the tools developed may be broadly useful to the research community.<br /> • Relevance to the Field: The study adds to evidence that C. elegans uses non-canonical sensory pathways and may inspire further exploration of multimodal receptor functions in other systems.

      Weaknesses:<br /> • Lack of Rescue Experiments: The absence of rescue experiments makes it difficult to definitively link the observed phenotypes to loss of lite-1.<br /> • Single Loss-of-Function Approach: The reliance on a single genetic mutant limits interpretability. Additional strategies such as RNAi (e.g., neuron-specific knockdown) would provide stronger evidence.<br /> • Unclear Neuronal Contribution: While calcium responses in ADL and ASK are reduced, it's unclear which neuron(s) are necessary for behavioral avoidance. Cell-specific rescue or knockdown experiments are needed.<br /> • Unvalidated Docking Data: The molecular docking predictions lack experimental validation. Site-directed mutagenesis would be needed to support claims of direct interaction.<br /> • Limited Odorant Specificity Testing: Docking analysis does not include non-binding odorants, making it difficult to assess binding specificity.<br /> • Incomplete Quantification: Some calcium imaging results (e.g., in AWA neurons of unc-13 mutants) lack statistical comparisons, which limits their interpretive value.

      Comments on revisions:

      I thank the authors for their thorough revision. The manuscript is substantially improved, and most of the concerns raised in my original review have been addressed.

      The strongest improvement is the addition of new genetic evidence supporting a role for LITE-1 in high-concentration diacetyl avoidance. The use of multiple independent lite-1 alleles strengthens the conclusion that the phenotype is specifically due to loss of lite-1 function, and the ADL-specific rescue experiment is an important addition. While the rescue is not complete, it is convincing and supports the idea that LITE-1 activity in ADL contributes to the avoidance response.

      The neuronal analysis is also stronger. The new statistical analysis across the sensory neurons addresses my previous concerns regarding quantification, and the revised interpretation of the calcium imaging data is more balanced. The revised title of this section is also more consistent with the data and appropriately focuses on ADL and ASK rather than ASH.

      I also appreciate the additional controls addressing possible effects of ambient light. The light versus dark experiments make it unlikely that the observed behavioral phenotypes are secondary to unintended activation of LITE-1 by environmental illumination.

      The expanded odorant analysis and inclusion of docking predictions for additional compounds are useful additions. Together with the ectopic expression experiments in body-wall muscles, these data strengthen the argument that LITE-1 can respond to diacetyl and related compounds.

      My main remaining concern is the same one raised in the initial review: the docking results remain largely computational predictions and have not been tested experimentally through binding-site mutagenesis or other functional validation. As a result, the manuscript still does not demonstrate direct ligand binding to LITE-1. However, I think the authors have strengthened the indirect evidence considerably, and the conclusions are now generally written in an appropriately cautious manner. I would encourage the authors to continue framing the docking results as supportive of a direct interaction rather than definitive proof of one.

      Overall, I believe the manuscript has been significantly strengthened by the revision. The remaining limitation is largely mechanistic and does not, in my opinion, undermine the central conclusions of the study.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this work, Brown and colleagues report that the photosensor protein LITE-1 of the nematode C. elegans may also a chemosensor that can be activated by high concentrations of the compound diacetly. LITE-1 was described as a putative ion channel of the gustatory receptor family, which is mainly constituted by insect odorant receptors. These form tetrameric ion channels that can be activated by odorant. Specificity is achieved by forming heteromeric channels from three copies of the odorant receptor co-receptor (ORCO) and another subunit that resembles ORCO in the pore-forming C-terminus, but brings in a binding site for the respective odorant. LITE-1 has a very similar structure, according to Alphafold3 predictions, and also carries a binding pocket. In LITE-1, this was proposed to be occupied by a light-absorbing molecule that activates the channel when a photon is absorbed. Alternatively, compounds generated by absorption of high-energy photons may be formed in vivo and bound by the LITE-1 binding pocket. Koh et al. now demonstrate that another, non-light activated compound, diacetyl, at high concentrations, can activate cells expressing LITE-1. Such (chemosensory) cells are also responsible for the avoidance of high concentrations of diacetyl. For this aspect, the protein seems to act in neurons, which are not necessarily the same cells in which LITE-1 is evoking the photophobic response. LITE-1 activation in excitable cells, i.e muscles, causes strong body contraction and paralysis, and the authors show that this is also the case when diacetyl is present. This action is surprisingly rapid, i.e. within 10 seconds after adding diacetyl, raising the question of how the compound can enter the body so quickly. The authors further present molecular docking studies showing that diacetyl could occupy the binding pocket of LITE-1. Last, they show that another compound chemically resembling diacetyl, i.e. 2,3-pentanedione, can also induce avoidance in a LITE-1 dependent manner, though not as potently.

      The data are intriguing and the demonstration of LITE-1 being a diacetyl chemosensor is interesting. Following the first submission and review, the authors addressed most of the questions that this reviewer had and improved the paper significantly. It will add to the further understanding of the still-mysterious multimodal sensory ion channel LITE-1.

      The authors identified mutants lacking diacetyl responses. In their chemotaxis assay (Fig. 1A, B), they show that lite-1 mutants do not avoid high concentrations of diacetyl. However, the animals actually show attraction, as the chemotaxis index was positive. If the lite-1 animals were insensitive, they should be indifferent and the chemotaxis index should be close to zero. The authors now showed that other neurons contribute to the avoidance response that are not themselves bona fide chemosensory neurons, as the avoidance behavior remained in a tax-4 mutant, that is lacking most sensory neuron responses. The authors further showed that diacetyl responses of ADL can be rescued by expressing LITE-1 specifically in this neuron in a lite-1 mutant background, thus demonstrating that LITE-1 acts cell-autonomously in ADL to affect avoidance behavior.

      The effect of diacetyl on muscle cells (Fig. 3C) is pretty rapid. As shown in the initial submission, already during 1 minute after application the animals are almost maximally contracted. The authors now provide a time course with data points every 10 seconds. This shows that contraction is maximal already after 10 seconds of exposure (provided the zero time point is the one where diacetyl is added). This is remarkable, as the compound would have to either pass the worm cuticle, or enter through the gut and diffuse through the body to reach the muscle cells. It would be of interest to compare this to time courses of other pharmacological agents that need to enter the worm's body for their action. As a comparison, often sodium azide is used to paralyze worms for imaging purposes. This molecule is even smaller than diacetyl, but azide action typically requires more time for maximal effects. Could there be active transport mechanisms involved? Maybe diacetyl can pass through some transporters for related molecules into / through intestinal cells quickly, to then reach the body fluid and muscle cells.

      One alternative explanation could be that other mechanisms may be at play. E.g. diacetyl may be immediately sensed by ciliated chemosensory neurons that might release a signaling molecule that leads to activation of LITE-1 in muscles, or that sensitizes it somehow, responding to light used for filming animals. The authors addressed these concerns by repeating their assay in a lite-1 mutant background. The authors had tested unc-13 mutants to rule out indirect effects on the neurons recorded. Likewise, eliminating neuropeptide signaling via unc-31 mutants would have been informative, as neuropeptide signaling plays a role in LITE-1-mediated light avoidance behavior (PMID 40238937, 39489735).

      Molecular docking studies are now described in more detail. The authors also provide a structural model of the diacetyl-docked LITE-1. In this model, only one of the four putative binding sites carries diacetyl. Maybe the authors could test how structure is affected if all four sites contain diacetyl? Mutations of LITE-1 that lack aminoacids shown to be contacted by diacetyl have been described (C300, R222). It would have been insightful to test if such mutants are still activated by diacetyl. This would also verify that there is not an unknown breakdown product of diacetyl that could affect LITE-1 function through oxidative pathways, as diacetyl has been implicated as a photosensitizer in the past.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper examines whether humans use protracted temporal integration in a noise-free, deferred-response contrast discrimination task, using a covert evidence-duration manipulation combined with EEG (SSVEP, CPP, Mu/Beta). The key finding is that evidence for protracted sampling is behaviorally and neurally supported, but even joint CPP + behaviour fitting cannot fully discriminate a standard integration (DDM) model from a novel "extremum-flagging" non-integration model. The paper is transparent about this outcome.

      Strengths:

      This is a well-conducted and well-written study that makes a genuine contribution to the perceptual decision-making literature by introducing a clean experimental design for probing temporal integration without participants adapting their strategy and demonstrating for the first time that a non-integration model (extremum-flagging) can replicate CPP waveform dynamics that have long been considered hallmarks of evidence accumulation. The transparent treatment of equivocal modelling outcomes is commendable.

      Weaknesses:

      My main concerns relate to statistical power, the under-specification of the and the extremum-flagging mechanism. Addressing these would greatly strengthen the paper.

      (1) The sample of 16 participants (15, after the exclusion of one participant) is described as "close to similar EEG studies" with no formal power analysis. Given that the paper's core claim rests on subtle quantitative differences between two model classes - differences that are, by the authors' own admission, not sufficient to declare a winner - even a modest increase in sample size might yield a more decisive outcome. At minimum, the authors should report a sensitivity analysis or post-hoc power calculation to indicate what effect sizes the current N could reliably detect, particularly for the rmANOVA comparisons and the neural constraint fitting.

      (2) The Extremum-flagging model is the paper's most novel contribution, yet its physiological basis is underspecified. The model posits that each decision-terminating bound-crossing triggers a stereotyped, half-sine-shaped centroparietal signal, but no neural circuit or computational mechanism is proposed for how the brain could detect the first bound-crossing event in a non-accumulating evidence stream or generate a temporally precise, fixed-amplitude signal in response. Possible connections to P3b theories of context updating and response facilitation are acknowledged, but these are vague functional descriptions rather than mechanistic accounts. I think the discussion should engage more directly with potential neural substrates that could generate this flagging signal, and whether these are consistent with the known generators of the CPP/P3b. Without this, the extremum-flagging model risks being viewed as a mathematical convenience rather than a biologically plausible alternative.

      (3) The Integration model at the preferred neural weighting estimates a high-to-low contrast drift rate ratio of 8.7, whereas the empirical Mu/Beta lateralization slopes suggest a ratio of approximately 3.5. The authors attribute this discrepancy to the nonlinear contrast response function of early visual cortex and the salience of the high-contrast evidence onset, but these explanations are speculative. These outcomes are arguably the most quantitatively damaging result for the integration model, so they deserves more than a brief discussion. I would recommend that the authors (a) estimate what range of contrast response nonlinearities would be required to close this gap, (b) test whether an alternative drift rate parameterization (e.g., scaling drift rates directly by SSVEP amplitude rather than contrast) reduces the discrepancy, or (c) be more explicit about treating this as a point against the Integration account.

      (4) The sensitivity analysis over neural constraint weightings (w = 0.1 to 1000) is thoughtful, but the paper ultimately acknowledges that the preferred weighting is w=10, chosen because it achieves "a good fit to CPP dynamics without substantively sacrificing behavioral fit" - a qualitative criterion. No principled statistical framework is used to select the optimal weighting or to compare models at a given weighting. A Bayesian model comparison could provide a more formal framework for combining behavioral and neural fit components, and would allow a clearer statement about the relative posterior probability of each model.

      Comments on revisions:

      In reply to my comments, the authors have added a post-hoc power analysis that provides adequate justification for the sample size, a more nuanced discussion of neural mechanisms that could support an extremum flagging model, and several supplementary analyses that show the generality of findings across parameter levels. These are welcome additions that strengthen confidence in key findings while acknowledging nuances involved in quantitative analyses and model fitting.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Hajimohammadi, Mohr, O'Connell and Kelly is intended to demonstrate that participants integrate evidence over time to make a decision, even in a noise-free, static decision context. This is validated by the observation that 1) participant accuracy improves with increased exposure to the stimulus; and 2) there is a correlation between participant accuracy and a neural index of evidence accumulation, as measured by centro-parietal positivity (CPP).

      Strengths:

      (1) Joint modelling of accuracy and CPP dynamics is a significant achievement, as behaviour alone often cannot distinguish between competing theories of decision-making. In the case of protracted sampling in particular, the absence of reaction times (RT) due to the delayed nature of the response makes this method highly appealing.

      (2) The experimental manipulations and the method used to extract the different neural indices are well chosen, enabling the mapping of putative cognitive processes such as evidence accumulation and motor preparation onto the recorded EEG with clarity.

      (3) The in-depth discussion of the results clearly articulates those reported by the authors and in previous works.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Regarding the first point I raised in the first version of the manuscript, I'm satisfied with the author's response.

      (2) For the second point, however, I'm still unconvinced, noting that my understanding of the fitting routine is relatively limited. To me, the comparison of the behavioral and the joint-modelling is relatively weak in terms of evidence. Despite the revision, it is still unclear whether the behavioral models are well conditioned given the very weak constraint exerted by (aggregated, see below) binary decision data only. To my previous comment, the authors reply, "We can instead address identifiability somewhat indirectly through parameter estimate consistency across the 10 fits we conducted with different instantiations of noise". I'm worried that the different instantiations of noise (limited to 10), generated for the parameter search, have any impact at all. A better quantification of the uncertainty in parameter estimates, as well as the AIC, is needed, for example through a cross-validation scheme, or bootstrapping/jack-knifing at the level of the participants. Without this, I remain unconvinced that the behavioral models are suited for the comparison with the joint-neural models:

      (3) Relatedly, regarding the response of the authors to my minor comment 4, after the revision of the manuscript, it is clearer that the behavioral models were fitted only on 6 data points (accuracies averaged over participants for each condition) for models with up to 3 parameters. I understand that the authors average behavior to make a comparison with the joint neural model, whose neural signals are noisy at the participant level. However, if the neural model, or the chosen linking function, needs this aggregation to outperform the behavioral model, that questions a bit whether the joint model is really useful in practice.

      While I see these two last points as serious for the comparison between behavioural and joint-neural models, this does not change the main addition of the paper: that is, the joint model and the evidence for protracted sampling.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aim to compare proposal models of perceptual decision making using a joint modeling approach, where they fit models to both behavioral outcomes as well as CPP. Most notably, they compare a standard evidence accumulation model with models that track the evidence without integrating it over time (extrema detection). The authors report that the joint CPP-behavioral data do not discriminate between two of their proposals.

      Strengths:

      This is an interesting finding that reinforces the idea that what we believe to see based on aggregation over trials may not be what happens on every single trial. The models are creative and the simulations are convincing, relating the models to multiple neural markers of decision formation. These include the CPP but also mu/beta power spectra.

      Initial weaknesses:

      Contrary to the original draft, the current version now clarifies the goals of the study as well as the role of internal vs external noise.

      The authors clarify their stance on the optimality of extrema detection in the Public Review, where they make some good points. Specifically, they argue that models that have studied optimal decision making in the past have considered a quite narrow definition of optimality, for example, ignoring energetic costs.

      The authors clarified the fixed value of the scaling parameter (which apparently was already mentioned in the initial draft, which I had missed). My comment about the discrepancy between the bounded integration model and the EZ diffusion model can thus be ignored. However, I do think that the similarity of the bounded integration model and the EZ diffusion model could be acknowledged in the manuscript somewhere.

      I still think the choice of modeling the grand average accuracy and EEG signal may distort the results. As Figure 1 reveals, there is in fact substantial variation in the change in accuracy across conditions. I can imagine that one model may be preferred over another based on the aggregate data, while the other model is preferred for some participants. On the group level, this may lead to different conclusions, at least quantitatively (e.g., in terms of G2), but potentially even qualitatively. This is especially true for the neurally-informed models because of the covariation between behavioral and neural data.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      In this study by Kitto et al., the authors set out to identify specific signaling components regulating the hypoxic response from the neurons to the periphery and which components are required for lifespan extension. Their previous work had shown that expression of a stabilized HIF-1 mutant in the nervous system extends lifespan through the serotonin receptor SER-7 and leads to the induction of fmo-2 in the intestine. In the current study, they mapped the precise neural circuits required for this response, as well as the signaling mediators. Their work reveals that neurotransmitters GABA and tyramine, and the neuropeptide NLP-17, act downstream of neuronal HIF-1 to convey a "hypoxic signal" to peripheral tissues. Through cell-type-specific expression studies, targeted knockouts, and comprehensive lifespan analysis, the authors provide robust evidence to support their conclusions. The insights gained from the study are both moving the field forward as they advance our understanding of neuro-peripheral hypoxic signaling, but they also lay the groundwork for potential therapeutic strategies aimed at the modulation of such signaling pathways.

      Strengths:

      (1) This study provides new evidence further delineating signaling components required for hypoxic signaling-mediated longevity, from the nervous system to the periphery. Using a rigorous approach where they express stabilized HIF-1 mutant selectively in ADF, NSM, and HSN serotonergic neurons, followed by cell-type-specific tph-1 knockouts to pinpoint ADF-dependent serotonin signaling as essential for both lifespan extension and intestinal fmo-2 induction.

      This was followed by generating 11 transgenic lines that drive SER-7 expression under distinct neuron-specific promoters, to systematically tease out in which of 27 candidate neurons SER-7 functions to mediate hypoxia-induced longevity. This ultimately highlighted the RIS interneuron as the required signaling hub.

      (2) As the intestine lacks direct neuronal innervation, the authors employ neuron-specific RNAi (TU3311 strain) and dense core vesicle analyses to identify that the neuropeptide NLP-17 is required to transmit the hypoxic signal from RIS to induce fmo-2 in the intestine.

      (3) Overall, the paper is very well written. The experiments were carried out carefully and thoroughly, and the conclusions drawn are also well supported by the results they are showing.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors aimed to identify the specific neurons, neurotransmitters, and neuropeptides that mediate the longevity effects of the hypoxic response in C. elegans. By genetically dissecting the pathway downstream of HIF-1, they define a neural circuit involving ADF serotonergic neurons, the SER-7 receptor in the RIS interneuron, tyraminergic signaling from RIM, and neuropeptide NLP-17, ultimately linking neuronal hypoxic sensing to pro-longevity signaling in the intestine.

      Strengths:

      The study employs a diverse genetic toolkit, including neuron-specific transgenes, tissue-specific knockouts and rescues, RNAi knockdowns, allowing the authors to pinpoint causality, sufficiency, and necessity with high resolution. The comprehensive mapping of cell-nonautonomous signaling adds depth to our understanding of how HIF and serotonin signaling interface with aging pathways. The conclusions are supported by consistent survival assays and fmo-2 gene expression analyses.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study found that ADF serotonergic neurons have a significant role in extending lifespan mediated by HIF-1, as well as serotonin receptor SER-7 in the GABAergic RIS interneurons. The author focuses on the sufficiency and necessity of components from the central nervous system and how they contribute to aging upon hypoxia.

      Previous work from the lab has identified that the stabilization of HIF-1 in neurons is sufficient to extend lifespan through the serotonin receptor, SER-7, which subsequently activates fmo-2 in the intestine and leads to lifespan extension. Building on this, the author sought to determine which serotonergic neurons are involved and found that serotonin signaling in ADF neurons is required for lifespan extension mediated by HIF-1.

      The author next tested which subset of neurons requires Ser-7 expression to rescue hypoxic response. They found that ser-7 expression in multiple neurons is sufficient to induce fmo-2, with the top candidate being the RIS neuron. Ablation of the RIS neuron did not extend lifespan, suggesting that ser-7 expression in the RIS neuron is required for lifespan extension, positioning it as a key component in the longevity signaling pathway.

      The author also investigated neurotransmitters and found that GABA and tyramine are important components in this circuit. They showed that the tyramine receptor called tyra-3 is required for vhl-1-mediated longevity. Given that tyra-3 is expressed in oxygen- and carbon dioxide-sensing neurons, the author demonstrated that these sensing neurons work downstream of serotonin signaling. Lastly, the author screened neuropeptide/receptor binding pairs and identified NLP-17 as playing a role in hypoxia-mediated longevity.

      Originality and Significance:

      This research is significant in that it uncovers components that are sufficient and necessary for lifespan extension via the hypoxic response. It provides comprehensive data supporting longevity induced by HIF-1-mediated hypoxic response, in conjunction with fmo-2, a longevity gene, as demonstrated in previous work from the lab. Moreover, it provides a number of new transgenic worm tools for C. elegans and aging communities.

      Conclusions:

      This study provides insights into how hypoxic response regulates aging in a cell non-autonomous manner, outlining a potential circuit involving neurons, neurotransmitters, and neuropeptides.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      Summary:

      The manuscript by Wang and colleagues aims to determine whether hepatic glucose metabolism is differentially regulated by the left and right sides of the LPGi and to reveal decussation of hepatic sympathetic nerves.

      The authors used tissue clearing to identify sympathetic fibers in the liver lobes, then injected PRV into the hepatic lobes. Five days post-injection, PRV-labeled neurons in the LPGi were identified. The results indicated contralateral dominance of premotor neurons and partial innervation of more than one lobe. The authors then activated each side of the LPGi, resulting in a greater increase in blood glucose levels after right-sided activation than after left-sided activation, and in changes in protein expression in the liver lobes. These data suggested lobe-specific modulation of HGP. Chemical denervation of a particular lobe did not affect glucose levels due to compensation by the other lobes. In addition, nerve bundles decussate in the hepatic portal region.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript is timely and relevant. It is important to understand the sympathetic regulation of the liver and the contribution of each lobe to hepatic glucose production. The authors use state-of-the-art methodology.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Image clarity was improved in some cases, but not in others. For example, Figure 3I, showing c-Fos expression, is not convincing due to the image quality and lack of orientation.

      (2) The methods section states that 8-week-old male mice were used in the experiments without specifying the experiments (e.g., brain injection with AAVs or PRV organ inoculation). The authors should include these details.

      (3) The authors should use the exact location of pre- and postganglionic neurons, as they often refer to neurons in the sympathetic chain. Their findings should be compared with the existing literature on the location of preganglionic cells.

      (4) Figure legends should be revised and matched with the text.

    2. Reviewer #4 (Public review):

      Summary of General Strengths & Weaknesses:

      The studies here are highly informative for anatomical tracing and sympathetic nerve function in the liver in relation to glucose levels, but because they are conducted in a single species, it is challenging to translate them to humans or determine whether these neural circuits are evolutionarily conserved. Dual-labeling anatomical studies are elegant, and the addition of chemogenetic and optogenetic studies provides mechanistically informative. Denervation studies lack proper controls, and sensory innervation in the liver is overlooked.

      Specific Weaknesses - Major:

      (1) The species name should be included in the title.

      (2) Tyrosine hydroxylase was used to mark sympathetic fibers in the liver, but this marker also labels a portion of sensory fibers that need to be ruled out in whole-mount imaging data.

      (3) Chemogenetic and optogenetic data demonstrating hyperglycemia should be described in the context of prior work demonstrating liver nerve involvement in these processes. The Discussion currently mentions this only briefly, but comparing methods and observations would be helpful.

      (4) Sympathetic denervation with 6-OHDA can drive compensatory increases in tissue sensory innervation, and this should be measured in the liver denervation studies to implicate potential crosstalk, especially given the increase in LPGi cFOS that may be due to afferent nerve activity. Compensatory sympathetic drive may not be the only culprit, though that is clearly assumed. The sensory or parasympathetic/vagal innervation of the liver is altogether ignored in this paper and could be better described in general.

      Comments on the revised version.

      Across all reviewer comments, the revised resubmission has adequately addressed all concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The presented investigation aims to expand the sleep definition and its relationship with blood meal and/or circadian clock in the mosquito, Aedes aegypti. The authors exhausted the established sleep analytical paradigm and three behaviour toolkits: LAM10, EthoVision, and DART. They also investigated the potential underlying molecular mechanism by using dsRNA injection (LkR) and KO mosquito (Cyc-/-).

      Strengths:

      The authors presented a very solid dataset showing posture changes and increase in the arousal threshold of mosquito after 10 minutes of immobility. This is major clarification and extension to our understanding in insect sleep beyond Drosophila. Inclusion of analytical parameters such as bout length, waking activity and pDoze/Wake provide critical reminder for other investigators of the steps needed for defining sleep in a new species. The investigation, with its technical span in behaviour assays, therefore, establish a good standard for mosquito sleep analysis to the same quality seen in the landmark studies (Shaw et al 2000 and Hendricks et al 2000) for Drosophila sleep. The pioneering data showing clear effect of blood meal and LkR reduction on locomotion and sleep provides an entry point for further investigations. The author has addressed previous concern on coincidence of sleep increase and locomotion reduction by using their two high-res. video tracking velocity or pDoze/Wake, showing that the "sleepy" mosquitos remain capable to reach high speed locomotion albeit less frequently. The authors also discuss the possibility of ATP and alternative explanation regarding sugar content in diet.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Zhang et al. investigate how blood feeding and dietary protein influence sleep in the mosquito Aedes aegypti. The authors first establish a behavioural definition of sleep using postural analysis and arousal threshold measurements, then demonstrate that both blood meals and a bovine serum albumin (BSA)-based protein diet increase sleep for several days. They further show that RNAi-mediated knockdown of the leucokinin receptor (Lkr) enhances sleep, implicating neuropeptide signalling in the regulation of postprandial sleep.

      Strengths:

      The central question is well-motivated, and the experimental approach is systematic. The use of multiple independent methods to characterise sleep - postural analysis, infrared activity monitoring, videography, and arousal threshold - provides converging evidence. The 10-minute immobility criterion is grounded in the arousal threshold data, bouts exceeding 10 minutes corresponding to the first bin at which a significant effect emerges. The demonstration that the sleep increase is already detectable before oviposition establishes that the phenotype begins with feeding rather than with the completion of the reproductive cycle. The BSA feeding experiment is a particularly effective demonstration that dietary protein, rather than other blood components, is a key regulator of the sleep increase. The conservation of leucokinin signalling in sleep regulation between Drosophila and Ae. aegypti is a noteworthy finding that adds comparative depth. The "opportunistic versus determined" host-seeking distinction is appropriately framed as a hypothesis for future testing rather than as a conclusion drawn from the present data, and the limits of the design with respect to reproductive physiology are stated explicitly.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Confound of reproduction and sleep. Blood and BSA both support egg development, so neither condition isolates nutrient sensing from reproductive physiology. The relative contributions of diet, egg development and post-reproductive recovery remain undetermined.

      (2) Sleep versus reduced locomotion. The pDoze and pWake measures are defined here as proportions of time above or below a velocity threshold, rather than as the per-minute transition probabilities of the established definition (Wiggin et al. 2020, PNAS). So defined, they are equivalent to percent sleep and percent wake and cannot distinguish a sleep-like state from the mechanical consequences of engorgement.

      (3) Data availability. Raw data are stated to be available on request rather than deposited in a public repository, which makes independent reanalysis less straightforward than it need be.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Maigler et al. set out to test the hypothesis that individual differences in taste preferences are (in part) due to individual differences in central taste processing. They first tested rats' preferences for a variety of taste stimuli on multiple days. They then recorded responses of neurons in taste cortex to the same tastes on two consecutive days.

      Strengths:

      The authors collected high-resolution behavioral data from the same animals across multiple days, allowing for a detailed characterization of individual variation in taste preferences. They then performed recordings from the same set of animals in response to the same stimuli, allowing them to draw parallels between behavioral and neural responses.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors collect extensive behavioral data and show that preference vary between animals and days, but little insight is provided into what underlies these changes and to what extent they reflect "preference". Two animals drank equal amounts of sucrose and quinine on day one of preference testing, suggesting that behavior does not reflect preference but (lack of) habituation to/proficiency with the testing environment.

      (2) Recordings were performed only after multiple days of preference testing, and preferences were not tested in between/following recording sessions. This design precludes a direct comparison between neural and behavioral responses.

      (3) Similarly, correlations between neural responses and behavioral measures are not analyzed/reported on an animal-by-animal basis.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study from Maigler et al investigates how between- and within-animal differences in taste preference relate to differences in neural responsiveness. The experiments rely on an elegant combination of behavioral assays to measure preference (e.g., repeated brief access testing, BAT) and electrophysiological recordings to monitor the activity of ensembles of neurons in the gustatory cortex (GC) of rats.

      BAT with distinct batteries of tastants revealed pronounced variability in preference (measured as licking bout size) across individuals. This variability across individuals persisted after repeated testing. Repeated BAT also revealed that each individual rat's preference for different tastants changed across time.

      Electrophysiological responses of GC neurons to batteries of tastants showed that firing in the "late epoch" of taste processing (i.e., 500ms post taste delivery) correlated more strongly with the individualized rat's BAT preference rather than with a canonical preference ranking. Importantly, this correlation was stronger for the last BAT session compared to the first. Finally, the authors show that the correlation disappeared in a second, consecutive recording session, indicating that exposure to tastants reconfigure preferences.

      Strengths:

      (1) The experimental design allows for an unprecedented look at the relationship between individual variability in taste preferences and neural processing.

      (2) The study demonstrates that taste preference variability is not mere experimental noise but reflects the dynamic nature of taste. A key strength is the clear evidence that behavioral variability is reflected in neural activity patterns, establishing a strong correlation between brain and behavior.

      (3) The evidence that simple exposure to familiar tastes can reconfigure preferences and taste representations is interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors appropriately addressed the weaknesses in the revision process.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Maigler & Lin et al present a convincing set of behavioral and electrophysiological experiments and analyses exploring how individual differences in taste preference map onto neural responses in the gustatory cortex (GC). They go on to examine how both preferences and neural responses shift following intervening taste experience. Their experiments are strengthened by examining tastes of distinct identities and palatability (sweet, sour, salty, bitter) and correspond each animal's individual preference to the palatability-related late phase of the neural response.

      Strengths:

      (1) They demonstrate a relationship between the behavioral expression of taste preference and palatability-related GC neural responses. The direct correlation of expression of taste preference with GC neural responses indicates that taste preference behavior may be less noisy than previously thought, reflecting actual neural activity.

      (2) They address the stability of individual taste preference by comparing within and between session expression. This finding indicates that individual preference on any given trial or test session can differ from canonical palatability.

      (3) The animal's preferences for various tastes are reflected in the neurophysiological recordings, despite that behavior and physiology sessions are separated by several weeks, with an intervening surgery, across multiple delivery methods (active licking vs passive delivery), and across homeostatic states (thirsty vs sated).

      (4) They provide evidence that representational drift in palatability coding may arise from sensory experience rather than from the passive passage of time.<br /> The findings are novel and impactful, and the results are relatively complete.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors state that "no differences in effects were observed between taste batteries" (Methods), but it is not clear which analyses were performed to determine this, especially considering that many of the analyses are within-animal. Without more clarity, it is difficult to evaluate whether the interaction of different tastes within the sets of stimuli bias the main conclusions.

      (2) It is not clear how the analyses in Figure 3 emerge from the behavioral patterns across Figures 2A2 and 2B2. Along these lines, citric acid responses for R1 and R2 and saccharine responses for R7 and R8 are not shown in Figures 2A2 and 2B2, thus, we cannot determine if they change from the first to final BAT sessions. Salt, even at low concentrations, may not be palatable when rats are in a water-restricted state. It would be interesting to see Figure 3's analysis exclusively for sweet or for bitter tastes.

      (3) A potential reason why a single taste experience session causes taste palatability responses in GC neurons to revert to a reflection of canonical palatability ranks, as is seemingly shown in Figure 6, is not discussed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors describe a clever genetic system based on rapamycin-inducible expression of a beta-galactose reporter. The authors compare this spectrophotometer-based readout to the parasite reduction rate version 2 (PRRv2) recently described by some of the same authors and based on incorporation of [3H]-hypoxanthine. The results are generally comparable, with some differences for slower-acting compounds. The authors report that this format is better suited for higher-throughput studies and requires less time to quantify time-dependent onset of parasiticidal action compared with the PRRv2.

      This is a very well-executed and well-described body of work with a comprehensive set of analyses. The revised manuscript provided more context in comparing this method to other methods in the field, with a clearer explanation that the current MULT-i2 assay focuses on assessing viability, whereas other methods are more focused on assessing growth inhibition. The new assay is also faster than the prior PRR methodology. The current design will be useful to stay multi-drug combinations. The authors state that this parasite line will be available from BEI with an accompanying MTA. Other earlier comments and concerns were very well addressed by the authors.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      Antimalarial combination therapy is the standard of care for malaria, a disease that impacts hundreds of millions of people annually. Combination therapy is crucial for effectively treating the disease and delaying the emergence of drug resistance. Despite the importance of choosing appropriate partner antimalarials for combination therapy, drug interactions are typically evaluated late in the course of drug development. Standard in vitro assays that determine synergistic, antagonistic or additive interactions between drug combinations rely on measuring inhibition of parasite proliferation, which is inadequate for translation to pharmacodynamic models for parasite clearance in the patient. Direct measurement of parasite viability under drug treatment has previously relied on methods that are labor and resource intensive, limiting applications to single compounds and single concentrations. Here, Hellingman et al make use of an inducible chemiluminescence reporter to measure cell viability and apply this novel approach to quantify drug interactions. The methodology is a significant improvement upon prior methods, requiring significantly fewer resources, half the time, and substantially less handling than the standard PRRv2 assay, whilst maintaining high resolution and sensitivity.

      They assess the limit of detection for the improved method and cross-reference their results for single drugs at a single concentration with the currently standard PRRv2 assay. The authors next established analytical methods to characterize the impact of drug combinations on parasite viability using the GDPI pharmacodynamic model and compare their MULT-i2 assay to the prior cPRR approach. Their refined workflow allowed them to comprehensively evaluate the known synergistic combination between atovaquone and proguanil with greater resolution than the comparable cPRR assay and identified additional interaction parameters between the fast-acting antimalarials piperaquine and pyrimethamine. Overall, the authors demonstrate that their inducible lacZ system provides significant advantages compared with prior approaches to determine parasite viability. They convincingly demonstrate the strengths of their approach by characterizing two antimalarial combinations at much greater resolution than previously possible with prior methods. The system and methods established here will be particularly useful for evaluating novel antimalarial combinations with chemical series in preclinical evaluation and to optimize future antimalarial therapies.

      Strengths:

      The streamlined approach relies on induction of the lacZ enzyme only after drug washout. As opposed to when stably expressed, this allows the authors to estimate parasite viability without undergoing serial dilutions to estimate viable parasite titers. This innovation vastly reduced resource and time intensity, enabling greater throughput for parasite viability estimation. The established methodology and analysis pipeline enabled the testing of 49 drug combinations for parasite viability in the MULT-i2 assay compared to only 9 in the conventional cPRR assay. This provided improved resolution in the ability to estimate drug combination parameters in a pharmacodynamic model. The ability to comprehensively characterize combination pharmacodynamic properties in vitro will have important implications for downstream modelling of in vivo combinations, and for optimizing future antimalarial combination therapies.

      The authors made good use of modelling and AICc for parametric estimation and model evaluation to demonstrate the advantages of the richer dataset afforded by the MULT-i2 assay.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors correctly identified a range of confounding effects that lead to artefacts in their assay results when compared to the cPRR assay. For instance, the authors observed reduced signal at high parasite density during recovery due to overgrowth and likely enzyme degradation, and suggested residual signal may remain from non-proliferating sexual stage parasites surviving drug treatment that would not be detected in the cPRR assay.<br /> Measurement of parasite viability in the MULT-i2 assay was achieved by extrapolating chemoluminescence signal to that of a serial dilution of parasites made at the initiation of drug treatment. How did the authors account for differing levels of enzyme expression at early (eg ring) vs late stage parasites (trophozoite or schizonts)? Were cultures synchronized prior to initiation of assays? Could differences in life-cycle progression following drug treatment be an additional confounding factor that may account for differences with the PRRv2 assay?

      The addition of an inducible element is an improvement of their earlier lacZ/β-galSENSOR (PMID: 41575867), however, the authors fail to explain why this is an improvement and how this adds additional merit over the initial system. While the authors compare their new assay to the PRRv2, they fail to compare it to their own non-inducible lacZ/β-galSENSOR system. Their non-inducible system already showed superiority to the cPRR assays and it would be good to show how they compare and what the advantages of the new system are over the old. Eg how is the signal to noise improved? How does the sensitivity compare? How quickly does the can the signal be detected after induction? They show signal after 48h but it would be very useful to the community to look at earlier timepoints as well and compare it to the uninduced line and a line that has been induced 48h earlier to match the expression patterns throughout the lifecycle (something like 2h,4h,6h, 12h and 24h).

      Is the chemiluminescence signal for the i-lacZ induced parasites comparable to the stably expressed lacZ parasites previously characterized by the group? If so, do the authors consider this inducible iteration a complete replacement for PRR assays?

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors adequately addressed our comments and the resulting manuscript describes a specialized resource for antimalarial drug development.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this manuscript, the authors strived to develop a highly efficient drug survival assay for in vitro cultured human malaria parasites P. falciparum. This was done by generating a transgenic P. falciparum line using a creLox strategy that allows detection of (presumably) viable parasites by a β-lactamase assay. To estimate the Limit of quantification of the recombined P. falciparum NF54i-lacZ, the authors ultimately designed a protocol in which viable parasites are detected by the luminescence of β-D-galactoside generated by β-lactamase within the transgenic parasites. For this, the parasite must be incubated with rapamycin for 120 hours to induce CreLox recombinase, which places β-lactamase under an active promoter. Using this assay, termed MULTI-i2, the author shows interactions between two antimalarial drug pairs that were previously demonstrated by another assay. In the case of pyronaridine and piperaquine pair, the NULT-i2 assay generated some additional insights compared to the previous assay, presumably by virtue of including more concentration datapoints. In conclusion, the authors argue that the MULTI-i2 assay is much less resource-intensive and time-consuming and can be applied on a large scale at a much lower cost and with the highest efficiency.

      Overall, the data generated in this manuscript are clear and well represented, and I am convinced that MULTI-i2 provides yet another of many drug assays for malaria parasites and could be put to good use. However, I struggle to fully appreciate the merit of his study, as the manuscript reads more like a technical document than a scientific study.

      I particularly lack an understanding of the strengths and weaknesses/limitations of the MULTI-i2 methodology and, thus, its applicability. I also do not fully appreciate the need for such an elaborate luminescence-based experimental setup. It would be good if some of these issues were addressed.

      Specifically:

      (1) The whole assay is based on detecting parasites by luminescence after 120 hr (5 days) after drug exposure. During that time, presumably the parasites that survived the drug pressure regrow to a detectable level and, at the same time, perform efficacious CreLox-based recombination to produce β-D-galactoside for detection. Is this necessary? How superior is this detection method to other methods, such as Fluorescence-assisted Cell Sorting (FACS) e.t.c.? Moreover, the 5-day growth-CreLox-β-D-galactoside production could introduce a series of confounding effects. In my view, more studies (beyond comparisons with a single existing method) would be useful for understanding this entire process.

      (2) Related to that above, how would MULTI-i2 perform in case of drugs that do not necessarily kill all parasites, such as artemisinin? In the case of artemisinin, it is becoming evident that at least a small fraction of the parasite revives after treatment via a temporary dormancy state. This has, in fact, also been shown for other drugs such as mefloquine, pyrimethamine, etc. Would such a situation produce a range of false readings? In general, in its current state, it is hard to see what the limitations of this method are, which makes it hard to decide whether to use it for a particular application.

      (3) Given the stated cost and labor efficiency of MULTI-i2, it is disappointing to see only two applications for two drug pairs: atovaquone/proguanil and piperquine/pyronaridine, for both of which their interactions were already known. The manuscript would benefit greatly if the authors demonstrated more drug interactions and identified (and ultimately validated) new ones. This would certainly make MULT-i2 method more attractive. In particular, it would be nice to see if one could use MULTI-i2 for studies of triple combinations as enthusiastically suggested.

      (4) Throughout the manuscript, the authors claim that MULTI-i2 is considerably less expensive and can be done much faster than previous methods. In my view, this is not exactly a scientific argument. The cost of an assay depends heavily on the cost of reagents and labor, which are subject to market price fluctuations. The efficiency and time consumption can very much depend on laboratory organization etc. Unless the author could specifically demonstrate where and how these assays are cheaper and faster, I suggest not discussing this.

      Comments on revisions:

      I have no more comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Patients with STX11 mutations develop familial hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis Type 4, a fatal immune disorder marked by defective T and NK cell cytotoxicity and cytokine storm. The conventional explanation attributes this to impaired cytotoxic granule release, but this has never fully accounted for the broader disease picture. This study proposes an alternative mechanism. The authors show that STX11 is required for store-operated calcium entry through ORAI1 channels, which are essential for both cytotoxic killing and NFAT-driven gene expression in T cells. In STX11-deficient cells, ORAI1 currents drop, NFAT nuclear translocation fails, IL-2 expression is suppressed, and degranulation is impaired. These defects are largely rescued by ionomycin or a constitutively active ORAI1 mutant, placing the primary lesion at calcium signaling rather than the fusion machinery. Mechanistically, STX11 binds the C-terminal tail of ORAI1 via its Habc domain and maintains ORAI1 in a state competent for productive assembly prior to STIM1-dependent gating, a step the authors call "priming."

      Strengths:

      The paper identifies a novel and disease-relevant role for STX11 in calcium channel regulation and raises the possibility of using channel agonists as a therapeutic strategy in the disease. The biochemical and functional data are of high quality and generally consistent with the interpretation. The proposal that a non-conventional syntaxin directly interacts with ion channels to prime its activation is novel and interesting. Additional experiments now exclude the possibility that STX11 acts as a SNARE to sustain calcium fluxes by promoting the delivery of additional functional channels.

      Weaknesses:

      Previous studies reporting regulation of ORAI1 by vesicular trafficking are ignored and alternative mechanisms are not considered.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Vig's lab delineates a critical role for STX11 in CRAC channel function, particularly in the context of the fatal immune disorder familial hemophagocytic lymphohistiocytosis type 4 (FHL4). They demonstrate that Syntaxin 11 directly binds and regulates Orai1, and that STX11 depletion abolishes CRAC currents and downstream signaling. Loss of STX11 reduces IL2 gene expression and impairs degranulation, both of which are rescued by the constitutively active Orai1 mutant H134S, whereas a gain‑of‑function mutant targeting the C‑terminus fails to restore these defects. The authors conclude that STX11 primes Orai1 for optimal local assembly that is independent of STIM1 yet required for CRAC channel gating.

      Strengths:

      This study is firmly grounded in disease biology and demonstrates that STX11 downregulation leads to profound functional defects. Using a comprehensive suite of methods and analyses, the authors interrogate the co-regulation of STX11 and Orai1 and present a near-complete view of STX11's modulatory role in CRAC channel function and downstream signaling pathways. The figures are clear, and the statistical analyses are rigorous and convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors conclude that Syntaxin 11 directly binds Orai1. This conclusion is well supported by a multifaceted approach-including co-immunoprecipitation (co-IP), molecular dynamics simulations, co-localization/FRET assays, and targeted mutational analysis-all of which are thoroughly executed. While the interaction appears reasonably strong in co-IP experiments, the STX11-Orai1 interaction is comparatively weaker in pull-down assays, which the authors attribute to instability of the purified His-STX11 protein. A remaining gap is direct evidence of interaction in live cells; this is understandably challenging given that fluorescent tagging of STX11 is not feasible. Fully resolving this question lies beyond the scope of the present study and will require more advanced approaches to capture STX11 binding dynamics.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed all my comments highly satisfactorily!

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this article, Vialat and his colleagues examine the early stages - which remain largely unknown - of the tumor escape process, particularly the basal extrusion of tumor cells following endocrine therapy for prostate cancer.

      They first used the "Prostate Cancer Atlas" database, which provides access to a vast amount of transcriptomic data, to perform high-throughput analyses. Interestingly, analyzing a series of Androgen Receptor (AR) target genes in castration-resistant prostate cancers, they concluded that the loss of the canonical AR signaling pathway may contribute to tumor resistance.

      Using a well-established model in Drosophila, they then replicated in vivo an endocrine therapy targeting the accessory gland by genetically inhibiting the expression of ecdysone, the only sex steroid present in Drosophila. These experiments induced basal extrusion similar to the mechanism observed in tumor escape in humans.<br /> These results suggest that the deprivation of sex steroids may play an important role in tumor progression.

      However, although the data from the "Prostate Cancer Atlas" constitutes a powerful tool that serves as the basis for this new concept, clinical validation using carefully selected human tumor samples would help strengthen the authors' conclusions.

      Strengths:

      (1) The Prostate Cancer Atlas is a comprehensive collection of clinical data derived from RNA sequencing and serves as a powerful tool for conducting high-throughput analyses in this paper.

      (2) The Drosophila model used in this article is well established and has already been the subject of publications by the team. In addition to being an in vivo model, Drosophila offers a threefold advantage for this study: i) the presence of an accessory gland, similar to the prostate, which allows for the simulation of tumor formation and, in particular, extrusion mechanisms; ii) its regulation by a single sex steroid, ecdysone; iii) the genetic ability to modulate or inactivate ecdysone expression, which allows for a parallel to be drawn with hormonal deprivation in humans.

      (3) This study presents interesting and original findings. The data are, for the most part, of high quality.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The Prostate Cancer Atlas, which is an essential tool in this study, was described only briefly - if at all - in both the introduction and the "Materials and Methods" section. The selection criteria used to distinguish CRPC or NEPC from adenocarcinoma in the Atlas or as determined by the authors, as well as the analytical methods, were not specified. It is therefore difficult to be convinced by the results, particularly those presented in Figures 1 and 2.

      (2) Although the hypothesis put forward by the authors - that the deprivation of sex hormones contributes to tumor progression - is strongly supported by the Drosophila model and by the in silico analysis of transcriptomic data from the Atlas, this concept still needs to be clinically validated by analyzing a series of prostate cancer samples, either through transcriptomic analysis or by tracking gene expression in histological sections.

      (3) With regard to the cells responsible for tumor escape, stem cells have been described as "candidates for the initiating resistant tumor growth" (lanes 50-55), but it is also essential to address the recent concept of "persistent cells". Indeed, these cells have been primarily associated with their tolerance to treatment (chemotherapy) and are referred to as "drug-tolerant cells". However, persistent cells could also correspond to cells that evade hormone therapy in the case of prostate cancer. This possibility should be discussed in the article.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Vialat and collaborators study the role of steroid hormone signalling on the development of prostate cancer (patients) and of accessory gland tumours in Drosophila, a tissue functionally equivalent to the prostate. Mining publicly available prostate cancer expression data and using gene expression signatures, they uncover that androgen signalling is actually down-regulated in castration resistant prostate cancers (CRPC) compared to "primary" cancers, leading the authors to wonder whether down-regulation of canonical androgen signalling could represent an important event increasing tumour aggressiveness. They then take advantage of their recently published tumour model in the accessory gland of Drosophila adult males, in which cells are primed for tumorigenesis by the constitutive activation of the EGFR receptor, to test directly this hypothesis. They show that the genetic invalidation of ecdysone reception and signalling increases the aggressiveness of the "pre-cancerous" lesions, and that ecdysone-insensitive tumours present higher proliferation and initiate basal extrusion.

      Strengths:

      The authors bring original observations on the role of ecdysone signalling to prevent male accessory gland tumour development in Drosophila

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The link between the human data mining and Drosophila model is not straightforward.<br /> (2) Important information, in particular clinical information, is missing in the presentation of the cancer patients' data, making it complicated to grasp the solidity of the claims.<br /> (3) Data-mining insights should be validated by orthogonal approaches.<br /> (4) Ecdysone signalling activity should be monitored.

      While the two parts of the study both investigate the role of steroid signalling on tumour growth, the link remains slightly artificial. I think starting with Drosophila and then opening with some patient data would be better suited to the level of proof reached here, implying that the anti-tumoral role of steroids observed experimentally in the fly might be conserved based on data mining in patients, rather than trying to prove in the fly the hints gained from public data mining. Indeed, there are many important differences between the mammalian prostate and the fly accessory gland, as well as between sex hormone androgen signalling and developmental timing ecdysone signalling.

      The prostate cancer data mining and re-evaluation brings some interesting observations that appear to challenge the androgen driver, contrary to the vast amount of literature. Indeed, the authors observe an apparent decrease in androgen signalling in the more advanced states of the disease, in particular CRPC. In order to better evaluate its clinical relevance, more background on the tumours analysed should be provided.

      What treatments were received by the patients? Hormonotherapy? LH/RH analogues? +/- anti-androgens? Are these treatments still given when CRPC emerge and tissues were banked? Metastatic disease? Are these only primary tumours in situ? Are there metastases included in the analyses?

      Frequently, castration resistance is associated with alternatively spliced variants of the AR (AR-V7) that become constitutive and could bind to new AR-sensitive enhancers, even in the absence of androgen. Is the splice variant status of patients known, or could it be inferred from the expression data? Would there be different responses according to AR-V7 status?

      Regarding the signature used. Why not monitor PSMA, one of the major prostate cancer markers, which is regulated by AR?

      Finally, to consolidate the surprising observation that AR signalling is repressed in CRPCs, the authors should back these in silico predictions with orthogonal approaches such as histochemistry on patients' TMA or tissues from mouse models, monitoring AR activity.

      Regarding the fly experiments, the observation that ecdysone signalling depletion cooperates with EGFR-lambda activation to generate big overgrowths that delaminate basally without passing through the muscular sheet is interesting. However, several important controls need to be provided in order to support the claims:<br /> a) The authors should use an ecdysone reporter (ERE-LacZ, ERE-GFP...) to monitor and show that Ecdysone signalling is indeed lower in the tumours after genetic manipulations, or that it is higher in EGFR-lambda small clones.<br /> b) EcR is normally a repressor, which is turned into an activator in the presence of 20-hydroxyecdysone. The removal of EcR could lead to de-repression of genes and thus slightly activate the pathway. Monitoring ecdysone signalling activity is thus critical.<br /> c) The authors should also monitor the expression of Phantom, Shadow, Shade, and EcR in the different accessory glands (wild-type, EGFR-lambda, EGFR-lambda & EcR-RNAi). It is extremely surprising that systemic ecdysone has so little role since Phantom, Shadow, or Shade RNAi appear as potent as EcR-RNAi. This quantification has actually been performed for Sad in Figure S5, which is not even mentioned in the text. It should be done for Phtm.

      A UAS-yellow-RNAi (or similarly irrelevant RNAi) rather than UAS-GFP should be used as a control for the EcR, Phtm, Sad, Shd, and Tub RNAi. Indeed, loading the RNAi machinery could have some unexpected effects not controlled by the UAS-GFP.

      The authors should not use the term "sex steroid" when referring to ecdysone. It is a steroid hormone important for developmental timing and rate of growth, but is not a sex hormone, as sex is cell autonomously genetically determined in the fly.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. We thank the authors for revising the manuscript according to the reviewers' comments. We have no further comments.]

      In this manuscript the applicants study two residues in the GHKL ATPase active site of Aq MutL and GyrB, and argue that the catalytic base function is shared between two conserved acidic residues that are 3 residues apart.

      In the manuscript, the authors generated mutant versions in MutL and GyrB (both ala and the appropriate Asn/Gln version) and performed ATPase analysis. They also generated high resolution crystal structures of the GyrB NTD with AMPPnP for WT and mutants of the two acidic residues. The data show that mutation in either of these residues does not fully kill activity (with the exception of the Alanine mutation of the first of the two, that interferes with ATP (or AMPPnP) binding). When the acidic residues are mutated to Asn/Gln, the catalytic water can still be positioned, and hence these mutants are more active than the Ala mutants. In both cases the double mutation is catalytic dead.

      The authors then perform phylogenetic analysis and ancestral gene reconstruction and based on this they argue that HSP90 forms a different class of GHKL ATPases, and lost rather than gained this separate status.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Fukui et al. re-examined the ATP hydrolysis mechanism in GHKL ATPases, revealing a cooperative role of two conserved acidic residues rather than one. The authors have used a range of biochemical and structural techniques on various mutants from different members of the GHKL ATPase family to test and validate their proposed mechanism.

      Through a detailed re-analysis of their previously published structure of the aqMutL NTD (ATPase domain) in complex with AMPPCP, they identified Glu29 and Glu32 as interacting with nucleophilic water for the catalysis. The authors carefully dissected the respective roles of these two acidic residues with a series of site-directed mutations. Mutations at Glu29 impaired ATPase activity without affecting protein secondary structure or ATP binding in the case of the E29Q mutant. Moreover, mutations at Glu32 did not affect secondary structure (except for E32G) but reduce ATPase activity. Activity was abolished when both residues (E29Q/E32Q) are mutated.

      The authors extended their study to another GHKL ATPase, aqGyrB. Their findings further supported the cooperative function of the corresponding acidic residues in aqGyrB (Glu48 and Asp51) during ATP hydrolysis. Mutation of these residues partially impaired ATP hydrolysis without affecting protein secondary structure. ATPase activity was completely lost in the double mutant E48Q/D51M. While the E48Q mutant retained the ability to bind ATP, the E48A mutant did not. High-resolution structures of the WT and E48A, E48Q, D51A and D51N mutants of the aqGyrB NTD demonstrated that nucleophilic water positioning depended on these residues. E48 played a dominant role in water positioning and is critical for stabilising ATP lid formation and associated conformational changes, whereas D51 contributed cooperatively to catalysis.

      The authors investigated the functional impact of mutating the corresponding residues in the human MutL homologs PMS2 and MLH1. Clinical variants consistently exhibited reduced or abolished ATPase activity, providing a potential molecular basis for Lynch syndrome, through impaired DNA mismatch repair.

      Lastly, through evolutionary analysis, the authors inferred that the second acidic residue was likely present in the common ancestor of MutL, GyrB, and MORC proteins, but was lost in the case of Hsp90.

      Strengths:

      (1) This study contains a detailed structural and biochemical analysis of a biologically important set of GHKL ATPases. The authors identify a second acidic residue that is conserved and contributes to catalysis in a large subset of GHKL ATPases. An updated and extended mechanistic model of ATP hydrolysis by this class of enzymes is proposed, which involves cooperative and partially overlapping roles for the catalytic residue pair. This revised mechanistic model is invaluable for the interpretation of clinical variants of GHKL ATPases such as PMS2 and MLH1.

      (2) The work described was performed to an excellent and rigorous technical standard. The structural and biochemical data are sound. The evidence supporting the claims is compelling.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The identification in this study of a second acidic residue contributing to catalysis but not absolutely essential for catalysis is a useful finding. However, given that many structures of GHLK ATPases have been determined with different nucleotide analogs bound and that the essential role of the first acidic residue is well established, the importance and scope of the advances described here remain focused within the field of study of GHKL ATPases.

      (2) The authors assessed the consequences of variants in the human MutL homologs PMS2 and MLH1, but various other human GHKL ATPases contain clinically relevant variants, some of which have stronger disease associations than the mutations examined in this study. A broader analysis of any effect of disease-linked mutations in GHKL ATPases would have strengthened this study.

      (3) The effect of other aqMutL NTD E32 mutants, particularly, the E32K mutant on ATP binding remains unclear, although experimental assessment of nucleotide binding would be challenging due to the high protein concentrations required for the equilibrium dialysis assay.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors elegantly demonstrate a biochemically reconstituted approach to showcase the VDAC2-BAX interaction using lipid nanodiscs. The reconstitution method is specific to VDAC2 (and not VDAC1) and can capture several structural conformations. The authors show that the VDAC2-BAX heterodimer is sufficient for the direct capture and stabilization of BAX on the outer mitochondrial membrane by VDAC2. Their structural model demonstrates that a GXXXA motif within α-helix 9 of BAX drives its interaction with the β-barrel interface of VDAC2 in the membrane. AlphaFold 3 models suggest BAX adopts several distinct conformations, notably including both a strongly pore-occluding state and a loosely pore-occluding state. Functionally, electrophysiology experiments suggest that the addition of BAX modulates the voltage-gating function of VDAC2 by reducing conductance. Finally, conformation-specific antibodies and cross-linking mass spectrometry capture these structural rearrangements of BAX, reinforcing the proposed structural model.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the manuscript provides a solid structural and molecular rationale for BAX recruitment to VDAC2 and its subsequent oligomerization.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have not sufficiently discussed key protein modifications during apoptosis in detail, especially regarding residues implicated in phosphorylation and their impact on VDAC2 association.

      Overall, the manuscript is well written and presents an elegant biochemical and biophysical approach to identifying key functional states of the VDAC2-BAX complex. However, certain key functions of the complex are not extensively discussed or accounted for in the final model. For instance, components of this complex are phosphorylated in response to apoptotic or anti-apoptotic cues. Specifically, phosphorylation of S184 (located within the critical α-helix 9), T167, and S163 has key functions in promoting or preventing outer mitochondrial membrane translocation. How do the authors reconcile their structural models with the functional states of the complex generated in response to these signaling cues? This is particularly relevant given that the expression systems used here presumably yield proteins lacking these post-translational modifications (PTMs). The authors should consider running AlphaFold 3 predictions that incorporate key PTMs and discuss their potential functional impact. In its current state, the manuscript implies that unmodified BAX is sufficient for membrane translocation. Clarifying how PTMs influence pore occlusion and 6A7 epitope accessibility would significantly enrich this body of work.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this study, the authors aimed to elucidate the precise molecular details underlying the BAX-VDAC2 interaction and subsequent BAX activation. To achieve this, they successfully combined AlphaFold3 structural modeling, cross-linking mass spectrometry, site-directed mutational screening, biochemical assays, and functional electrophysiology experiments.

      The authors demonstrate that the direct interaction between BAX and VDAC2 is fully autonomous, occurring independently of any additional mitochondrial or cellular proteins. Their findings suggest that BAX exists on the outer mitochondrial membrane in two distinct populations: loosely membrane-associated, and tightly stabilized via its specific interaction with VDAC2. Crucially, the data overturn historical assumptions by demonstrating that BAX does not insert into the internal VDAC2 channel pore. Instead, the BAX α9 helix docks onto the lipid-facing outer surface of the VDAC2 β-barrel.

      Interestingly, while the anchor is external, the soluble domain of BAX physically blocks the pore opening, leading to the observed occlusions of the VDAC channel. Following this docking event, the N-terminal 6A7 epitope of BAX becomes exposed, signaling a conformationally active state. However, the authors show that this structural activation does not trigger an immediate release from VDAC2 or prompt immediate oligomerization. Rather, BAX is maintained in a pre-oligomeric, primed intermediate state while bound to VDAC2. What ultimately regulates the release of this primed intermediate from VDAC2 to allow full oligomerization and pore formation remains an open question.

      Altogether, this study provides pivotal mechanistic insights, clearly defining VDAC2 as a key checkpoint regulator of mitochondrial apoptosis.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors are trying to provide the molecular basis for the emerging role of VDAC2 in mitochondrial apoptosis. They use multiple approaches from biochemistry, cell biology, and structural biology.

      Strengths:

      Isolating the VDAC2-BAX complex and providing the molecular basis of this interaction in mitochondrial apoptosis is pretty innovative and significant.

      The authors have tried to validate their results using multiple approaches, which corroborates the quality of the study.

      Weaknesses:

      The scientific data and its presentation could be improved.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This paper looks at the effect of vincristine-induced peripheral neuropathy (VIND), a common effect of cancer therapy. The authors performed in vivo experiments in mice by injecting them with vincristine sulphate i.p. (+/- various inhibitors or antibodies) or E-selectin intraplantar (i.pl.), and in vitro experiments using dorsal root ganglia (DRG) neurons and bone marrow derived macrophages (BMDMs).

      Inhibition of E-selectin with antibodies or genetic depletion reduced the accumulation of F4/80+ macrophages in the DRG and sciatic nerves (located beside the spine) after vincristine administration, and attenuated the mechanical hypersensitivity (paw withdrawal).

      The authors went on to perform spatial transcriptomics on isolated DRG neurons and found some pathways changed. E-selectin injected directly intraplantar (i.pl.) mimicked the effect of vincristine administration on the mechanical hypersensitivity. Whereas chlodronate depletion of myeloid cells reduced these changes in the E-selectin model. Using LPS priming before vincristine in BMDMs in vitro, the authors demonstrate an increase in many cytokines, including IL-1beta (typically associated with the formation of an inflammasome) and elevated p-NFkB. Finally, treatment of mice with anakinra (which neutralizes IL-1beta) also attenuated the E-selection-induced reduction in mechanical hypersensitivity when injected i.pl.

      The authors address an important aspect that after cancer therapy, there can be peripheral nerve damage that has lasting consequences for patients, although the precise mechanism is unknown. The authors delineate that E-selectin has an important role in the mouse model, where depletion or inhibition attenuated the negative effect of vincristine (i.p.) on mechanical hypersensitivity (paw withdrawal). Administration of E-selectin into the foot (i.pl.) also mimicked the changes observed in the vincristine-treated mice. There seems to be a role for macrophages, as they were associated with DRGs in vivo, and depletion attenuated motor deficits in the E-selectin injection model.

      However, I am not convinced by the data supporting some of the conclusions drawn by the authors, particularly on the role of the NLRP3 inflammasome in their in vivo model.

      Main points:

      (1) The initial experimental paradigm looks at the DRG neurons, which are located by the spine, and from there the foot pad is examined in subsequent experiments. It would be relevant to show whether the foot pad is altered in the vincristine-treated mice and whether the infiltration of myeloid cells that was demonstrated at DRGs is also observed in the foot in the vincristine model. Otherwise, the mechanism being investigated in the vincristine model, which might have similar functional results (paw withdrawal), but the mechanism behind both could be completely different.

      (2) The rationale of performing spatial sequencing on DRG neurons isolated from vincristine mice is unclear. It is likely that more information could have been obtained from looking at sections from these animals, and there would be a better link to the experiments on BMDMs which follow afterwards. Indeed, the spatial data does not seem to play a key role in the study. There is not a clear link between it (which was carried out on DRGs) and the later focus on macrophages and indeed the NLRP3 inflammasome.

      (3) The authors suggest that the E-selectin is enhancing NFkB-induced priming of the NLRP3 inflammasome. LPS+vincristine increased IL-1b release from BMDMs in vitro, which was elevated in the presence of E-selectin. E-selectin also increased ASC speck formation by approx. 20% in vitro. The ASC speck formation in vitro was blocked by MCC950, a specific NLRP3 inhibitor, but the authors went on to use anakinra in vivo using the E-selectin i.pl. model. It is really unclear why the switch to anakinra occurred for the in vivo work, as blocking IL-1b is central to many inflammatory pathways, not just NLRP3. Use of MCC950 would have been more appropriate to demonstrate that negative effects on mechanical function are mediated by the NLRP3 inflammasome. As there were no readouts of NLRP3 inflammasome activity measured in any of the mice in vivo (e.g. local ASC specks, IL-1b release, western blot of typical inflammasome components such as IL-1b, caspase-1, ASC or gasdermin D) either at the DRG site or the foot, we cannot say that the cell culture data mimics or models the in vivo conditions at this time.

      (4) Additionally, the reliance on the E-selectin administration models for the second half of the paper is curious. It would have been relevant to test whether the immune-modulating inhibitors could also attenuate the vincristine-induced effects on mechanism hypersensitivity, to better link the E-selectin model with the vincristine one.

      (5) Details are missing from the figure legends and the methods. The concentrations of compounds used in cell culture and exposure times are not clear.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using antibody treatments, genetic models and in vitro studies, the authors convincingly show that E-Selectin is a driver of VIPN.

      Strengths:

      In vivo studies are robust. Antibody studies as well as the inflammasome-related work are very well done.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The spatial transcriptomics data need to be improved in terms of visualization.

      The authors should plot genes that define the cell types in the sequencing dataset, and also show the cellular map on the cut, not only UMAPs. Can the authors not use the n=3 samples per condition to perform some statistical analyses? While the CellChat analyses are informative, they are difficult to read. Fold change over control when comparing conditions and pathways may be a better way of visualization.

      (2) In Figure 1B, the % DAB is not easy to understand. It would be better to do the staining also via IF, and then maybe to count nuclei. The corresponding figures shown in the supplemental figure are not convincing. If F4/80 is not working well, Iba1 could be an alternative.

      (3) The authors should define the background of all the mice used. Have they been back-crossed to B6j mice? One cannot compare C57BL6J mice with full knockouts if they are not littermate controls. Especially immunological responses are completely dependent on the background of mice. See e.g. PMID: 40568896.

      (4) Could the authors comment on the role of ICAM2? Why was this not tested as well?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Late endosomes and lysosomes (LEL) are dynamic organelles with critical roles in cell physiology via transport of cargos to various destinations, degrading cargos, and as calcium stores. The latter is a less studied function of LELs, and virtually nothing is known about LEL function and transport in astrocytic processes. This manuscript investigates the dynamics of LELs in astrocyte processes co-cultured with neurons and finds that the lysosomal calcium channel Trpml1 regulates their positioning near astrocytic specializations (PAPs) downstream of synaptic activity.

      Strengths:

      Rigorous and well-controlled study of an understudied area of cellular neuroscience, namely regulation of organelle transport in astrocytes to shape synaptic environment and functionality.

      Weaknesses:

      Some of the same mechanistic links have been probed in neurons and other cell types, but astrocyte cell biology is still less extensively studied, making this an important contribution. Currently, only cultured astrocytes are being investigated.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Many ion channels/transporters in endosomes and lysosomes remain poorly understood. Even though the functional importance of endo-lysosomes in astrocytes has been recently recognized in many neurological diseases including lysosomal storage disorders and neurodegenerative diseases, the basic biology has not been much studied. In this manuscript, Spivey et al. showed how one of the key ion channels i.e., TRPML1, regulates endosomes and lysosomes (LELs) in astrocytes -which are also not much investigated in the field, compared to neurons- and its activity may further affect the structure of astrocytes and synaptic activity of neighboring neurons. The authors elegantly use multiple controls from agonists, antagonists, and TRPML1 knockdown to corroborate the results. The data are very strong and well supported. I believe that revising a few parts of the manuscript will greatly augment the significance of this work.

      Strength:

      The rigor of the study and data using various controls. The quality of the data is also very impressive.

      Weakness:

      A limitation of the study is that the mechanistic experiments rely primarily on overexpression or genetic knockdown of TRPML1 approaches, both of which alter TRPML1 abundance on endolysosomal membranes and potentially introduce artifacts related to protein level, affecting luminal ion homeostasis. While the overall conclusions are convincing, validation in a genetic MCOLN1 knockout mouse model would provide more definite evidence for the proposed mechanism.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In their manuscript, the authors assess how TRPML1 influences lysosome trafficking and function in astrocytes using a neuron-astrocyte coculture system. Specifically, it was found that activation of TRPML1 reduces LEL motility in astrocyte branches while TRPML1 increases it, and a model was proposed in which TRPML1 coordinates lysosomal positioning along astrocyte branches, enabling LELs to locally regulate actin-membrane linkers that influence PAP (peripheral astrocyte processes) structure and plasticity. The authors primarily use pharmacology to buttress their findings.

      Strengths:

      TRPML1 is currently under investigation as a potential therapeutic target for lysosomal storage disorders and neurodegenerative diseases such as AD and PD. The manuscript is hence timely and important as the crosstalk between glia cells and neurons is likewise increasingly recognized as disease-relevant.

      Weaknesses:

      Unfortunately, experiments performed to investigate the role of TRPML1 are based purely on pharmacological tools. No bona fide KO data are available. At least for some experiments, this should be done. MLIV iPSC lines are available.

      If no KO controls are being provided, at least the authors shall use ML1-SA1 (EVP-169) as an agonist instead of ML-SA1, because ML-SA1 activates all three TRPML channels, which would be a major problem for this study. Likewise, the ML-SI3 antagonist also has effects on other TRPMLs. EDME is a blocker with higher specificity for TRPML1.

      When using pharmacological tools, the original papers relating to these tools may be cited. For example:

      - For ML-SA1 https://www.nature.com/articles/ncomms1735 and for MK6-83 https://www.nature.com/articles/ncomms5681

      - ML-SI3 as a blocker for TRPML1 seems problematic: https://pubmed.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/33187805/ ; an alternative may be: https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-021-87817-4

      No reference is made to other important regulators of lysosomal cation homeostasis such as TPC1 or TPC2, two other Ca2+/Na+ permeable cation channels, or other TRPML channels. The authors should provide some data supporting or excluding a role of these channels.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Bajohr and colleagues propose a transcription factor-driven approach to generating bonafide oligodendrocyte lineage cells (OLCs) from primary mouse astrocytes. Ectopic expression of Olig2, Sox10, or Nkx6.2 in isolated astrocytes produced a range of OLC-like cell states, with Sox10 emerging from lineage tracing and single cell RNA sequencing experiments as the most successful transcription factor in driving direct lineage reprogramming. The authors strengthened their claims with an unbiased, deep learning perturbation model to predict genetic drivers of the astrocyte cluster to OLC cluster transition observed in their scRNA seq dataset. Here, Sox10 surfaced in the top ten correlated genes, and the top transcription factor, mediating this fate shift. Altogether, this paper presents an interesting approach to generate OLCs, a cell type historically difficult to procure, from primary mouse astrocytes to study this lineage in development and disease and perhaps repopulate it in dysmyelinating conditions. While this certainly addresses a technical gap in the field, authors defined iOLCs as ones with lineage-specific gene expression and morphological characteristics, lacking any functional analysis to assess the reprogrammed cells' capacity to myelinate. This comment and other critiques are discussed below.

      While Sox10 and Mbp expression in iOLCs, as confirmed by IHC, is a promising result suggesting that ectopic Sox10 instructs transduced cells to develop into cells of myelinating potential, functional confirmation is essential. As mentioned in the discussion, the absence of a substrate for myelination may have also contributed to the low DLR efficiency. Co-culturing Sox10 iOLCs with primary neurons and examining the cells' potential to engage and enwrap axons would greatly strengthen the authors' claim that this could be an effective therapeutic approach to myelin regeneration in vivo, or even a technical approach to studying myelin dynamics in vitro.

      In Figure 1B, it appears that Mbp expression in tdTomato+ cells decreases in Sox10 transduced iOLs during the observed time period. Can the authors elaborate on this result, given that MBP expression is crucial for myelination and should, if anything, increase with time?

      The authors acknowledge that there is a conversion of tdTomato- zsGreen+ cells with an astrocyte-like morphology to OLC cells expressing Mbp following Sox10 induction (Supplementary figure 5C,D). While they note the diversity of the astrocyte lineage in the discussion, further analysis should be applied to this subset of cells to confirm the subset of astrocyte or progenitor-like cell type that gives rise to their cell endpoint of interest (Sox10-driven Mbp+ iOLs).

      Finally, ectopic expression of Olig2 and Sox10 in primary astrocytes resulted in very different OLC subtypes, as evidenced by OLC marker expression seen in IHC and the subclustering of these cell types in scRNA seq. Although this diversity in OLC type and generation efficiency follows with previous reports showing that these two transcription factors vary in effect, might the authors further discuss this discrepancy given that the two transcription factors regulate one another (as mentioned in the introduction) and should theoretically give rise to more similar cells? Perhaps due to the lower specificity of Olig2 in marking a pure OLC population relative to Sox10?

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors describe a new database that rigorously explores protein conformations.

      Strengths:

      It is extremely well done, using state-of-the-art tools by a group at the top of the field of structural modeling. The evaluation of qualities and the benchmarking of the structures are outstanding, and it is expected that the new database will have a significant impact on the field.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors are using MD simulation to generate some of the structure, and therefore should have access to standard MD energies. I am surprised that no evaluation is provided based on these energies that can be extended to free energies.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors developed a dataset of protein conformations by running molecular dynamics simulations starting from both native and decoy conformations for a large number of proteins. These conformations were put together as a dataset for querying and downloading, along with their energies under different force fields. The authors suggest that such conformations represent the proteins' conformational landscape, so that they will be useful for evaluating methods generating multiple conformations of proteins.

      Strengths:

      The dataset is online and working. It has good documentation for others to use.

      Weaknesses:

      The biggest weakness is that the collected conformations very likely do not represent the true conformational landscape. To represent the conformational landscape, the structures need to be sampled based on the Boltzmann distribution. However, in this study, conformations are generated by running very short (125ps to 375ps) MD simulations starting from near-native conformations and decoys. Such short simulations will produce small fluctuations around the starting conformations, so the distribution of conformations is largely dominated by the distribution of the initial conformations, which by one means are Boltzmann distributed. A conformation might be physically plausible, but it might have very small weight in the Boltzmann distribution. On the other hand, conformations with large weights might not be in the dataset.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript describes a web-based tool that allows researchers to compare large numbers of representative ("plausible") conformations of proteins. It also includes energetic analysis from multiple widely used structure-prediction methods.

      Strengths:

      This tool will likely be useful for students who want to learn more about the ensemble properties of proteins. The resource is well organized and it represents a large amount of computing resources.

      Weaknesses:

      It is not entirely clear how the database may be utilized by other groups to advance research. It could be helpful if the authors add a short section that provides example use cases that illustrate how this database can support new strategies for studying protein dynamics.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This work is composed of two largely independent parts. The first part (Figures 1-4) attempts to study correlations between the anterior cingulate cortex (ACC) and hippocampal area CA1 in the context of learning and memory; a number of issues including missing controls make this part inconclusive and hard to interpret. The second part (Figures 5 and 6) presents evidence for a pathway in which inputs from the ACC indirectly inhibit pyramidal cells in the superficial sublayer of CA1. The optogenetic evidence demonstrating the functional connection, including the interneurons likely to be involved, is convincing, making the second part of the manuscript a valuable contribution to neuroscience. However, I do not see evidence for this connection in the correlational analyses in the first part of the study, making the involvement of this pathway in learning and memory uncertain.

      Strengths:

      The biggest strength of the work is the optogenetic manipulation experiments in the second part of the study (Figures 5 and 6), which convincingly demonstrate that stimulation of ACC pyramidal neurons activates an interneuron population with symmetric spike waveforms, and inhibits parvalbumin interneurons and pyramidal cells in CA1sup, while CA1deep cells remained largely unaffected by the stimulation.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weakness is the disconnected nature of the two parts of the study. The second part convincingly shows that ACC provides a net inhibitory drive to the hippocampus (at least to CA1sup pyramidal and PV cells, while CA1deep cells were mostly unaffected). However, the first part investigates positive cross-correlations between pre-ripple ACC activity and subsequent CA1 ripple activity. This can be observed in Figure 1-supplement 1, where CA1 cells' activity peaks around 70ms after ACC spikes. Moreover, the GLM analyses were also based on positive ACC cell-CA1 cell pair correlations as the authors reported no bias towards negative weights for the GLM analyses (see the rebuttal letter). Thus, the correlational and GLM analyses in the first part primarily characterize a positive ACC-CA1 relationship, rather than the inhibitory influence demonstrated in the second part; the two parts of the manuscript therefore investigate different phenomena (possibly confounding inputs and network effects in part 1 versus the direct ACC-CA1 connection in part 2).

      The key problem is that the main results of the two parts - namely, a dampening of the positive cross-correlations following learning in part 1 and the inhibitory ACC-CA1 connection revealed in part 2 - would be contradictory if they were interpreted as describing the same phenomenon. If the inhibitory ACC-CA1 connection was key to the downregulation of CA1 activity after learning as the authors suggest in the discussion, then we would expect ACC activity driving this change to be particularly predictive of CA1 activity in this post-learning period. Indeed, because prediction gain measures how well ACC spiking can predict subsequent CA1 spiking, any additional predictive information from the direct ACC->CA1 pathway should increase prediction gain. Instead, prediction gain decreased following learning. Thus, the positive (dampened after learning) ACC-CA1 correlations observed in the first part cannot be explained by the inhibitory ACC-CA1 pathway demonstrated in the second part. The most likely explanation is therefore that the cross-correlations studied in part 1 are dominated by other factors (such as shared inputs from other areas or coordination of cortical rhythms) and reported changes in prediction gain therefore primarily reflect changes in these factors, while the contribution of the direct ACC-CA1 pathway is drowned out and undetectable using this approach. As they stand, the two halves of the paper cannot be reconciled into the same framework.

      The second weakness is the lack of control for learning. The main result of part 1 of the study is that there is dampening of the (positive) CA1 response to ACC pre-ripple activity after learning. However, nothing indicates this is due to learning as there is no control data with no learning. Moreover, the pre- and post- task periods were not matched for duration and sleep depth, so it is entirely possible that the observed dampening could be due to reduced recruitment of some cells in ripples. An appropriate control would therefore be important for attributing this to learning

      The final weakness is statistical and goes beyond the lack of hierarchical statistics (which is also an issue with this work). The failure of a test to reach significance cannot be interpreted as evidence for the opposite. Yet the authors interpret it as such: for example, the lack of significant correlation between prediction gain values in pre- and post-task sleep in Figure 3C (p=0.14) is incorrectly interpreted as proof that ACC-CA1sup communication has reorganized as a result of learning. The claims of reorganization (mentioned multiple times in the abstract) hinge solely on this failed statistical test. Yet a failure to reach significance does not successfully demonstrate reorganization as it could result from a number of other reasons, including lack of statistical power or noisy estimates. To demonstrate reorganization, one would need to show that the observed change is greater than expected under an appropriate control (e.g. control task with no learning; or sleep data split in two halves), but this is missing from this manuscript.

      Note that in the entire manuscript, the only differences between CA1sup and CA1deep are reported as two independent tests, one of which is significant and the other does not reach statistical significance. However, this is not evidence for different effects in CA1sup and CA1deep and statements like "we uncovered a pathway-specific difference" to describe these findings are unwarranted and not supported by the data; only direct statistical comparison between the two effects could support such claims. The exception to this weakness is the optogenetic experiments in Figure 5 where CA1sup and CA1deep responses to optogenetic ACC stimulation were directly compared and found to be different.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study investigates how altered neural oscillations may contribute to unilateral spatial neglect (USN) following right-hemisphere stroke. By combining steady-state visual evoked potentials (SSVEPs), phase-amplitude coupling (PAC), transfer entropy (TE), and computational modeling, the authors aim to show that USN arises from disrupted hemispheric synchronization dynamics rather than simply from lesion extent. The integration of empirical EEG data with a mechanistic model is a major strength and offers a valuable new perspective on how frequency-specific neural dynamics relate to clinical symptoms.

      The work has several notable strengths. The combination of experimental and modeling approaches is innovative and powerful, and the findings provide a coherent mechanistic framework linking abnormal neural entrainment to attentional deficits. The study also provides concrete compelling evidence supporting the potential for frequency-specific neuromodulatory interventions, which could have translational relevance.

      In the revised manuscript, the authors have carefully and comprehensively addressed the concerns raised during the first round of review. In particular, the additional characterization of lesion distribution and volume provides important anatomical context for the electrophysiological findings, while the rationale for the choice of electrodes and clinical correlation analyses is now much clearer. The methodological description has also been improved substantially, including clarification of the SSVEP measure, analysis procedures, and potential confounds related to transfer entropy and volume conduction. In addition, the discussion now provides a more nuanced account of the relationship between stimulus-locked responses and intrinsic oscillatory activity, as well as the potential contribution of alpha lateralization to attentional dysfunction.

      Overall, I consider the revised manuscript to provide compelling evidence for an important contribution to our understanding of the neural dynamics underlying spatial neglect. The authors have addressed my previous concerns satisfactorily, and the manuscript now provides a clearer and more balanced account of both the strengths and limitations of the findings. It should serve as a valuable reference for future work on oscillatory mechanisms in stroke and attention.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors propose that bidirectional redistribution of actomyosin drives tissue invagination in Ciona siphon tube formation. They suggest a two-stage model where actomyosin first accumulates apically to drive a slow initial invagination, followed by redistribution to lateral domains to accelerate the invagination process through cell shortening. They have shown that actomyosin activity is important for invagination - modulation of myosin activity through expression of myosin mutants altered the timing and speed of invagination; furthermore, optogenetic inhibition of myosin during the transition of the slow and fast stages disrupted invagination. The authors further developed a vertex model to validate the relationship between contractile force distribution and epithelial invagination.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors employed various techniques to address the research question, including optogenetics, use of MRLC mutants, and vertex modelling.

      (2) The authors provide quantitative analyses for a substantial portion of their imaging data, including cell and tissue geometry parameters as well as actin and myosin distributions. The sample sizes used in these analyses appear appropriate.

      (3) The authors combined experimental measurements with computer modeling to test the proposed mechanical models, which represents a strength of the study. It provides a framework to explore the mechanical principles underlying the observed morphogenesis.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have adequately addressed my previous concerns regarding the optogenetic experiments, and the addition of the new modeling analysis further strengthens the study.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study presents a novel analysis of MRI resources for 16 avian species, spanning major (though not all) clades and ecological niches. This is a significant step towards large-scale datasets on internal parcellation and long-range connectivity, central to evolutionary studies for understanding the evolution of the bird brain.

      Strengths:

      The integration of high-resolution T2-weighted and diffusion-weighted MRI with histological validation (Nissl and Luxol Fast Blue staining) provides a strong, cross-validated framework for studying avian brain anatomy. Data on long-range connectivity are particularly useful for understanding how relationships between brain components evolved. The approach is also scalable, allowing for more detailed evolutionary analyses compared to what is currently possible.

      Weaknesses:

      The sampling supports evidence of modular evolution in the bird brain, but it is limited for broad evolutionary claims, as the effects of sizes and phylogenies can be hard to disentangle without enough species per clade.

      Tractography-based claims should be treated cautiously without sensitivity analyses. This is particularly important when comparing brains with different sizes and tissue properties.

      Existing literature is not acknowledged sufficiently. This makes some claims of novelty misleading, and prevents readers from understanding the current state of knowledge in this research area.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript presents a comparative MRI dataset from 16 avian species and uses MRI and tractography to examine variation in brain organization across birds. The authors argue that their analyses support mosaic brain evolution and provide a framework for comparative neuroanatomy. Although the dataset represents a useful resource, particularly given the inclusion of understudied species like penguins, toucans, and hornbills, I have substantial concerns regarding the novelty of the study, the anatomical interpretation of the results, and the validity of the tractography analyses. In its current form, I do not believe the manuscript provides sufficient new biological insight to support many of its conclusions.

      Major Concerns

      (1) The authors repeatedly state that comparative neuroanatomical studies in birds have largely been unable to examine internal brain organization or "internal parcellation". This claim is inaccurate and reflects limited engagement with a substantial body of literature. For decades, comparative studies have examined variation in the size of major avian brain subdivisions as well as specific sensory, motor, and associative nuclei. For example, the extensive work of Andrew Iwaniuk and colleagues has documented variation in numerous brain regions across birds and related these differences to ecology, behavior, and sensory specialization (e.g., Gutierrez-Ibanez et al., 2009; Iwaniuk et al., 2006, 2008, 2010; Corfield et al., 2015). Other authors have also made important contributions in this area (e.g., Boire and Baron, 1994; Burish et al., 2004; Moore and DeVoogd, 2011, 2017). Importantly, previous work has already examined variation in major subdivisions of the avian brain using relatively standardized datasets (e.g., Iwaniuk et al., 2004; Iwaniuk and Hurd, 2005), including datasets that contain more species and greater taxonomic diversity than the current study. In other words, these studies have already provided detailed analyses of internal brain organization across broad taxonomic samples.

      The manuscript should therefore be reframed as providing a new MRI-based resource rather than introducing the first comparative framework for studying internal avian brain organization. The current framing significantly overstates the novelty of the work.

      (2) A second significant concern is the lack of anatomical specificity in the tractography analyses. The authors repeatedly refer to regions such as "anterior cortex," "dorsal cortex," and "temporal cortex." These terms are not standard anatomical designations in avian neuroanatomy and provide little information about the actual structures being analyzed.

      For example, the "temporal cortex" could potentially include portions of the nidopallium (including the caudolateral nidopallium, NCL), mesopallium, and arcopallium. Similarly, the "anterior cortex" could correspond to the somatosensory or visual Wulst, the anterior nidopallium, or several other structures. The designation "dorsal cortex" is similarly difficult to interpret. Because these seed regions may encompass multiple functionally distinct systems, it is impossible to evaluate the biological significance of the reported connectivity patterns.

      I strongly encourage the authors to define their seed regions using accepted avian neuroanatomical terminology and to provide detailed anatomical maps. More informative analyses would focus on well-defined structures with known connectivity, such as the Wulst, arcopallium, entopallium, or NCL. As currently presented, the tractography results are too coarse to support meaningful biological conclusions.

      (3) I am not an MRI specialist, but I have concerns regarding the interpretation of the tractography results. Bird brains are small, and diffusion MRI tractography is already known to be challenging even in substantially larger brains. The manuscript provides limited information regarding image resolution, diffusion sampling, and the expected accuracy of tract reconstruction in these specimens. More importantly, there is little validation of the tractography results. Diffusion tractography is prone to both false positives and false negatives, and reconstructed pathways cannot be assumed to represent true anatomical connections.

      The authors should provide evidence that their tractography pipeline can accurately recover known pathways. For example, they could compare reconstructed tracts with well-established anatomical pathways such as the anterior commissure or major visual pathways, which would substantially strengthen confidence in the results. Without such validation, it is difficult to determine whether the observed species differences reflect biological variation or methodological artifacts.

      (4) I also have some methodological concerns regarding the comparisons of anterior commissure (AC) size and cerebellar foliation. First, the authors measure the AC in a coronal section. I would recommend measuring the AC area in a midsagittal section instead. Furthermore, the authors use the cross-sectional area of the same coronal section as the scaling variable. This seems problematic because the area of any given section will depend on the angle of sectioning and other technical factors. If the objective is to compare the relative size of the AC, then total brain volume or telencephalon volume would be more appropriate scaling variables.

      With respect to cerebellar foliation, the authors developed their own metric. I would encourage them to use methods already established in the literature, such as the foliation index described by Iwaniuk et al. (2006). Their approach may yield similar results, but using the foliation index would facilitate direct comparisons with existing datasets and would allow incorporation of additional published data (e.g., Cunha et al., 2021, which includes foliation index measurements for 54 bird species). The authors should also be aware that the foliation index scales with body size. Consequently, the high degree of foliation observed in penguins may not necessarily indicate cerebellar expansion or increased demands for sensorimotor integration associated with their specialized locomotion. I therefore believe that the conclusions regarding variation in AC size and cerebellar foliation should be re-evaluated after more appropriate analyses are performed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Naina Gour and colleagues provide a detailed observational study in which they demonstrate that MRGPRX4, a human G-protein coupled receptor (GPCR), is expressed exclusively in human melanomas and, when expressed in mouse melanocytes, drives the development of melanomas in mice. These findings provide evidence that MRGPRX4 has the properties of an oncogene, at least in certain cellular environments.

      Strengths:

      A strength of this work is the nice historical note in which overexpression of MAS1, a GPCR, led to classic studies of transformed fibroblasts in culture and tumors in nude mice. Cloning of MAS1 led to the identification of the MRGPR family of receptors, now known to be key players in neuroimmune and neurosensory phenomena. Here, the story comes full circle with a member of the MRGPR family being linked to a tumor, specifically melanoma. Perhaps the story is not entirely surprising given that the neural crest serves as a precursor for both nerves and melanocytes. But it is nice to see.

      Additional strengths include the vast array of tools and techniques employed, from public databases to engineered mice, to establish firmly that MRGPRX4 is expressed in melanomas, although not in every malignant cell.

      Weaknesses:

      Given the power of the strengths of the data and story, the following comment is only sort of a weakness, as the topic is addressed while being saved for future studies. Specifically, what leads to the expression of MRGPRX4? The authors posit that it is an epigenetic phenomenon, look briefly at methylation, and rather than going down the proverbial rabbit hole of what comes first, have reasonably decided to punt.

      Another concern is that given what comes across as the initial observation of MRGPRX4 being expressed in melanoma, what do all of the additional studies add?

      For the non-cognoscenti, and to make the manuscript more accessible, the abbreviation NC/EMT, which is also inverted to EMT/NC, should be spelled out periodically as neural crest/epithelial-mesenchymal transition.

      Please explain how this study came about. Was it a result of someone deciding to look at expression in the GTEx project and compare it to a tumor database?

      A comment could be made to explain that while NSG and normal mice were used, the former are immunocompromised, and drawing conclusions without specifying these differences is a weakness.

      In Figure 1A, the p-value of -145 begs for a little explanation. I don't recall seeing such a p-value.

      Have you considered treating the murine melanomas with murine via PD-L1? I appreciate that this comment is somewhat superfluous given the inhibition of MRGPRX4 with compound 31-2, but given the human therapeutics combined with the fact that you have done 'everything else', I wonder what might happen.

      Given the basal ligand-independent signaling, might engineering variants of MRGPRX4 that do not signal be of value?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study presents a fundamental new finding - the identification of a sensory-neuron itch receptor, MRGPRX4, as an unexpected melanoma oncogene through a mechanism of lineage-inappropriate expression rather than mutation. The evidence supporting the core observation (tumor-specific upregulation, restriction to invasive transcriptional states, and sufficiency to drive fully penetrant metastatic melanoma in vivo) is compelling, drawing on convergent human genomic datasets and a well-controlled genetic mouse model. However, several of the mechanistic and translational claims - particularly regarding causal drivers of invasion, the immunosuppressive tumor microenvironment, and in vivo pharmacological efficacy - remain incomplete, relying on correlative evidence.

      Strengths

      The authors propose that MRGPRX4, normally restricted to a subset of peripheral sensory neurons, is aberrantly re-expressed in melanoma rather than through mutational mechanisms, and that this re-expression is sufficient to drive tumorigenesis through basal, ligand-independent GPCR signaling. This is a genuinely novel model for oncogenesis, and the manuscript deploys an impressive range of approaches - bulk and single-cell transcriptomics, spatial transcriptomics, proteomics, phosphoproteomics, and pharmacology - to support it.

      Strengths:

      The claim that MRGPRX4 is selectively upregulated in melanoma and confined to neural-crest-like/invasive transcriptional states is well supported, with consistent results across multiple independent human scRNA-seq datasets. The claim that ectopic MRGPRX4 is sufficient to drive melanoma is convincingly demonstrated by the fully penetrant, metastatic phenotype in the Tyr-CreER;MRGPRX4-LSL model, with appropriate specificity controls showing that MRGPRX1, MRGPRX2, and MRGPRX3 do not phenocopy this effect.

      The claim that MRGPRX4 signals through basal, ligand-independent activity is reasonably well supported by bile-acid quantification showing endogenous ligand concentrations well below the EC50 required for activation.

      Weaknesses:

      The claim that MRGPRX4 remodels the tumor microenvironment toward an immunosuppressive state rests on flow cytometric frequency data (altered neutrophil/eosinophil ratios, increased PD-L1+ myeloid populations) but lacks any functional immune assay to demonstrate that this remodeling actually impairs anti-tumor immune responses.

      The claim that the two MRGPRX4-enriched tumor subpopulations (ECM-rich and NC-like/invasive) underlie the observed invasive and metastatic phenotype is not directly tested; the authors appropriately acknowledge this as an open question, but it is worth noting explicitly that this leaves the mechanistic link between the identified cell states and the functional phenotype (proliferation, invasion, metastasis shown in Figure 4) unresolved.

      Finally, the comparison with BRAF- and NRAS-driven GEMMs (Figure 3K-L) establishes overlap in transcriptional cell states but does not report whether these canonical models themselves upregulate endogenous Mrgprx4. This omission leaves unclear whether MRGPRX4 acts as a convergent node downstream of canonical oncogenic signaling, or represents an independent, parallel route to a similar phenotypic endpoint - a distinction that matters considerably for how broadly the finding should be interpreted.

      Overall assessment:

      The manuscript's central, most novel claim - that lineage-inappropriate expression of a sensory GPCR is sufficient to drive melanoma - is compellingly supported. The secondary mechanistic and translational claims built around this finding are convincing and consistent with the broader literature but are currently supported by correlative rather than causal or functional evidence.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work characterizes the regulation of lysine lactylation on influenza A virus PA protein, and describes how this post-translational modification at residues K605/K609 facilitates asymmetric polymerase dimerization at the ANP32 interface. The authors identify ATAT1 as the host enzyme mediating PA lactylation and SIRT1 as the enzyme responsible for removing this modification. They present evidence that PA lactylation enhances viral polymerase activity and viral replication, while suppression of lactylation impairs viral growth, polymerase function, and viral pathogenicity in vivo.

      Strengths:

      Overall, this manuscript explores a virus-host interaction axis illustrating how host metabolic signaling modulates influenza polymerase function. These findings are likely to attract broad interest, including influenza virologists studying polymerase regulation, as well as researchers investigating the functional roles of lactylation. This mechanistic insight may also offer clues for developing host-targeted antiviral strategies.

      Weaknesses:

      The manuscript lacks direct experimental evidence connecting lactylation to the proposed functional mechanism. While lactylation is detected in virions and overexpression systems, it remains unclear whether lactylation dynamically modulates polymerase function during infection. It is also unknown what proportion of PA undergoes lactylation at distinct infection stages, and whether lactylation specifically takes place within replication-competent asymmetric polymerase dimers. Importantly, the authors have not shown that mutation of K605/K609 abrogates the functional effects induced by lactate supplementation or ATAT1/SIRT1 overexpression in viral replication assays, which would help establish a direct connection between lactylation and viral replication. Therefore, although a correlation exists between these residues and viral replication, a direct mechanistic link between lactylation and the proposed replication model has not been firmly established. At minimum, the authors are encouraged to acknowledge these key limitations and moderate (tone down) their conclusions. For example, the observations are consistent with, but do not definitively prove, a functional role for PA lactylation in viral genome replication.

      Major points:

      (1) All experiments were performed using PR8, a laboratory-adapted H1N1 strain. Although this strain is commonly used for mechanistic investigations, evidence demonstrating conservation of this mechanism in currently circulating viral strains or other subtypes of influenza viruses would substantially support the conclusion that lactylation promotes viral pathogenicity. In the absence of such data, it remains unclear whether the observed findings apply broadly or are limited to the PR8 strain. In addition, the authors are encouraged to verify these phenotypes in additional cell lines.

      (2) While the authors cite published work indicating that ATAT1 possesses lactyltransferase activity, it would be valuable to clarify whether ATAT1 directly catalyzes PA lactylation or functions indirectly as an intermediate. Similar considerations apply to SIRT1 regarding its potential role in removing lactylation from PA. Direct biochemical evidence, such as in vitro modification assays, would help strengthen the proposed mechanism.

      (3) The available data cannot rule out the possibility that phenotypic changes induced by K605/K609 mutations stem from structural or charge alterations independent of lactylation. In fact, the results in Figure 4A and 4B support this alternative explanation: the K609R mutant shows reduced lactylation without obvious alterations in polymerase activity. This observation raises the question of whether the functional effects of these residues are driven by modified lactylation status or merely charge alterations.

      (4) The proviral effect of ATAT1 appears largely independent of its enzymatic activity (Figure 2H), making it challenging to clarify whether ATAT1 functions by modifying PA to regulate polymerase activity and viral replication. Experiments examining SIRT1 on viral replication encounter similar interpretative limitations.

      (5) Several siRNA knockdown results warrant careful interpretation. In Figure 3F and Figure 2E, the knockdown efficiency of SIRT1 and ATAT1 appears limited, especially at 12 and 24 h.p.i. Additional independent experiments with improved silencing efficiency or complementary approaches (such as CRISPR knockout) would help strengthen these observations.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This work reveals a role for PA lactylation in influenza virus replication, and the proposed involvement of ATAT1 and SIRT1 is certainly intriguing. These observations open up new avenues for understanding how host metabolism may influence viral infection. Nevertheless, a few mechanistic issues remain to be clarified. Notably, the direct evidence for ATAT1 and SIRT1 acting as the writer and eraser of this modification is still incomplete, and the functional relevance of the identified sites could be further substantiated.

      Major Comments:

      (1) The direct evidence supporting ATAT1 as a PA lactyltransferase and SIRT1 as a PA delactylase is still lacking. It remains possible that these two molecules affect PA lactylation indirectly. Therefore, in vitro lactylation/delactylation assays to clarify whether ATAT1 and SIRT1 act directly on PA should be performed.

      (2) Although Figure 4A shows that K605A/K609A mutations reduce PA lactylation, the use of lactylation-mimetic mutants in functional complementation assays could further strengthen the conclusion.

      (3) ATAT1 and SIRT1 are known to regulate multiple substrates. Therefore, whether the viral phenotypes resulting from ATAT1/SIRT1 manipulation truly operate via PA K605/K609 remains to be demonstrated. Complementation experiments would help address this issue.

      (4) The mechanistic analysis currently focuses on polymerase dimerization. IP-MS assays comparing the host protein interaction profiles of PA WT versus K605/K609 mutants could reveal whether additional host factors are involved.

      (5) The downstream consequences of PA lactylation have not been explored in the context of host antiviral immunity, particularly type I interferon (IFN-I) signaling. We would suggest examining the expression of IFN-β, ISG56, and other ISGs upon infection with WT versus PA K605/K609 mutant viruses.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors ask whether self-supervised pretraining on related fungal genomes gives a useful prior for predicting gene expression in S. cerevisiae, where the compact ~12 Mb genome supplies too few independent windows to train a large supervised model from scratch. They pretrain a BERT-style masked DNA language model on a corpus of fungal genomes and fine-tune it to predict RNA-seq gene expression. They found a surprisingly (to me) large improvement in performance: 0.78 prediction Pearson R versus 0.67 for a randomly initialized model.

      The manuscript also presents a new experimental resource: 3,053 RNA-seq data sets with perturbations using the YETI experimental platform to upregulate specific genes.

      Strengths:

      (1) Overall, the manuscript is well-written and is likely to be impactful.

      (2) The protocol handles the train/test split of orthologous sequences well, which is nontrivial.

      (3) The authors did a good job "steelman-ing" Shorkie_Random_Init: it received its own learning-rate sweep, and the authors tested two reduced-capacity from-scratch architectures to rule out some overparameterization issues.

      (4) The public codebase is unusually well-organized.

      Weaknesses:

      I have a number of comments, none of which significantly impact the main findings.

      Two analyses appear missing from the MPRA section: (1) Does self-supervised pre-training improve MPRA models such as DREAM-RNN? and (2) Is Shorkie better than Shorkie_Random_Init at the MPRA task? The language about "correlative, non-causal" associations makes me think the authors tried this and got poor results; it would be informative to include these as a supplementary negative result. (There is also (3): Does MPRA pre-training improve genomic models? But this is clearly out of scope for this paper.)

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Chao et al. study whether multi-species self-supervised pretraining learns sequence representations that can be transferred to improve downstream expression prediction in budding yeast. The rationale is that the budding yeast genome is relatively small and compact, which may not provide enough sequence variation for standard reference-genome-based supervised learning.

      This paper has two stages. They first train U-Net-style DNA language models on collections of fungal genomes with increasing phylogenetic breadth using a BERT-style masked language modeling (MLM) objective. The model with the best sequence reconstruction (i.e., lowest perplexity) on held-out budding yeast sequences is called Shorkie LM. They then use Shorkie LM's weights to initialize Shorkie, a supervised model for predicting functional genomic tracks (RNA-seq, ChIP-exo, ChIP-MNase) in budding yeast. Compared with a randomly initialized model with the same architecture, Shorkie clearly performs better on held-out expression prediction and outperforms the randomly initialized model on all three variant effect benchmarks. This is good evidence that the pretraining is beneficial. For Shorkie LM and Shorkie, the authors also use interpretation methods to analyze motifs captured across a range of loci, and the results seem to be consistent with known yeast biology.

      Overall, the experiments are well thought out and controlled, and most claims are supported with sufficient evidence. While the idea that pretraining can be beneficial for budding yeast has been reported previously (for scalar expression prediction) [1], this paper's exploration of optimal evolutionary scope and genomic language model pretraining in general still holds practical value for the field. The Shorkie model itself is also a useful resource and ranks first on many tasks in a recent public benchmark for fungal sequence-to-expression models [2]. I only have some minor concerns/suggestions.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors put considerable effort into evaluating their modeling choices. For the pretraining corpora, they compare four phylogenetic scopes (a species, strain, order, kingdom). Each corpus is evaluated across multiple model architectures/capacities. Extra care is taken with homology filtering between training and held-out data. For supervised transfer, several candidate language models are carried forward to test whether their ranking by language model selection criterion (perplexity) predicts their ranking on the downstream task. In addition, the same-architecture randomly initialized baseline for Shorkie is itself optimized for learning rate, with additional randomly initialized CNN and U-Net models included as additional controls, giving some strong nulls to compare against.

      (2) The experimental dataset generated in this study is also a valuable resource. Using the ministat array, the authors generated ~3,000 time-resolved RNA-seq profiles following transcriptional regulator inductions. Such data are important for understanding transient regulatory events and how they shape the transcriptome over time.

      (3) Several figures include schematic panels that make the whole workflow easy to understand.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) As acknowledged by the authors, the current evolutionary "sweet spot" at 165 Saccharomycetales genomes is potentially confounded by factors like corpus size, annotation quality, and optimization difficulties. I agree that it would be hard to disentangle these factors, but a relatively simple control appears to be missing. Although unlikely, it is still possible that the "sweet spot" is driven partly by the amount of data rather than the phylogenetic scope. One simple control would be to sample 165 genomes from the broader fungal corpus and match the total number of training windows to the Saccharomycetales dataset.

      (2) L148, "These results demonstrate that Shorkie LM captures conserved regulatory grammar." The evidence presented in this section is mainly about recovery of known fungal/yeast sequence motifs, which are more like words than grammar. The latter is usually understood as relationships between motifs such as their spacing, multiplicity, and arrangement. So I suggest the authors either tone down the claim or provide additional analyses that directly test this. One possibility would be to generate nucleotide dependency maps [3] for a handful of loci with well-characterized regulatory syntax.

      (3) Figure 2E. The interpretation of t-SNE clusters might be confounded by the length of genomic elements. The five classes of elements shown in the plot have very different length distributions, but they are extracted and zero-padded to the same input length, and their embeddings are mean-pooled across the full padded sequence. As a result, the fraction of real sequence entering the mean embedding differs substantially across genomic element classes, which could contribute to observed separation independently of learned regulatory features.

      (4) Lines 216-218, "transfer learning from pan-fungal self-supervised pretraining yields generalizable representations of exon-intron structure and regulatory grammar, substantially improving in expression prediction." Similar to point 2, I think this statement is somewhat stronger than what the current evidence supports. The results clearly show that pretraining improves downstream expression prediction, but it is less clear that this improvement can be specifically attributed to the transfer of regulatory grammar and gene structure, rather than motif representations or more general learned inductive biases acquired during pretraining. This is itself an interesting question. It might be possible to get at it by selectively reinitializing the convolution layers vs the transformer blocks while keeping the rest of the Shorkie LM weights, although this could still be hard to interpret if the relevant information is distributed across the model.

      (5) The ISM for Figures 4 and 5 seems to correspond to the summed predicted coverage across all output bins (Methods, Equation 17). I was unclear about the intended goal here. For example, when mutating the ATG42 promoter in Figure 5, is the goal to quantify the predicted effect on ATG42 expression specifically? If so, should the ISM instead be computed by summing only the bins covering the target gene? Otherwise, predicted coverage from neighboring genes could also contribute to the ISM score and affect the comparison across induction time points.

      References:

      [1] Wang Y, Cai Z, Zeng Q, Gao Y, Ouyang J, Xu Y, et al. Genomic Touchstone: benchmarking genomic language models in the context of the central dogma. bioRxiv. Preprint posted online June 30, 2025. doi:10.1101/2025.06.25.661622

      [2] Schneider T. ybench: a benchmark for fungal sequence-to-expression models. GitHub. Accessed August 18, 2026. https://github.com/Tom-Ellis-Lab/yeast-seq2expression-benchmark

      [3] Tomaz da Silva P, Karollus A, Hingerl J, et al. Nucleotide dependency analysis of genomic language models detects functional elements. Nat Genet. 2025;57(10):2589-2602. doi:10.1038/s41588-025-02347-3

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, the authors examine what happens when two facultative endosymbionts, Rickettsiella viridis and Regiella insecticola, are introduced into a novel aphid host, the Russian wheat aphid (Diuraphis noxia). They ask whether these introduced symbionts affect aphid performance, plant damage, alate production, dispersal, plant defense responses, and symbiont dynamics. The main result is that the two symbionts have contrasting effects: Rickettsiella tends to increase plant damage and reduce dispersal-related traits, whereas Regiella tends to reduce plant damage and aphid population growth, with less evidence for an effect on dispersal.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript presents successful establishment of stable transinfected populations of an agriculturally important aphid species, which is a substantial technical achievement in itself. I also appreciated that the authors examined the system across several experimental contexts, including different host plants, mixed cages at two temperatures, whole-plant assays, and a mesocosm dispersal experiment, rather than relying on a single laboratory setup. Taken together, these experiments provide a useful and reasonably convincing demonstration that novel symbiont associations can generate contrasting phenotypes in this system.

      Weaknesses:

      There are some major aspects of this paper that I thought could be strengthened. My main concern is that the manuscript feels broader than it is conceptually focused. A wide range of outcomes is measured, which gives the study breadth, but it also makes the central question harder to identify. As written, the paper reads more strongly as a proof-of-principle demonstration of ecologically relevant phenotypes than as a tightly framed test of a specific biological idea.

      A second issue is that the biological basis of the reported phenotypes remains less developed than the phenotypic description itself. The authors make a genuine effort to address mechanism through JA, JA-Ile, SA, and metabolomic profiling, but these analyses only partially explain the main results. The negative result for the canonical defense markers is informative, yet it still leaves a substantial gap between the observed variation in plant damage and the processes responsible for it.

      I also think some caution is needed in how the two symbionts are compared. The authors explain why some follow-up experiments were designed differently for Rickettsiella and Regiella, and that rationale is understandable. Still, because the downstream assays were not fully matched, the paper is strongest when each symbiont is interpreted on its own terms rather than as a strict comparison.

      Overall, I would suggest softening the Significance Statement so that it more clearly reflects what is directly shown here, namely that introduced symbionts can alter plant damage and dispersal-related phenotypes under controlled conditions, rather than implying that the study directly tests management utility in agricultural settings.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors generated two novel aphid-symbiont associations and examined the impact of these new symbiotic associations on plant-insect-symbiont interactions. The authors notably provide detailed phenotypic assessments of the insect hosts and host plants. They show that one introduced symbiont, Rickettsiella, increases aphid-induced damage to host plants, while the other, Regiella, ameliorates aphid damage. The authors suggest that such novel insect-symbiont pairings may be used as tools to mitigate crop damage in the future.

      Strengths:

      Although a few experiments seem to have limited sample sizes and limited statistical power, these are often complemented with highly replicated smaller-scale experiments. The combination of larger mesocosm and population-level experiments along with assessments of individual insects generally provides a comprehensive depiction of the effects of these symbionts on their hosts. The opposing impacts of Regiella and Rickettsiella infection on the aphid host plant are of broad interest. It is also surprising that the host plants did not exhibit strong differences in canonical defensive signalling, despite these differences.

      Weaknesses:

      One thing that I struggled a little with was the rapid spread of Regiella in the shared plant experiments. Possibly this could be attributed to an increased reproductive output (due to faster developmental time, and/or an increase in fecundity) or efficient horizontal transmission. However, the other experiments performed indicate a slight negative impact (Figure 4a) or no influence (Figure 4C, 4D, Figure S6) of Regiella infection on host fitness. Given these other results, it seems that Regiella must spread fairly efficiently between hosts, which comes as a surprise, and there are very few examples of horizontal transmission of Regiella like this in the literature. The manuscript would benefit from a clear and direct demonstration of horizontal transmission, rather than it being inferred indirectly. The similar spread observed in the Rickettsiella mixed cages is less surprising, because there are several examples where this has been demonstrated.

      It is also a little surprising that mesocosm-dispersal experiments were not also conducted using Regiella-infected lines. At several points throughout the manuscript, the idea of using symbiont transfections to reduce plant harm is raised. I can understand that these experiments are likely time-, space-, and resource-intensive, but that seems like these would have been relevant experiments, especially in the context of controlling damage to plants.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors were investigating the impact of introducing novel facultative bacterial endosymbionts into the pest aphid, Diuraphis noxia, to explore the possibility of using facultative symbionts as a crop protection tool. They successfully established the vertical transmission of both endosymbionts and performed a series of aphid performance and dispersal experiments together with measurement of aphid feeding on host plant health, growth, and metabolism. While most of the experiments revealed no effect of the endosymbionts, some significant treatment effects were found, showing that Rickettsiella reduced aphid dispersal, and Regiella reduced aphid population growth and feeding damage.

      Strengths:

      The team worked with two novel facultative symbionts (Rickettsiella viridis and Regiella insecticola) that they were able to successfully establish in D. noxia. The data were collected and analyzed using solid, well-described methodology.

      Weaknesses:

      While interpretation of the data is reasonable, the few experiments which revealed significant treatment effects rest on relatively small sample sizes.

      Measuring symbiont density is difficult. The authors use quantitative PCR to measure the "density" of endosymbionts relative to a host gene. This is a standard approach in the field; however, recent work has shown that endosymbionts like the aphid primary endosymbiont, Buchnera, are variably polyploid [1]; further the aphid cells that house the symbionts are also highly polyploid and variable in their ploidy [2]. It is important to understand that what is being measured when using qPCR is DNA copy number and not quantification of the number of symbiont cells. Alternative approaches to measuring symbiont density include flow cytometry [3], and SymbiQuant [4], a machine vision tool that can quantitatively characterize symbiont populations from DAPI-stained confocal images. These alternate approaches also have their limitations. Currently, there is no perfect approach to measuring symbiont density, which remains an important measure in experiments such as these. Put simply, it is important for a reader to be aware of the limitations of each approach and interpret data accordingly.

      [1] Komaki, K., and H. Ishikawa. 2000. Genomic copy number of intracellular bacterial symbionts of aphids varies in response to developmental stage and morph of their host. Insect Biochemistry and Molecular Biology 30:253-258.<br /> [2] Nozaki, T., and S. Shigenobu. 2022. Ploidy dynamics in aphid host cells harboring bacterial symbionts. Scientific Reports 12:9111.<br /> [3] Simonet, P., G. Duport, K. Gaget, M. Weiss-Gayet, S. Colella, G. Febvay, H. Charles, J. Viñuelas, A. Heddi, and F. Calevro. 2016. Direct flow cytometry measurements reveal a fine-tuning of symbiotic cell dynamics according to the host developmental needs in aphid symbiosis. Scientific Reports 6:19967.<br /> [4] James, E. B., X. Pan, O. Schwartz, and A. C. C. Wilson. 2022. SymbiQuant: A machine learning object detection tool for polyploid independent estimates of endosymbiont population size. Frontiers in Microbiology 13:816608.

      Impact and Significance:

      Food security and production, and pest control are major challenges facing the human population. This work contributes knowledge that will benefit the development of alternate pest control strategies in agriculture.

    1. A T G T A G C A A A T G C C T T T A G A The complementary template strand is: T A C A T C G T T T A C G G A A A T C T The label "DNA" appears beneath the molecule. Messenger RNA (mRNA) A blue arrow points to a single-stranded RNA molecule labeled "mRNA". The RNA strand is shown vertically and contains uracil (U) instead of thymine (T). The mRNA sequence is: A U G U U G C A A A G C G U U U G A

      The original DNA sequence in the image has a C that should be a G on the right strand, and the sequence given in the image description has a different pattern, is 2 letters longer, and doesn't line up with the mRNA sequence given in the image description. Also the tRNA in the image has both Ts and Us??

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study examines how type I IFN and IFN-γ exert opposing effects on macrophage responses relevant to TB. Using bone marrow-derived macrophages from genetically susceptible B6.Sst1S mice, the authors describe a persistent pathological activation state induced by TNF and characterized by sustained type I IFN signalling, oxidative stress and lipid peroxidation. They show that IFN-γ priming limits several features of this state and propose altered iron metabolism as one mechanism underlying this protective effect. They then use a computational cell-state approach to identify pharmacological interventions that may mimic aspects of IFN-γ activity. In particular, CDK4/6 inhibition with trilaciclib and activation of retinoic acid signalling with ATRA appear to act through complementary mechanisms and, when combined at low concentrations, improve control of intracellular M. tuberculosis.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of the study is the combination of several complementary approaches, including genetic susceptibility, cytokine signalling, oxidative stress, iron and lipid metabolism, transcriptomics, computational modelling and pharmacological perturbation. Together, these experiments build a coherent model of macrophage dysfunction.

      The evidence that type I IFN signalling contributes to maintenance of the pathological state is particularly convincing within the TNF stimulation model. Blocking the type I IFN receptor after the phenotype has developed restores responsiveness to IFN-γ and prevents further accumulation of lipid-peroxidation products. The authors also provide evidence that persistence does not simply reflect continued TNF signalling, since blockade of the TNF receptor after 24 h does not abolish the elevated lipid-peroxidation phenotype. Another strength is that the computational analysis generates experimentally testable predictions, and two mechanistically distinct interventions identified by this approach are subsequently validated in macrophages.

      Weaknesses:

      There are, however, several limitations that affect the strength and scope of the conclusions.

      (1) First, the use of the terms "persistent" and especially "self-sustaining" would be better supported by a more complete time-course analysis.

      (2) Second, the proposed central role of ferritin-mediated iron sequestration in the protective effect of IFN-γ is not yet demonstrated directly. The data clearly link IFN-γ treatment to ferritin induction and reduced labile iron, but the causal contribution of ferritin itself remains to be established.

      (3) Third, an important limitation is the connection between the mechanistic model developed with TNF stimulation and actual M. tuberculosis infection. Most of the mechanistic analysis, including type I IFN super-induction, lipid peroxidation, ferritin induction, labile iron and HIF1α regulation, is performed in TNF-stimulated macrophages. The infection experiments show that IFN-γ improves bacterial control and that low-dose trilaciclib plus ATRA reduces intracellular bacterial burden, but they do not establish that M. tuberculosis infection induces the same pathological circuit, or that these interventions improve bacterial control by acting through that circuit. The study therefore defines a convincing TNF-driven macrophage phenotype with relevance to bacterial control, but the broader conclusion that this mechanism underlies IFN-dependent susceptibility to TB remains only partially supported.

      (4) Finally, the therapeutic implications go beyond the experimental evidence currently presented, since all of the pharmacological experiments are performed in cultured macrophages and there is no in vivo validation.

      Conclusion:

      Overall, this study proposes an interesting framework for understanding how inflammatory activation may become maladaptive in susceptible macrophages and how IFN-γ may combine antimicrobial activation with protection from oxidative damage. The convergence between IFN-γ, iron metabolism, lipid peroxidation and the pharmacological perturbations identified computationally is a clear strength. However, the causal role of ferritin, the operation of the proposed circuit during M. tuberculosis infection, and the in vivo relevance of the pharmacological strategy remain to be established. These limitations leave the mechanistic and translational evidence incomplete, while the study itself remains potentially important.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors have carried out extensive transcriptomic, phenotypic and modelling-based analyses to provide novel insights into the interaction of the type I and II interferon programs in the determination of macrophage activation status and resistance to Mtb infection and infection-mediated damage. They demonstrate how an antagonistic effect between the two programs goes beyond classical downstream immune signalling pathways to lipid peroxidation maintained in a sustained autocrine manner and generation of a persistent pathological activation state (pPAS). Based on these analyses, the authors propose a therapeutic strategy of boosting specific pathways that increase oxidative stress resilience to reduce inflammatory pathology without suppressing host defenses for bacterial control and resisting pPAS. The conceptual framework may prove applicable to interferonopathies and to other bacterial and viral infections, though this remains to be tested.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study uses macrophages from a disease-relevant genetic murine model in which the sst1 locus drives the formation of necrotic pulmonary granulomas resembling human TB lesions- pathology not seen in standard C57BL/6 mice. This provides a genetically defined comparison between susceptible and resistant macrophages on an otherwise identical background, allowing the authors to attribute differences in activation state to a single locus rather than to strain-level variation.

      (2) The experimental design isolates the phenomenon of interest: the TNF withdrawal and restimulation scheme allows the authors to establish that the aberrant activation state persists after removal of the initiating stimulus, rather than simply reflecting ongoing stimulation. The timed IFNAR blockade at 2, 12 and 24 h similarly separates initiation of the state from its maintenance.

      (3) Lipid peroxidation is assessed through two orthogonal readouts: 4-HNE immunostaining for accumulated adducts and linoleamide alkyne click chemistry for ongoing synthesis. These, coupled with ROS and labile iron pool measurements, isotype antibody controls, parallel B6 and B6.Sst1S comparisons, and an anti-TNFR control, help in establishing that the phenotype is independent of continued TNF signalling. The convergence of these independent measures gives confidence in the peroxidation phenotype itself.

      (4) The cSTAR analysis is applied here using regression rather than classification, generating a continuous DPD_TB score that correlates with measured Mtb fold change and thus provides a quantitative transcriptomic metric of macrophage priming state. Critically, the pathway predictions arising from this analysis (CDK4/6 inhibition and RAR activation) were tested and confirmed experimentally. The inferred network topology further predicted synergy between these two interventions, which bore out experimentally as an approximately ten-fold reduction in the effective dose of each agent in controlling Mtb during infection.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Figure 2C is difficult to interpret as presented. The row labels ("No TNF"/"TNF") use different terminology from the corresponding conditions in panel A ("TNF withdrawal"/"TNF restimulated"), and "TNF" appears on both axes referring to different phases of the experiment; no timepoint is given on the panel itself, unlike neighbouring panels. Harmonising the labels with panel A and stating the harvest timepoint would help the reader. More substantively, the remaining lipid peroxidation readouts in this figure (panels D-G) are all at early timepoints of TNF stimulation (2-24 h) rather than during withdrawal, which limits what they can say about sustained autocrine signalling. Extending these assays to the later timepoints used in Figure 1 would considerably strengthen the claim that IFN-I maintains, rather than only initiates, the pathological state. The same applies to Figure 2G, where the contribution of itaconate to 4-HNE accumulation over time is not yet resolved.

      (2) Several of the pathways implicated here are reported to behave differently between murine and human macrophages, and between macrophage subsets (alveolar versus monocyte-derived macrophages), during Mtb infection. This does not diminish the findings in this model, but it does bear on how broadly they can be generalised.

      a) Type I interferon responses differ by species and by macrophage subset across multiple reports. Since the proposed model depends on autocrine IFN-I signalling reaching a threshold sufficient to sustain the pathological state, these differences in IFN-I output are worth keeping in mind when interpreting the wider significance of the findings.

      b) Similarly, itaconate production in murine BMDMs is 20-fold higher than in LPS-activated human monocyte-derived macrophages and 50-fold higher than in LPS-activated alveolar macrophage-like cells, and Mtb infection of these human macrophages very weakly induces ACOD1 with almost no detectable itaconate (PMID 41797714). This is relevant to the Acod1/4-OI arm of the mechanism.

      c) In a cross-species comparison of Mtb-infected macrophages, cholesterol homeostasis genes (including HMGCS1, IDI1, LSS) were significantly upregulated in human alveolar macrophages but downregulated in subcutaneous BCG-exposed murine alveolar macrophages (PMID 41208107)- the opposite direction to the lipid biosynthesis suppression treated here as a defining pPAS feature. The same group reports that murine AMs lack c-Maf and IL-10 whereas murine BMDMs express both (PMID 40073087), indicating that the autocrine anti-inflammatory brake on IFN-I responses is itself subset-dependent.

      d) Finally, the cSTAR network predictions were inferred from human THP-1 perturbation data, but tested only in murine BMDMs. Establishing how this circuit operates in human macrophages, and during Mtb infection rather than TNF stimulation alone, would be a valuable extension of the work.

      (3) The causal relationships linking IFN-I, lipid peroxidation, ROS and loss of IFNγ responsiveness could be drawn together more clearly. These elements are each established, but the connections between them are not always demonstrated directly. IFN-I appears to promote peroxidation through Acod1/itaconate and suppression of lipid biosynthesis rather than through iron, since neither IFNβ nor IFNAR blockade alters the labile iron pool. This would suggest two separable inputs to 4-HNE rather than a single pathway. This raises a further question about the persistent state itself: the labile iron pool rise appears to be TNF-driven, yet all labile iron measurements are made at 24 h in the continued presence of TNF and none under the withdrawal condition, so it is unclear whether elevated catalytic iron is sustained once the initiating stimulus is removed. Similarly, while IFNAR blockade reduces peroxidation, the reciprocal arm is not tested. An antioxidant or iron chelator could be used to ask whether peroxidation in turn drives Ifnb1 super-induction. In the absence of this information, the proposed feedback loop remains partly inferred. It would considerably strengthen the manuscript if the authors could clarify, through additional experiments or in the text, how the labile iron pool and lipid peroxidation relate to one another and what sustains each of them after TNF withdrawal.

      (4) Reading across the manuscript, the labile iron pool emerges as the variable most consistently associated with the phenotype. Every protective intervention tested converges on it. By contrast, the alternative candidate mechanisms do not track with outcome. Lipid biosynthesis genes are suppressed by IFNγ yet induced by both trilaciclib and ATRA, all three of which are protective. GPX4 is unchanged under IFNγ and trilaciclib. The Acod1/itaconate axis cannot account for it since IFNγ priming blocks 4-HNE accumulation induced by exogenous itaconate. Yet, a direct causal role for iron is never tested. Additionally, IFNβ induces 4-HNE with the labile iron pool entirely unchanged, indicating at least one route to lipid peroxidation that bypasses catalytic iron. Focusing on iron handling would make the manuscript's message more coherent and its therapeutic argument more compelling.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Araveti et al. demonstrate that Type I Interferon (IFN-I) and Interferon-gamma (IFN-γ) play opposing roles in regulating lipid peroxidation and host resistance during Mycobacterium tuberculosis (Mtb) infection. While both the two pathways drive inflammation, they differ fundamentally in cell protection. IFN-I signaling triggers a destructive, self-amplifying cycle catalysing the generation of reactive oxygen species (ROS) and lipid peroxidation, which ultimately impairs the host's ability to clear Mtb. Conversely, the authors demonstrate that IFN-γ couples antimicrobial activation with cytoprotection. It primes macrophages to fight the mycobacteria while simultaneously shielding them from oxidative stress. It achieves this by sequestering iron, which successfully prevents ROS from converting into damaging lipid peroxidation products.

      Strengths:

      Ultimately, this study highlights a critical biological distinction: IFN-γ safely balances inflammatory activation with cellular defense, whereas IFN-I promotes uncontrolled pathological damage. This divergent coupling of inflammation and cytoprotection carries major consequences for disease progression and host survival.

      Weaknesses:

      This study demonstrates all the findings in specific mouse strains. How these translate in human macrophages is not well characterised, thus raising the issue of its overall impact in tuberculosis disease.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The control of bovine tuberculosis in managed populations such as Ireland and Great Britain is unusual in that demonstrably sick animals are rarely, if ever, seen in herds. Control is therefore focused on the identification and removal of animals that test positive to the tuberculin skin test (the legal definition of infection). Despite over a century of study, the relationship between tuberculin test status, infection and most importantly infectiousness is still poorly quantified. Different formats of the tuberculin skin test are acknowledged to have both poor sensitivity and compromised specificity, although the characteristics of these tests are likely to vary considerably between contexts due to both biological variation and discretion in measurements by testers. There is an urgent need for new, more reliable and cheaper diagnostics to address the failures of existing control programs and to enable control in emerging markets that do not currently control the disease.

      Strengths:

      A key strength of this study is the use of samples from both naturally infected and experimentally infected animals. This data set is used to perform a careful and exhaustive evaluation of the extent to which patterns of transcriptomic expression can be used to classify between disease free animals and those infected with bovine tuberculosis.

      The experimentally infected animal samples provide evidence that expression patterns of infected animals vary with respect to the time from infection. The authors highlight that this suggests transcriptomic markers may be able to detect infection earlier than tuberculin and IGRA tests that target cell-mediated immune responses. However, these methods could potentially provide a valuable new tool for quantifying the role of individual variation and progression for a disease where the individual life-history is still frustratingly mysterious.

      Weaknesses:

      However, the high levels of individual variation - and in particular differences in patterns of expression between naturally and experimentally infected animals do raise questions about how diagnostic tests developed from these tools would be used in practice. In particular, while many of the models considered achieved high sensitivity - estimated specificity is consistently lower than current diagnostic tests and considerably lower than that necessary for screening tests given the frequency of testing carried out as part of statutory control programs.

      Expanding the number of samples may help to address these issues, but I would have liked to see some discussion of the extent to which the level of biological variation observed in this study may limit the precision of diagnostic tests developed using these tools. Given the likely characteristics of tests based on these methods, I would be interested to hear how the authors think they could fit within current statutory programs, either as supplementary or replacement tests?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study evaluates whether peripheral blood transcriptomic profiles can be used to classify cattle infected with Mycobacterium bovis using a range of machine-learning approaches. By integrating RNA-seq datasets from naturally and experimentally infected animals, the authors develop and test predictive models capable of distinguishing infected from uninfected cattle and assess their ability to differentiate bovine tuberculosis from other infectious diseases. The study addresses an important challenge in bovine tuberculosis control and presents evidence that host transcriptional signatures may have utility as an adjunct diagnostic approach.

      Strengths:

      - The study combines data from multiple independent cohorts, including both naturally and experimentally infected cattle, which increases the biological relevance of the findings.

      - The analytical workflow is comprehensive, scientifically sound and clearly described. Multiple machine-learning approaches are evaluated and compared rather than relying on a single modelling strategy.

      - The inclusion of a held-out test set, especially because such data is limited, provides a useful assessment of model performance beyond cross-validation alone.<br /> - Thorough evaluation against datasets from cattle infected with MAP, BoHV-1 and BRSV is a valuable addition and provides useful information regarding the specificity of the identified transcriptional signatures.

      - The authors acknowledge important limitations, including batch effects and the need for additional validation.

      - All underlying data and code are made publicly available

      Weaknesses:

      - My main concern relates to generalisability. Although a separate testing dataset was used, the training and testing datasets were generated through random partitioning of samples from the same underlying studies. As a result, classifier performance in a completely independent external cohort remains unclear. Discussion of this limitation, and whether alternative validation strategies such as leave-one-study-out analyses were considered, would strengthen the manuscript.

      - The authors identify substantial study-specific batch effects following dataset integration and appropriately account for these in the modelling framework. However, given the magnitude of the reported batch structure, additional discussion regarding the potential influence of residual between-study variation on classifier performance would be helpful.

      - The manuscript is framed in the context of global bovine tuberculosis control, yet the practical implementation of a transcriptomic diagnostic approach is not discussed in great detail. Since bovine tuberculosis remains a significant challenge in many low- and middle-income settings, further consideration of the feasibility, cost, infrastructure requirements, and potential translation of these signatures into more deployable diagnostic platforms would improve the broader relevance of the study.

      - The datasets used for classifier development are derived primarily from Ireland, the UK and the United States. It would be useful to discuss whether differences in circulating M. bovis lineages, cattle populations, management systems, or co-infection pressures could influence host transcriptional responses and therefore the performance of the proposed classifiers in other epidemiological settings. This ties to the previous comment, since epidemiological settings in LMIC countries with a high burden of M.bovis disease would be vastly different from where the data was sourced.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an excellent piece of work which sheds greater light on the responses of cattle to both experimental and natural infection in cattle with Mycobacterium bovis infection, using data from different experimental and field groups.

      Strengths:

      The work is based on robust analysis of a range of highly relevant experimental and field sample sets, using transcriptomic approaches. It provides insight into pathogenesis and disease responses, as well as some evidence regarding potential future diagnostic advances.

      Weaknesses:

      I have some simple, but important comments on how the work is discussed. (Consequently, most comments focus on the discussion section). In particular, I suggest that the authors have confused or conflated the great progress that they have made in improving the understanding of the responses to M. bovis infection with an improved ability to practically improve the diagnosis of the infection in the field. Minor differences in specificity and sensitivity - and predictive values - of tests or assays being used can have profound effects in different prevalence settings on the farm, and I don't feel that this understanding is adequately reflected in the discussion in particular. In this respect, the authors really should, in my view, focus not on the outstanding results that come in or from their model fitting approaches, to focus on their model testing results in relation to extrapolated meaning / external validity. The text uses words like 'robust' and 'highly accurate' which are meaningless in the context of test interpretation in the field.

      I get their enthusiasm, based on really interesting findings in relation to disease progression and immune and inflammatory responses, but these indistinct claims rather devalue the quality of the rest of their work in my view.

      One great challenge in work of this nature, using natural cases from farms, is that there is no gold standard for identifying the cases that current diagnostic approaches miss and which they hope their new approaches can help with. This is not discussed or mentioned in their enthusiasm for what they have achieved. Their field datasets are based on the current, insensitively detected cases. It misses the 'occult' cases that are present but undiagnosed.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors wanted to achieve a detailed ultrastructural reconstruction of the gustatory sensory organs in the Drosophila pharynx. Using serial EM and the associated bioinformatics tools they have achieved their goal.

      Strengths:

      Given the dataset, finding presented are solid and will be an important work of reference for the future.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have well responded to my previous comments and added text and figure material.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript "A predictive systems vaccinology framework enables rational optimization of MVA-based vaccines" by Deman and co-workers presents an approach to use Boolean models for the optimization of MVA for vaccinations. Different Boolean models are derived/inferred to perform in silico testing, e.g., of knock-outs.

      Strengths:

      The optimization of vaccine platforms is very important, and model-based approaches have proved a powerful framework for in silico testing. As far as I'm aware, this is the first time a comprehensive Boolean model is used for this. The authors make an effort to inform this model from available information and experimental data, using state-of-the-art calibration pipelines.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Lines 154-158: "Because certain biological processes represented in KEGG (e.g., phosphorylation or ubiquitination) do not have direct logical equivalents, this conversion of signaling pathways into a Boolean network can lead to information loss and disconnection of nodes from the rest of the network. To mitigate this issue, we reconnected isolated nodes back to the main structure using oriented protein-protein interaction (PPI) data from 69, thereby restoring connectivity while preserving directionality of regulation." It is not clear to me how the reconnection addresses the described issue that not all processes can be represented in the selected modelling framework. In this context, I would also appreciate it if the authors could clarify the meaning of your states. Is it the presence of a protein (relating to low/high abundance), the activation status (relating to low/high phosphorylation), or a combination? Depending on this, different Boolean representations should be chosen, and different process information can be used.

      (2) Lines159-160: "To enhance immediate readability and interpretability, we connected the resulting network with the corresponding cellular population abundances analyzed by cytometry in the samples." I would appreciate it if the authors could clarify how the cellular layer and the population layers were connected. Is this related to proliferative potential?

      (3) Line 168++: It is unclear to me which parts of the Boolean network described in the section "Boolean naïve network construction" have been calibrated. Among other things, it would also be interesting to know how many logical expressions were changed by ZhegAlCal compared to the naive model and how these expressions were selected. Is there a regularization aiming to minimize the number of changes? In this context, I would also appreciate a clarification of the data processing. The current text mentions a 20% change compared to baseline, a threshold of 0.05, and a 2-means clustering strategy, yet it is unclear how they interact to obtain the binarized training and validation data.

      (4) Line 267++: The model constructed by the authors describes cell-level processes in infected cells. Yet, the data used in the study - which have previously been published in reference 47 - seem to rather capture population averages over heterogeneous, partially non-infected cells. It is unclear to me why / how this can be compared. I would appreciate a clarification, potentially including a more detailed description of the employed datasets.

      (5) Lines 758-759: "The networks generated and analysed during this study are publicly available in the CellCellective repository (MVA 3 pathways, MVA 6 pathways, YF17D)." I searched for the research but did not find it. In my opinion, it would be important to make the models as well as the implementations for calibration, etc. available. Without this, value and reproducibility are limited. I would encourage the authors to provide a detailed human-readable model description in the supplement.

      (6) Lines 783-785: The GO analysis seems to be performed in comparison to the human genome. Yet, the model contains only 200 nodes, so a substantially reduced fraction. I was wondering if this was considered in the analysis process and if the authors checked how often the enrichments for multiple pathways were driven by the same genes.

      (7) Figure 3: It appears as if the number of considered "network updates" was set to 10 (0 to 9) and that this somehow maps to the experimental time. Yet, the experimental observation times are far from uniform.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      Boolean network modeling is more commonly used in cancer and developmental biology than in vaccine research. Deman et al. apply this framework to a practical vaccinology problem: they aimed to build a mechanistic, executable computational framework capable of both explaining and predicting how the early innate immune response to the MVA vaccine changes when specific viral genes are altered, with the longer-term goal of using that framework to guide the rational design of improved MVA-based vaccines. The authors aimed to: (i) construct and calibrate a Boolean network model of the MVA-induced immune response against real longitudinal non-human primate (NHP) data; (ii) test whether the calibrated model, without being fit to this new data, could reproduce the outcomes of several previously published MVA gene-deletion mutants; and (iii) compare this MVA model to an analogous model of the well-established YF-17D yellow fever vaccine, in the hope of identifying specific molecular targets that could reorient the MVA response toward the durable, single-dose protection YF-17D is known to provide.

      In pursuit of these aims, the authors construct an executable Boolean network of the innate immune response to the MVA vaccine by merging three KEGG pathways (cytosolic DNA-sensing, apoptosis, NF-κB signaling) with cell-population data, and calibrate it against a small NHP dataset (n=3 macaques, 7 time points; Rosenbaum et al., ref. 47). They show the calibrated network reproduces 86-87% of the observed binarized states, and that forcing the network to mimic known MVA deletion mutants (e.g., the triple mutant ΔC6L/ΔK7R/ΔA46R) reproduces qualitative features (e.g., early IFN-β, TNF-α, and IL-6 upregulation) reported in independent published mouse and cell-line studies. They then build a second, six-pathway "consensus" network shared between MVA and YF-17D, compare the two networks' topology and dynamics, and use this comparison, together with a graph-theoretic search for "highly effective" signaling paths, to propose two previously untested MVA deletion mutants (ΔK7R and ΔF17R) predicted to shift the MVA response toward more YF-17D-like features.

      Strengths

      The overall workflow (Figure 1) is clearly described. The calibration approach-binarizing longitudinal cellular and transcriptomic data and fitting network trajectories with the ZhegAlCal algorithm (a Zhegalkin-polynomial/SAT-solving-based method for fitting Boolean trajectories to binarized time-series data)-appears to be a defensible, well-reasoned way to translate a literature-derived network into real kinetic data.

      The retrospective validation against independent published MVA mutants (deletions in C6L, K7R, A46R, and N2L, and separately an A21L point-mutant with three alanine substitutions rather than a deletion) is a genuine strength: the model's qualitative behavior (upregulation of IFN-β, TNF-α, IL-6; limited change in RIG-I) aligns with what those studies reported. We also appreciated that the authors report instances of partial disagreement alongside their successes (e.g., CCL5/RANTES) - that kind of candor about where the model doesn't quite line up is exactly what gives the parts that do line up more credibility.

      The static topological analysis - hub identification, "determinative power" and "vertex betweenness" (two complementary measures of how much a node's state constrains, or lies on paths between, the rest of the network), and "effective graphs" (a measure of how deterministically an edge's regulator sets its target's state) - is a thoughtful use of graph theory to complement the dynamic simulations.

      The authors also clearly discuss the Boolean formalism's core approximation, i.e., that binary on/off states can dilute real but subtle quantitative differences (lines 679-688), and that this work was based on modeling blood-only responses rather than those responses that occur at the vaccination site or draining lymph nodes (lines 709-714).

      Weaknesses

      A few things gave us pause as we read, which we raise here in the spirit of strengthening what already strikes us as a promising framework.

      The MVA/YF-17D comparison starts from two vaccines that are already known to differ substantially. The manuscript uses the divergence between the MVA and YF-17D Boolean networks as an entry point for identifying "MVA optimization" opportunities, but MVA and YF-17D are, on their face, very different vaccine platforms. MVA is a non/limited-replicating DNA poxvirus vector, sensed mainly through cytosolic DNA/cGAS-STING pathways, dosed intradermally, and typically requiring two doses for optimal protection. YF-17D, by contrast, is a live, replicating, attenuated RNA flavivirus, sensed through multiple TLR/RIG-I pathways, and given as a single subcutaneous dose that confers durable, often lifelong, protection (see refs 21, 31, 38-44 in the manuscript). Given this, it's not surprising that the authors themselves report "almost opposite behaviors" for several core cell populations - classical monocytes, B cells, NK cells, and CD4/CD8 T cells - between the two calibrated networks (lines 647-657).

      This stated motivation made us question how much of that divergence reflects a real, actionable difference in vaccine-induced immune programming (the paper's implicit premise) versus differences in virus biology, dosing route, or study/technical design (different sampling schedules, microarray vs. RNA-seq, n=3 vs. n=12 animals) that a Boolean network comparison can't easily tease apart. To their credit, the authors' Discussion is candid on this point-stating directly that "no clear optimization strategies for the MVA viral vector came to mind from the comparison" (lines 664-666)-a useful signal that the comparison's direct yield was limited. The two candidate mutants that emerged instead came from intersecting the model's high-impact nodes with a pre-existing, literature-curated list of MVA immunomodulatory genes (yielding five candidate deletions), which were then individually simulated and narrowed down to the two, ΔK7R and ΔF17R, that produced notable changes - not from the MVA/YF-17D comparison alone.

      The motivation for choosing Boolean modeling over ODE/PDE approaches could be clearer. The choice is motivated mainly by precedent - the authors note it "has rarely been used to model vaccine-induced immune responses, in contrast to statistical modeling or ordinary differential equation (ODE)-based modeling" (lines 100-105) - and by practical considerations, such as not requiring kinetic parameters and being tractable at the scale of networks with hundreds of nodes. What we found ourselves wanting was a more explicit account of the trade-off: ODE and PDE models already simplify the true, spatially resolved, continuously varying underlying biology, and Boolean modeling is a further simplification on top of that. A clearer statement of why this additional simplification is acceptable, or even preferable, for this application (for example: the scale of the curated network, the absence of measured rate constants for most edges, or the interpretability of discrete states) would greatly improve this work.

      We found the manuscript dense and long relative to the size of its central, generalizable findings. This is a presentation issue rather than an evidentiary one. The Results section narrates GO-enrichment interpretation update-by-update for four separate network trajectories (unperturbed MVA, perturbed MVA mutants, the MVA arm of the consensus network, and YF-17D), much of which restates what the (extensive) supplementary figures already show.

      The paper's only prospective predictions are experimentally untested. The two new mutants proposed at the end of the paper (ΔK7R, ΔF17R) are in silico predictions only; they haven't been constructed or tested experimentally in this study. We read the title's claim of a "predictive" framework and the paper's "rational design" framing as best describing a hypothesis-generation tool validated by retrodiction of previously published phenotypes, rather than a demonstration that these two newly proposed mutants will behave as predicted in vivo.

      Did the authors achieve their aims, and do the results support their conclusions?

      Looking at each aim in turn, the picture that emerges is mixed. The first aim - building and calibrating a Boolean network model of the MVA-induced immune response - is convincingly achieved: the calibrated network fits the underlying data well (86-98% of binarized states correctly reproduced, depending on which of the two networks is considered), and its successive states correspond to biologically sensible processes (early chemotaxis, then T-cell activation, then antiviral/ROS-related signatures) that track what is independently known about the innate response to poxvirus vaccination. The second aim-showing the calibrated model can reproduce, without being fit to it, the outcomes of previously published MVA mutants-is also substantially achieved, with the caveat noted above that agreement is qualitative and directional rather than exact, and not uniform across every marker tested.

      The third aim is where the results, in our reading, support the paper's conclusions least well. The stated purpose of comparing the MVA and YF-17D networks was to identify actionable strategies for reorienting MVA's response, but the authors themselves report that the comparison alone yielded no clear optimization strategy (lines 664-666); as noted above, the two candidates that are ultimately proposed came instead from that separate gene-list intersection and simulation step - not from the YF-17D comparison in the more direct way the framing implies. Given that, the paper's headline conclusion - that this framework "enables rational optimization of MVA-based vaccines" - reads to us as only partially supported by what is actually shown: the framework is well demonstrated as a tool for capturing and reproducing known immune biology, but its capacity to prospectively guide the design of a better vaccine remains, at this point, an untested hypothesis rather than a demonstrated result.

      Likely impact and utility to the community:

      The most durable contribution of this paper, regardless of how the two specific candidate mutants eventually fare in the laboratory, strikes us as methodological: the explicit workflow for merging curated signaling pathways into a large executable Boolean network and calibrating it against longitudinal experimental data (building on the authors' own previously published calibration method, reference 75) is clearly described and, together with the deposition of the calibrated networks on the public CellCollective platform, should be usable by other groups working on other vaccines or viral vectors. That reusability is a genuine and useful contribution to the systems-vaccinology toolkit, independent of whether MVA specifically benefits from it.

      Its more immediate, practical utility is harder to gauge from the paper alone. For vaccine developers specifically interested in MVA, the value of this work currently lies in the two testable hypotheses it generates (ΔK7R, ΔF17R) rather than in validated design guidance, since neither candidate has been built or tested here. It's also worth flagging that the framework's generalizability beyond MVA and poxviruses is untested within this paper - the approach is demonstrated for one vector and one comparator vaccine, so readers working on other vaccine platforms may want to treat it as a promising template to adapt and validate for their own systems, rather than as a result that has already been shown to transfer.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The overall aims of this study are a bit unclear. The first experiments use organoids derived from cochlear GER cells in combination with single-cell RNA-seq to try to identify factors that might be important in the initiation of cellular proliferation, although the definition of proliferation is a bit loose and includes the number of organoids, the size of organoids, cell viability, and/or expression of Mki67.

      Based on those results, the authors chose to focus on galectins 1 and 3 and Myc. The reasoning for these choices is a bit unclear, as their ranks in the DE gene list are 51 and 67, and the fold change for each is less than 2. Regardless, the subsequent experiments use inhibitors to examine the effects of galectins and Myc on proliferation of organoids. The results of these experiments do show an effect for inhibition of Lgals1 and Myc, although not Lgals3, but it was unclear whether the effects of these factors on growth could be separated from toxicity treatment, as both OTC008 and 10058-F4 seemed to lead to cell death.

      Next, overexpression of Lgals1, 3 and Myc was actuated in organoids using AAV viruses. The results do show an effect on proliferation, but the results are confusing in that the mRNA expression profiles for two of the transgenes are markedly different in terms of timing, which would not be predicted based on similarities in the constructs. Also, while showing comparable results in some assays, the Myc vector is apparently toxic, killing ~25% of the cells by D9 even though mRNA levels are steady between D5 and D9 in those cells.

      Finally, an in vivo model is used to kill several different types of cochlear cells followed by inhibition of Lgals1. The results of these experiments show a strong inhibition of expression of Ki67 following treatment with OTX008, which is intriguing. However, OTX008 was administered IP, and it does not appear that the ability of OTX008 to cross the blood-labyrinth or even blood-brain barrier has been examined. So it isn't clear whether the results of these experiments indicate a direct or indirect role for OTX008 and galectin-1 in cochlear proliferation. These issues need to be addressed.

      Strengths:

      The results present evidence for potential roles for galectins and myc in the modulation of proliferation of cochlear GER cells. In vitro and in vivo approaches are combined with single-cell profiling to provide a comprehensive analysis.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Multiple transgenic mouse lines are used in this study, but there are no citations as to where these lines came from, how they were validated, and, for some inducible Cre lines, when the injections of tamoxifen were made.

      (2) Sixty-four organoids were formed per well, but from an average of how many seeded single GER cells? This is not clear (page 5, third paragraph).

      (3) Page 6: Why was cluster 7 grouped with clusters 1,2 and 3? Most cluster 7 cells are from D1.

      (3) In Figure 3A, there does not appear to be a correlation between expression of either galectin-1 or galectin-3 and expression of Mki67, which I would expect would be predicted if these markers play a role in proliferation.

      (4) Figure 3C: A more direct way to examine this would be immunofluorescence for galectin-1 and galectin-3 on cochlear tissue. This would also indicate whether galectin expression correlates with the Sox2+/Fgfr3- population of GER cells.

      (5) For the data shown in Figure 4, what were the experimental conditions? In particular, how long in culture? One interpretation of the data in 4B and E is a decreased increase in the number of organoids, but an alternative is that the treatments are toxic and the organoids are dying. Based on a comparison with the results for myc inhibition, isn't cell toxicity in response to treatment with OTX008 or GB1107 the more likely explanation?

      (6) I think the data in Figure 5 show that the inhibitor experiment demonstrates that the inhibitors, or their targets, are required for organoid survival, as the number of organoids drops to 0, which must be below the starting value.

      (7) It is suggested (page 11, third paragraph) that galectins and myc could be linked or independent effectors of organoids. But couldn't this be tested by combining the inhibitors in the same experiment?

      (8) On page 12, it seems AAV infection of the target cell population prevented organoid formation? This could be a major concern. If nothing else, doesn't this suggest that the effects observed in these experiments might be a result of induced organoid formation from other cochlear duct cells? Also, was expression of the transgenes (Lgals or Myc) confirmed in a cell type that is normally negative for those genes?

      (9) The data in Figure 6C are confusing. The rate of mRNA expression from the AAV transgene should be comparable regardless of the construct given that the promoter is the same. But the results suggest a significant difference in the behavior of the two vectors, with Myc levels reaching a 15-fold increase in just three days while the Lgals vector is at only half that level after 7 days.

      (10) An increase that is not significant is not an increase and should not be described as one (page 13 in the first paragraph).

      (11) In the AAV-Myc experiments, the overall level of mRNA for Mki67 on D9 is comparable to that in the AAV-lgals1 AAV (Figure 6B), but 25% of the cells are dead (page 13, first paragraph)? Similarly, in Figures 6E and 6F, the number of organoids in the AAV-Myc samples is significantly larger than in either control or Lgals, but are most of those cells dead, then?

      (12) Regarding the isolation process in Figure 7A, I am concerned this will also isolate cells from the stria vascularis? Do they retain a greater potential for growth that might lead to their predominance in the growth assay?

      (13) Was the Ki67creERT2 used to label a subset of cells for FACS (page 14)? If not, why was this included? If so, when was the induction made? And doesn't this bias the selection to cells that were proliferating at the time of the induction?

      (14) It is stated that "proliferation is most active at P4 with robust cycling of cells observed in the lateral GER". But then on the following page (page 15), it's stated that the single cell data indicates essentially no proliferating cells in the control, even though there are a lot of lateral GER cells. Can the authors give an explanation for this discrepancy?

      (15) In the first figures in the study, the isolation approach collected lateral GER cells and identified Lgals and Myc as important for organoid expansion (page 15). In Figure 8, there appears to be no change in Lgals or Myc expression in lateral GER cells in response to the damage. Instead, it is medial GER cells that appear to have increased Lgals1 and Myc. And from Figure 8H, are those increases significant?

      (16) A quick search of the literature suggests that there is no evidence that OTX008 can cross the blood-labyrinth or blood-brain barrier (page 15). Was this examined by the authors?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study uncovers novel factors driving proliferation in the greater epithelial ridge (GER), a proliferative tissue in the neonatal cochlea that may hold important clues on the quest for hair cell regeneration via proliferative means in the adult cochlea.

      Strengths:

      The strengths include the use of both cochlear organoids and in vivo mouse models combined with pharmacological and genetic approaches to inhibit or overexpress proliferative targets identified in the RNA-Seq analysis from the FACS-sorted GER cells. The genetic and pharmacologic manipulation experiments are very strong and convincingly demonstrate that galectins 1 and 4 and Myc are necessary (and in some cases sufficient) to drive cell proliferation in cochlear tissue. However, the real treasure trove is the carefully generated RNA-Seq dataset itself, which offers a wealth of additional differentially-expressed genes that likely contribute to cochlear cell proliferation.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weakness is that the initial genes studied here, galectins 1 and 3 and Myc, are all associated with tumor formation or cancer progression, so targeting these genes raises concerns about tumor formation in the cochlea.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary of strengths:

      Thank you very much for giving me the opportunity to review this very interesting paper. The research question is intriguing, allowing to address commonly observed co-morbidities between depression and anxiety and their dissociable and opposite relationship to mood fluctuations and sensitivity to reward prediction errors. The computational analyses are very in-depth, including many state of the art checks and validations. Finally, another strength is the inclusion of several large or very large samples, including a patient sample in addition to the general population sample.

      Comments on revised version.

      I want to thank the authors for taking the time to answer all my questions. Their answers were very thoughtful and well argued. I found the theoretical explanations very helpful for explaining their approach and ideas further. In particular, it was fascinating to see how including a single non-orthogonalized depression or anxiety scored show no effect, but including them in simultaneously revealed their previously observed patterns.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Despite their common co-occurrence, depression and anxiety are known to alter mood fluctuations in opposite ways. Here, the authors aimed at distinguishing depression-specific from anxiety-specific from psychopathology-general effects of reward processing on mood fluctuations, focusing on reward prediction errors (RPE) which are known to be linked to mood fluctuations. This mechanistic study aims at uncovering the process through which these psychopathologies are associated with mood modulations. The authors were able to appropriately test their hypothesis and obtained results corroborating their conclusions.

      This work provides a convincing demonstration of the relevance of computational psychiatry (Huys et al, 2016) and the use of decision neuroscience to shed light on the interplay of anxiety and depression and mood.

      Comments on revised version.

      (1) Methodological & Theoretical Framework: The authors used a tripartite model to effectively distinguish depression vs anxiety dimensions from broad psychopathology/distress.

      (2) Possible theoretical confounds: This manuscript addressed adequately the concerns one would have regarding risk-attitudes.

      (3) Computational Rigor: The computational model elegantly separates reward expectations (EV in the model) from outcome processing through RPE, which are two sequential cognitive processes, providing a fine-grained mechanistic account of mood fluctuations.

      (4) Clear & Logical Results Structure: In response to feedback provided during the previous round of review (previously cited as a recommendation for authors), the authors re-organized the Results section into three distinct, easy-to-navigate subsections (Depression, Anxiety, and Depression vs. Anxiety), which substantially improves readability and clarity.

      (5) Neurobiological Context: The Discussion has been enriched with a well-integrated overview of the neural circuits (striatal-midbrain dopaminergic, vmPFC, OFC, and anterior insula) likely underpinning RPE-driven mood updates, which is sure to improve the translational interest of this work.

      (6) Transparent Reporting: The authors had already provided a trustworthy writing approach when referring to trending statistical results. In this revised manuscript, they have been exceptionally transparent regarding study limitations, data collection timelines (addressing potential AI-related artifacts), and statistical power constraints.

      Status of Previous Weaknesses & Suggested Revisions

      (1) Clinical Sample Size and Anxiety-Specific Effects

      Previous Concern: The sample size of the clinical sample (N=116) may not be sufficient to detect anxiety-specific effects due to the high rate of comorbid anxious depression. It would be beneficial to include the number of MDD vs GAD vs anxious depression diagnoses in the clinical population as this would be likely to shine light on the power limitations.

      • Author Revision: The authors have fully addressed this point by adding a diagnostic breakdown in Table S8 which details the diagnosis, illness duration, and medication status. They also included details of the power analysis (Discussion, pages 17-18) putting into perspective their results and provided two possible literature-informed interpretations of their findings. This is also reflected in their updated Abstract.

      (2) Re-organization of Results

      Previous Suggestion: The results sections 2 (depression) and 3 (anxiety) could be improved by reducing the back and forth between factors throughout the results. It may be useful to split them into 3 sections: depression only, anxiety only, depression vs anxiety.

      • Author Revision: The Results section was restructured as suggested, cleanly isolating depression-specific associations, anxiety-specific associations, and direct statistical comparisons between the two ("differential associations" in the manuscript).

      (3) Neurocircuitry Discussion

      Previous Suggestion: In the discussion, authors could have mentioned the brain areas most likely to be involved in these processes, both cognitive and psychopathological, as previous studies (such as Cecchi et al, 2022) have aimed at identifying regions involved in RPE processing while modulating mood in health. A short section on this would be useful to the neuropsychiatric community.

      • Author Revision: A concise section was added to the Discussion mapping computational parameters onto striatal, prefrontal, and insular circuitry (see Strengths #5).

      Conclusion:

      The authors have satisfactorily resolved all minor-to-moderate issues raised in the previous review.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this submission Wang and colleagues jointly examine the association between depression and anxiety symptoms and individuals' affective reactivity to reward prediction errors in Ruttledge et al.'s gambling paradigm. Taking a bifactor approach to anxiety and depression in several non-clinical (and one clinical sample), the authors find that anxiety-specific symptoms relate to over-reactivity of mood to reward prediction errors (RPEs) as well as heightened mood variability , while depression-specific symptoms relate to blunted mood sensitivity to RPEs. These depression-, but not-anxiety specific relationships replicated in patient samples.

      Strengths:

      I was impressed that the data-driven, transdiagnostic approach employed by the authors uncovered specific relationships between anxiety and depression-specific factors and RPE reactivity in a well characterized task and computational model, especially in a non-clinical sample. This sheds new light on how these affective processes may be perturbed-and importantly, in different ways-by anxiety and depression symptoms. Likewise, the replication of the depression-specific finding (RPE hypo-reactivity) in a clinical sample was nice to see.

      Weaknesses:

      While the anxiety- and depression-specific factors had differential effects on mood variability (Fig 2A-D) and RPE reactivity (Fig 2E-G) in all samples, such that the correlations between the two factors and these mood parameters were significantly different, the anxiety factor was not consistently (significantly) associated with either mood-related parameter across samples. However, the authors resolve anxiety-specific predictive effects when they collapse across datasets. While it is intuitive that achieving a larger effective sample size would afford the power necessary to detect such individual differences, this struck me as a major caveat for this set of results.

      The associations the authors observe between the 'common factor' of depression and anxiety and risk-aptitudes tendencies-presumably the alpha (exponent) parameter in a prospect theory-type subjective value model. But where is this analysis explained? (i.e. how was this model formulated and how were risk attitude parameters estimated?) And what is the interpretation of this finding-is there precedent for looking at risk attitudes in this task? And why would these predictive effects only be observed in relation to the common, but not unique factors of anxiety and depression?

      Comments on revised version.

      I believe the weaknesses identified in the previous round of review have been adequately addressed by the authors, and my suggestions concerning clarity of presentation have by and large been implemented by the authors.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript is an excellent follow-up to your 2022 study, in which Sox17 expression was localized to the rete testis and shown to be required for proper formation of the Sertoli cell valve (transition region). By using Nr5a1-Cre to drive conditional deletion of Sox17 specifically in rete testis cells, you demonstrate that testis weights remain normal at 2 weeks of age but become significantly reduced by 8 weeks in Sox17-cKO males. At the later time point, the seminiferous epithelium is severely disrupted, with apparent arrest of spermiogenesis: the epididymal lumen is essentially devoid of sperm, and most tubules lack elongated spermatids.

      Strengths:

      Clearly shows the role of Sox17 in Sertoli cells being important to the SV function. The SV (transition region) between the rete testis and seminiferous tubules remains an understudied domain of testicular biology. The present work, together with your prior study, highlights intriguing mechanisms operating in this specialized niche.

      Weaknesses:

      The available data do not fully explain either the developmental assembly of the Sertoli valve or the precise consequences of its functional disruption. These studies are nonetheless valuable precisely because they raise more questions than they answer; the conceptual implications are thought-provoking.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This manuscript investigates the role of SOX17 in the formation and function of the Sertoli valve (SV) at the interface between seminiferous tubules and the rete testis (RT). Building on previous work showing that rete testis-specific deletion of Sox17 disrupts SV formation, leading to defective spermiogenesis and male infertility, the authors explore how SOX17 overexpression in Sertoli cells regulate SV of rodent testes.

      Using transgenic mouse models with ectopic Sox17 expression in Sertoli cells, the study demonstrates that SOX17 is not only required but can also modulate SV formation. Ectopic expression in Sertoli cells induces expansion of the SV structure and partially rescues SV defects and spermatogenesis in RT-specific Sox17 conditional knockout animals. The data support a model in which SOX17 acts through paracrine signaling to regulate SV formation, although the precise mechanisms remain to be clarified.

      Overall, this is a well-executed study with novel and significant findings. The ability to experimentally manipulate SV size is particularly compelling and provides a valuable framework to study fluid dynamics and epithelial interactions in the testis. This work will be of broad interest to the reproductive biology and developmental biology communities.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors sought to determine how Rif1 contributes to DNA replication timing (RT), transcriptional regulation, and embryonic development using zebrafish. They generated a maternal-zygotic rif1 knockout line and examined developmental phenotypes, genome-wide replication timing profiles, RNA-seq, and nascent transcription (SLAM-seq) during early embryogenesis.

      Their major findings in this manuscript are

      (1) Rif1 is not essential for zebrafish viability, unlike its partially essential role in mice.

      (2) Rif1 deficiency causes defects in female sex determination, delayed epiboly, and reduced primitive erythropoiesis.

      (3) Genome-wide RT is altered by Rif1, but developmental stage has a much larger influence than Rif1 itself.

      (4) Rif1 is required for the proper maturation ("sharpening") of the RT program during development rather than for specific developmental RT switches.

      (5) Rif1 has a much stronger effect on transcription during zygotic genome activation (ZGA) than on replication timing at these early stages.

      (6) Loss of Rif1 leads to increased expression of early zygotic genes, indicating that Rif1 normally suppresses widespread transcription during ZGA.

      Overall, the work proposes that Rif1 independently regulates replication timing and transcription, with these two functions becoming most prominent at different developmental stages.

      The major strengths of the manuscript are as follows.

      (1) the study combines multiple genome-wide approaches including whole-genome RT profiling, RNA-seq, SLAM-seq in combination with gene KO and developmental analyses.

      (2) One of the strongest points is that the authors conducted the analyses at multiple developmental stages rather than a single point.

      (3) The most important conclusion is that the Rif1 regulates transcription during development in a manner largely independent of its RT function, which was further strengthened by the additional data provided in the revised manuscript.

      On the other hand, the weakness of the manuscript includes the followings.

      (1) Limited mechanistic insight. The questions such as where Rif1 binds on the chromatin (in relation to the transcriptional promoters/ enhancers and replication origins).

      (2) Which functional domains of RIf1 are involved in regulation of transcription and replication (Is PP1 recruitment required for transcription regulation?) are not addressed.

      (3) Since Rif1 is known to be involved in chromatin organization/ nuclear architecture regulation, the studies addressing this (Hi-C, compartment analyses, ATAC seq etc) would provide important mechanistic information.

      (4) Female sex determination phenotype is intriguing, but it remains largely descriptive, and its mechanisms are elusive at the moment.

      Overall, the results support the authors' conclusions and they have successfully provided answers to the authors' original questions on developmental roles of Rif1 in RT and transcription in vertebrate.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors responded to my comments in a largely satisfactory manner. They have conducted additional analyses and concluded that Rif1 regulates transcription during ZGA largely independently of its classical RT function, which is an important finding.

      Although authors did not examine origin firing and replication fork rate in rif1 KO cells, which I suggested in my original review, this can be saved for their future studies.

      I think the revised manuscript has been improved and provides important basic information on the functions of the conserved Rif1 protein in RT and transcriptional regulation.

      I have no further recommendation for additional experiments or data analyses.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study by Masser et al. analyzes global replication timing and gene expression in rif-1 null zebrafish. This work is an extension of their previous report of the normal replication timing pattern during wild-type zebrafish development. The major valuable finding here is that Rif1 is not essential for viability in zebrafish, and - counter to expectation from studies in cultured cells and other species - late replication does not strongly depend on Rif1. Instead, the data suggest that Rif1 subtly sharpens replication timing pattern during normal development rather than function generally to delay replication timing. In the absence of Rif1, the normal pattern establishment is somewhat delayed. The authors also document some changes in expression during development with more genes being repressed by Rif1 than activated at some early stages.

      The study and analysis are generally rigorous, and the conclusions are supported by convincing data. Given the strong link between replication timing and cell type/development, studying timing in a whole developing organism is important. The experimental approach is technically challenging, particularly the bioinformatic analysis. The scientific advance here is largely confined to documenting the timing of Rif1-affected transcription, the unanticipated effect of the rif1 deletion on replication timing and on sex determination, though the latter is not explored. The difference in timing of the transcription phenotypes and replication phenotypes suggests they may be very distinct Rif1 roles. The overall study a useful set of findings and detailed data for future work.

      Loss of Rif1 did not affect viability, but it did strongly influence sex determination, resulting in a lower population of females. This effect is the strongest organismal phenotype, but the study provides no mechanistic explanation for the loss of females from the data gathered here.

      Comments on revised version:

      We are generally satisfied with the revised version of this manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In recent years, it becomes increasingly evident how beautifully intricate IAC are at the nanoscale. Studies like the one presented here that shed light on the precise inner organisation of IAC are thus quite important and relevant to obtain better in-depth understanding of IAC functioning and the contribution of different integrin subtypes to cell adhesive and mechanotransductive processes.

      Interestingly, the authors found a distinct localisation of α5β1 and αVβ3 integrin nanoclusters within focal adhesion of human fibroblasts, with α5β1 integrin nanoclusters being at the periphery of IAC and αVβ3 integrin nanoclusters randomly distributed. Furthermore, a surprisingly high percentage of inactive integrins within IAC and relatively low spatial integrin colocalisation with adaptor proteins has been shown.

      Strengths:

      This is a very thoroughly performed STORM-based assessment of the nanodistribution of α5β1 and αVβ3 nanoclusters within IAC (and outside). The image quality is outstanding, and the authors have meticulously executed the experiments and the image analyses.

      Weaknesses:

      The only weakness is maybe that the manuscript remains descriptive. However, the high quality of the "description" of the nano-organisation of IAC by this scrupulous study is really important to better understand the inner workings of IAC. It provides a very solid foundation to look deeper into the (patho)physiological implications of this organisation, see recommendations (which are rather suggestions in this case).

      Comments on revision:

      The authors meticulously addressed all my questions and suggestions. I want to thank the authors for an exemplary revision.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, dual-color super-resolution microscopy analysis was performed to study the co-operation between integrins and focal adhesion proteins in human fibroblast cells. The study focused on two integrins which have been previously found to be mainly responsible for focal adhesions, namely α5β1 and αvβ3.

      Specifically, the study tried to shed light on the nanoclustering of integrins in focal adhesions.

      In the current study, more integrin nanoclusters were observed in focal adhesions compared to other cell-matrix adhesion structures. The study revealed that both α5β1 and αvβ3 form nanoclusters and those appear segregated from each other. While αvβ3 nanoclusters organize randomly inside focal adhesions regardless of their activation state, α5β1 nanoclusters, and particularly the nanoclusters containing β1-integrin in active conformation preferentially organized at the edges of focal adhesions. The nanoclusters formed by each integrin were similar in size.

      Cytoplasmic adapter proteins appeared less in nanocluster assemblies, suggesting that integrin nanoclusters are also forming without the studied cytoplasmic adapter proteins (talin, vinculin, paxillin). Active integrins were identified with help of conformation-specific antibodies, and those enabled to study the colocalization between integrins and their cytoplasmic adapter proteins. This analysis revealed that activated integrins are strongly engaged with adapter proteins

      Strengths:

      The study stems from the thorough computational modelling of the nanoclusters, which enables quantification of the behavior of the clusters, including their mesoscale distribution.

      The study strengthens the view that α5β1 and αvβ3 have specific functions in focal adhesions, α5β1 nanoclusters localizing preferentially on focal adhesion edges. The study also revealed that nanoclusters localized at the edges of focal adhesion were enriched for talin and paxillin but not for vinculin.

      Analysis of adaptor protein nanoclusters (paxillin, talin, and vinculin) revealed that all adapter protein nanoclusters studied here close to active β1 nanoclusters are enriched on the focal adhesion edge region, whereas integrin adaptor nanoclusters far from active β1 appear to be more uniformly distributed.

      Importantly, the current study suggests that integrin subtype-specific nanoclusters are not only present at early stage of adhesion formation, but integrin nanoclusters remain segregated from each other also in mature focal adhesions, maintaining their sizes and number of molecules.

      Interestingly, the study revealed that selected cytoplasmic adaptors (paxillin, talin and vinculin), also form nanoclusters of similar size and number of single molecule localizations as the integrins, regardless of whether they locate inside or outside focal adhesions. The adapter nanoclusters are enriched in the focal adhesion "belt", colocalizing with the active α5β1 integrin nanoclusters.

      Weaknesses:

      The current study is highly dependent on the antibodies. It is possible, that antibodies, containing two binding sites for antigen, influence the nanoscale organization (and also activation) of the receptors. Control experiments to study possible contribution of antibodies for the measured outcome should be performed to verify the main findings. One possible approach could be to use fluorescently tagged integrins available. Alternatively, integrins (or adapter proteins) could be tagged with small ligand and detected using monovalent binder.

      Only a limited number of integrin adapter proteins were investigated. Given the high number of identified adapter proteins, this is an understandable choice. However, it would be fascinating to understand if the nanoclusters of inactive integrins are dominantly bound with certain adapter protein, such as tensin.

      Comments on revision:

      The authors addressed the concern related to the use of antibodies and secondary antibodies by performing DNA-PAINT experiment, which revealed highly similar results as obtained with conventional antibodies.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Since dimerization is essential for SARS-CoV-2 Mpro enzymatic activity, the authors investigated how different classes of inhibitors, including peptidomimetic inhibitors (PF-07321332, PF-00835231, GC376, boceprevir), non-peptidomimetic inhibitors (carmofur, ebselen, and its analog MR6-31-2), and allosteric inhibitors (AT7519 and pelitinib), influence the Mpro monomer-dimer equilibrium using native mass spectrometry. Further analyses with isotope labeling, HDX-MS, and MD simulations examined subunit exchange and conformational dynamics. Distinct inhibitory mechanisms were identified: peptidomimetic inhibitors stabilized dimerization and suppressed subunit exchange and structural flexibility, whereas ebselen covalently bound to a newly identified site at C300, disrupting dimerization and increasing conformational dynamics. This study provides detailed mechanistic evidence of how Mpro inhibitors modulate dimerization and structural dynamics. The newly identified covalently binding site C300 represents novelty as a druggable allosteric hotspot.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript investigates how different classes of inhibitors modulate SARS-CoV-2 main protease dimerization and structural dynamics, and identifies a newly observed covalent binding site for ebselen.

      Weaknesses:

      None. The requested mutagenesis data have been provided in the revised manuscript, and all of my previous concerns have been satisfactorily addressed.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript presents a sophisticated investigation into the mechanisms by which different inhibitor classes affect the SARS-CoV-2 main protease (Mpro), a pivotal antiviral drug target. This study reveals that effective inhibition can be achieved by modulating the stabilization of the essential dimeric state. It also indicates the dimer interface could be a druggable allosteric site, which may offer a strategy for developing broad-spectrum anticoronaviral agents.

      Strengths:

      The identification of dimer interface stabilization/destabilization as distinct inhibitory mechanisms and the discovery of C300 as a potential allosteric site for ebselen are important contributions to the field. The experimental approach is modern, multi-faceted, and generally well-executed.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have very nicely addressed most of the previous comments raised. But one comment remains to be clarified relating to original point 5 and the authors' response:

      "We agree with the reviewer about the need for quantitative rigor in reporting HDX changes. We have calculated the fractional deuterium uptake difference for each peptide fragment discussed in the text between the inhibitor-bound and unbound states. These values, along with their statistical significance (p-values from a two-tailed t-test), have been provided in the revised manuscript (Legends for Figures 3 and 4). Although the HDX change of residues 296-306 is relatively small (<5%), this region showed a reproducible difference with low experimental variability and statistical significance (p < 0.05). Given its location within the C-terminal dimerization interface and its consistency with native MS, we interpret this change as a subtle local conformational perturbation."

      Two questions remain for the statements in line 376-380. First, while it is stated "residues 296-304 in the C-terminal region of Mpro were more flexible upon ebselen binding", the segment of 296-306 is shown Figure 4c. Second, the HDX change for this segment upon ebselen binding is very subtle in the figure (in contrast to the significant HDX change of the same segment in the protein upon PF-07321332 binding), thus making the strong conclusion that "This suggests that ebselen targeting C300 may induce structural changes in the C-terminal helical segment, weakening key hydrogen bonds at the dimer interface and ultimately inhibiting activity" not convincing. The reviewer would suggest the authors either delete this conclusion or largely tone it down.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers. The authors have addressed the comments raised in the previous round of review.]

      This study by Vitar et al. probes the molecular identity and functional specialization of pH-sensing channels in cerebrospinal fluid-contacting neurons (CSFcNs). Combining patch-clamp electrophysiology, laser-based local acidification, immunohistochemistry, and confocal imaging, the authors propose that PKD2L1 channels localized to the apical protrusion (ApPr) function as the predominant dual-mode pH sensor in these cells.

      The work establishes a compelling spatial-physiological link between channel localization and chemosensory behavior. The integration of optical and electrical approaches is technically strong, and the separation of phasic and sustained response modes offers a useful conceptual advance for understanding how CSF composition is monitored.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Cerebrospinal fluid contacting neurons (CSF-cNs) are GABAergic cells surrounding the spinal cord central canal (CC). In mammals, their soma lies sub-ependymally, with a dendritic-like apical extension (AP) terminating as a bulb inside the CC.

      How this anatomy-soma and AP in distinct extracellular environments-relates to their multimodal CSF-sensing function remains unclear.

      The authors confirm in the GATA3:GFP mice where these cells are labeled that CSFcNs exhibit prominent spontaneous electrical activity mediated by PKD2L1 (TRPP2) channels, non-selective cation channels with ~200 pS conductance modulated by protons and mechanical forces.

      They investigated PKD2L1 pH sensitivity and its effects on CSFcN excitability. They uncovered that PKD2L1 generates both phasic and tonic currents, bidirectionally modulated by pH with high sensitivity near physiological values.

      Combining electrophysiology (intact and isolated AP recordings) with elegant laser-photolysis, they show functional PKD2L1 channels localize specifically to the apical extension (AP).

      This spatial segregation, coupled with PKD2L1's biophysical properties (high conductance, pH sensitivity) and the AP's unique features (very high input resistance), renders CSFcN excitability highly sensitive to PKD2L1 modulation. Their findings reveal how the AP's properties are optimised for its sensory role.

      Strengths:

      This is a very convincing demonstration using elegant and challenging approaches (uncaging, outside out patch of the AP) together to form a complete understanding on how these sensory cells can detect so finely the changes of pH in the CSF.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      This study asks whether auditory responses in the songbird auditory pallium/field L during singing are modulated by social context. Specifically, the authors examine neural responses to delayed auditory feedback during male zebra finch song produced either alone or in the presence of a female. This is an interesting and important question because the evaluation of self-generated vocal output may differ when the song has a dedicated social function.

      The main strength of the work is that it addresses auditory feedback processing during natural vocal behavior and does so across two naturalistic contexts. The revised manuscript is strengthened by additional analyses of spike waveform similarity, response significance, response latency stability, and exclusion of motifs overlapping with female calls. These additions make the reported context-dependent response differences more credible and help address some concerns about recording stability and contamination by female vocalizations.

      The results show that some auditory pallium neurons respond differently to feedback perturbations during directed and undirected song. This finding is potentially significant because it suggests that auditory processing during vocal production is not rigid but could subserve a social function that depends on the listener. If robust, this would add an important dimension to models of song monitoring and sensorimotor control.

      However, the strength of evidence remains moderate rather than conclusive. Several alternative explanations are not fully ruled out. Directed and undirected songs may differ acoustically in ways that could influence neural responses, and it is not yet clear that relevant song features were directly compared or controlled across contexts. The experimental sequence also appears to be ordered, with undirected song recorded before directed song, which makes it difficult to fully separate social-context effects from time-dependent changes in recording quality or neural responsiveness. The added waveform analysis is useful, but does not completely establish continuous unit stability across long recording sessions. In addition, possible song changes around the delayed-feedback target point, including compensatory modifications before or after feedback, remain an important potential confound. Finally, clarification of the time-warping and spike-alignment procedures is important because condition-specific alignment could affect comparisons between directed and undirected song.

      Overall, the data support context-dependent differences in neural responses in some neurons, but do not yet fully establish that these differences arise specifically from audience-dependent modulation of auditory feedback processing rather than from acoustic, temporal, or recording-related confounds. The work is likely to be useful to researchers interested in vocal communication, auditory feedback, and social modulation of sensorimotor processing, particularly as a foundation for future experiments using counterbalanced designs and more direct controls of song structure across contexts.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this study, Jones et al. examine how neural activity in auditory regions (the auditory pallium) of singing male songbirds is modulated by the presence or absence of an audience (a female conspecific). They test whether activity in auditory pallium differs between conditions in which the male is singing to a female (directed song) or alone (undirected song) and whether response to distortions of auditory feedback (DAF) differ between these conditions. Previous work has shown that in other parts of the songbird brain, sensory-motor activity can differ between directed and undirected song, and that responses to DAF are attenuated when males sing directed song versus undirected song. These prior results raise the interesting question of the extent to which such modulations of activity by the presence of an audience are already present in primarily auditory areas within the pallium. This possibility is also motivated by prior work that has shown that activity in the auditory pallium is not exclusively explained by auditory input, but can also be modulated by the bird's state - whether it is singing or not.

      Against this background, the questions asked here are of interest for two inter-related reasons:

      (1) The authors address whether the presence of an audience (a female conspecific) alters activity in an auditory region during singing. Primary songbird auditory areas such as Field L, and analogous mammalian thalamo-recipient cortical regions such as A1, are often thought of as responding very specifically to the features of sensory stimuli, but are also understood to be modulated by a variety of factors including the attentional and behavioral state of the animal. For audition, such modulation includes whether or not animals are vocalizing and listening to themselves or listening to playback of their own vocalizations. Cited works from Keller (2009) as well as Eliades and Wang (2008) have indicated that the act of vocalizing can modulate auditory responses to self-generated feedback in primary auditory areas relative to those arising from playback of the same sounds. Here, the question is whether responses to self-generated feedback differ between conditions of singing alone versus singing to a female audience. A demonstration that the presence of an audience matters to responses in auditory pallium would add to a general understanding of how it is that non-auditory factors can modulate activity within regions that are considered primarily sensory.

      (2) The authors address the possible source of an audience-dependent modulation of responses to feedback perturbation in the VTA previously reported by Goldberg and colleagues (2023). In the VTA, responses to perturbations during singing are consistently attenuated when males are singing to females versus when they are singing alone, but the underlying mechanisms of this modulation are unknown. Here, the authors test the possibility that such modulation by an audience is already present at the level of auditory pallium. The previously reported attenuation in VTA is a nice example of how neural processing can differ with varying behavioral priorities. Understanding whether this modulation of responses to DAF arises already in auditory areas would further a mechanistic understanding of an intriguing example of state-dependent modulation of sensory processing and behavior and lend broad insight into related phenomena.

      The authors report 1) that activity in the auditory pallium differs between directed and undirected singing at many individual recording sites, but that these changes are heterogeneous, with both increases and decreases in activity, so that there is no consistent change across the population and 2) that modulation of activity by DAF can differ between directed and undirected song, but that there is no consistent attenuation of response (as observed in the VTA) and instead heterogeneous increases and decreases in response to DAF so that there is no net change at the population level.

      These findings are important and of general interest; while they do not readily explain the source of the audience-dependent attenuation of auditory responses to DAF in the VTA, the demonstration of audience-dependent modulation of self-generated feedback and its disruption in the auditory pallium provides an opportunity for further investigation of how changes in social context influence brain and behavior.

      Additional comments and suggestions:

      The authors have done a good job of addressing many of the issues that were raised in the initial round of reviews. There is additional analysis that strengthens the study, including 1) applying a stability criterion to assess the quality of unit isolation, 2) shifting away from a categorical identification of units as "retuning" or not, to an analysis that presents a continuum of changes to neural firing between conditions, 3) use of non-parametric statistics for the assessment of significance of differences in response measures between conditions and 4) exclusion from analysis data from motifs during which females were observed to be vocalizing.

      The authors also have added to the text several important clarifications, and modified language in several ways that improve the presentation and interpretation of results. This includes 1) noting that differences between neural activity during singing with and without DAF does not necessarily reflect "error detection" but could instead reflect how neurons with fixed auditory receptive fields might respond differently to the distinct auditory inputs present between these conditions, 2) clarifying that the recordings were not specifically restricted to Field L, but were distributed more broadly across the auditory pallium, and 3) discussing some of the mechanisms whereby tuning might change due to various sensory, motor and internal factors associated with differences between singing alone and singing to a female.

      I only have a couple of areas of remaining concern that I think could be addressed with further analysis, or some additional discussion, according to the authors' preferences.

      (1) Stationarity of neural response

      My main residual concern relates to the issue raised in the previous round of review of how much of the observed difference in activity between morning sessions when the male is alone and later sessions when the male is singing to a female could reflect changes in neural response properties (non-stationarity) due to the passage of time (sometimes at least several hours) rather than specifically due to the presence or absence of an audience.<br /> The authors restriction of data to recordings that passed a stability criterion for unit waveforms is helpful in addressing whether the same units are 'held' over the course of the experiment. However, even with well isolated units, the response properties or tuning of units can change over time due to a variety of factors that include changes in internal state, circuit excitability, up and down states, neural plasticity, etc.

      The previous review noted several examples of data from the manuscript that illustrated this concern - instances where response properties of neurons appeared to change over time within a given condition. Any such changes in response properties that occur in the absence of a change in audience would tend to contribute to the reported "retuning" of responses.

      One thing that the authors could do to address this issue would be to discuss potential contributions of non-stationarity of responses over time as a potential confounding variable and then editorialize about why they think this seems unlikely to explain many cases in which response properties change between conditions. See comments to authors for one specific suggestions along these lines.

      Alternatively, the authors could carry out additional analyses to evaluate this issue more quantitatively. For example, by measuring the magnitude of "spontaneous" changes in responsiveness observed within conditions (such as by comparing the motif aligned activity for the first n examples within a condition against the activity during the last n examples) and comparing that with the magnitude of changes observed across conditions.

      Another approach would be to carry out some sort of "change point analysis" on the motif-related activity for each experiment in order to establish how often the most abrupt changes in activity occur at the transition between conditions versus spontaneously at other times.

      Lastly, while the experimental design didn't specifically include interleaved blocks of undirected (alone) singing and female directed singing, the methods indicate that the female directed singing data were collected by repeatedly introducing females for 10 minutes at a time. If there are even a couple of cases where the males produced song alone in the periods between female presentation, it would be worth testing whether modulation of neural firing tracked these interleaved conditions.

      Previously published work such as the interleaved recordings of Hessler and Doupe indicate a close and reversible tracking between modulation of neural activity in sensorimotor song system nuclei and switches between singing alone and singing to a female. With respect to the possibility raised in the rebuttal of whether males continue to sing 'female directed song' even after the removal of a female, these and other published data suggest that this is not likely to be the case. But if this were a concern in interpreting any data, the authors could directly assess the male's song for previously described changes in acoustic variability that also track changes in the presence of an audience.

      (2) Further discussion of how an audience might influence responses.

      With respect to the mechanisms whereby an audience might modulate neural responses, a somewhat expanded discussion of possibilities with reference to relevant literature would be helpful. This could include reference to evidence for various neuromodulatory systems participating in modulating singing related activity in song system nuclei based on presence or absence of a female - do these neuromodulatory systems project to the relevant regions of the auditory pallium or its lower-level inputs within the ascending auditory pathway such that they could concurrently act on auditory circuitry?

      In addition to possibility that the presence or absence of an audience affects auditory circuitry via a change in attention, alertness, or motivation, might efference signals associated with singing or locomotion/dancing reach and influence auditory pathways? Given that premotor activity and acoustic structure of song differ between conditions, might any singing-related efference copy activity that reached auditory regions also differ between conditions? A related interesting possibility that could be worth noting is that the presence of a female generally elicits increased locomotion and dancing on the part of the male that accompanies female directed song. Several studies have noted that general forms of locomotion can also result in efference copy signals reaching and influencing auditory regions (e.g. see Schneider and Mooney, Annual Review, 2018; Han et al. "Locomotion-induced neural activity independent of auditory feedback in the mouse inferior colliculus" iScience 2026 - the latter reference is interesting in that it appears to indicate bi-directional modulation of neural activity as observed across units in the current study).

      Minor:

      (1) The authors describe some units as showing "Activation by the absence of DAF." Because the birds in the study have extensive experience with DAF on a subset of trials, it is possible that the increased responses in the absence of DAF reflect a positive deviation from expectation of distortion (as seems to be the case for VTA neurons in previous work). But it is also possible that the broadband DAF stimulus drives inhibition of auditory responses in some cases, and the greater responses in the interleaved trials with normal feedback simply reflect the absence of that inhibition (rather than a positive deviation from a learned expectation). In keeping with the authors shift away from the use of "error detection" elsewhere in the manuscript, it might also be good to use less interpretive language here instead of "activation by absence of DAF".

      (2) At the authors discretion, it would be interesting to know if there is any relationship between the way in which changes in audience affect activity with normal auditory feedback versus with DAF. For example, if normal singing responses are attenuated in the female directed condition, are the responses to DAF also attenuated?

      (3) In figure 2, the vertical dashed lines associated with the rasters indicate the onset and offset of motifs. For several of the figure panels, the spectrograms show motifs that are not aligned with these onsets and offsets. Please clarify or modify (are the rasters from time-warped data but the spectrograms are not -time warped?).

      (4) The authors equate peaks in activity before the onsets of motifs with premotor activity: ["A previous study recording from Field L in zebra finches reported neural activations prior to the onset of singing, consistent with premotor signaling (Keller and Hahnloser, 2009). We tested for context dependent changes in premotor activity by examining peaks in neural activity aligned to motif onsets. Across the population neurons did not exhibit significant changes in the timing of motif onset-aligned activity (Figure S4)."]<br /> However, the spectrograms as shown in Figures 1 and 2 indicate that each motif is often preceded immediately by other song syllables such as introductory notes or syllables from the end of the preceding motif. Further analysis would be required in the current study to demonstrate that the activity present before motif onsets reflects premotor activity rather than auditory responses to the proceeding syllables. Please soften the claim that this reflects premotor activity or provide additional analysis or argument.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study investigates the molecular mechanisms allowing the KSM mite to infest tea plants, a host that is toxic to the closely related TSSM mite due to high concentrations of phenolic catechins. The authors utilize a comparative approach involving tea-adapted KSM, non-adapted KSM, and TSSM to assess behavioral avoidance and physiological tolerance to catechins. The main finding is that tea-adapted KSM possesses a specific detoxification mechanism mediated by an enzyme, TkDOG15, which was acquired via horizontal gene transfer. The study demonstrates that adaptation is a two-step process: (1) structural refinement of the TkDOG15 enzyme through amino acid substitutions that enhance enzymatic efficiency against catechins, and (2) significant transcriptional upregulation of this gene in response to tea feeding. This enzymatic adaptation allows the mites to cleave and detoxify tea catechins, enabling survival on a toxic host plant.

      Strengths:

      A multiomics approach (transcriptomics and proteomics) provided a compelling cross-validation of its findings. Functional bioassays, such as RNAi and recombinant enzyme assays, demonstrated that the adapted mite has higher activity against catechins via TkDOG15. Other methodologies, like feeding assay using a parafilm-covered leaf disc, were effective in avoiding contact chemosensation.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have satisfied all previous concerns through necessary text revisions and clarified discussions. The manuscript is now well-balanced and scientifically sound.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The fascinating topic of the host range of arthropods, including insects, and the detoxification of host secondary metabolites has been elucidated through studies of the host specificity of two closely related species. The discovery that key genes were acquired from fungi through horizontal gene transfer (HGT) is particularly significant.

      Strengths:

      (1) The discovery that the TkDOG15 enzyme, acquired through HGT from fungi, plays a key role in the detoxification of green tea catechins in the Kanzawa mite, revealing a new mechanism of plant-herbivore interactions, is highly encouraging.

      (2) The verification of this finding through various experiments, including behavioral, toxicological, transcriptomic, and proteomic analyses, RNAi-based gene function analysis, and recombinant enzyme activity assays, is also highly commendable.

      (3) By proposing a two-step model in which amino acid substitutions and expression regulation of a specific enzyme gene (TkDOG15) enable host adaptive evolution, this study contributes significantly to our understanding of the evolutionary mechanisms of speciation and plant defense overcoming.

      Comments on revised version.

      I believe the manuscript has been significantly refined since the initial draft was submitted.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Yang, Wang, and Cléry presents a pipeline for real-time identification of common marmosets in a laboratory setting. Models were trained and evaluated on data derived from a family of three closely related adults and a set of juvenile twins. Freely moving animals entered an enclosed space fixed to the housing cage door, which permitted the entry of individual animals for data acquisition. Utilizing YOLOv8-nano, identification was improved through the introduction of uniquely colored collar beads. Analyses of facial similarity showed close morphological relatedness amongst individuals and highlighted the need for highly discriminative classification. The authors demonstrate that combining facial detection with visual markers enables adequate identity assignment under controlled laboratory conditions with minimal cross-individual misclassification.

      The main strengths are that the proposed pipeline offers a solution for real-time identity tracking in common marmosets. Its lightweight design enables deployment across a wide range of hardware configurations. Furthermore, if similar strategies are employed, this methodology is likely adaptable for other species with minimal modification. Additionally, evaluation of closely related individuals provides a necessary stress test for the discrimination of facial identity tracking. However, the main weakness is the pipeline's reliance on controlled animal isolation and small visual markers, which raises questions about the approach's generalizability to unconstrained multi-animal environments. The authors justify the use of beads, but the dependency of facial recognition on the beads needs to be described more clearly, as it is unclear how independent facial recognition performance truly was. The overall utility of this approach therefore remains to be seen.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this study, Yang et al. develop a real-time system for automatic face detection and identification of multiple unrestrained common marmosets in a home cage setting.

      Strengths:

      The study aims to address an unmet need in behavioral neuroscience: the ability to non-invasively identify animals is crucial to the automated and rigorous study of neural behaviors; this is especially true for common marmosets, which are rapidly becoming a model system of choice for the study of complex social cognition. By using a YOLOv8 backbone, the study achieves human level performance, both in terms of precision and recall of the trained models.

      Weaknesses:

      The robustness of the system is not clear from the limited datasets presented.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have adequately addressed my comments from the previous round, and I have no further comments

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In the revised manuscript, the authors provide additional details and evidence regarding the robustness and utility of their method.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors provide a very precise automatic identification of marmosets in their home cage, to levels comparable to animal health professional.

      (2) This method is robust across lightning, camera angles etc but importantly is able to identify marmosets in naturalistic conditions, which can be of tremendous value to neuroscientists and to ecological or behavioral studies.

      (3) Easy to use and implement, requiring minimal settings. Phone videos can even be used.

      Weaknesses:

      While the manuscript improved tremendously from the previous version, given the nature of the paper, it is still a strenuous read.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors did a good job of addressing my previous concerns and I don't have more comments.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Kaku and Flenniken investigate the mechanistic pathways through which specific viral infections alter the flight capabilities of honeybees. Building on their previous discovery that DWV impairs flight while SBV unexpectedly enhances it, the authors hypothesized that these behavioral shifts are driven by interactions with the insect's octopamine (OA) signaling pathway, which is responsible for the "fight-or-flight" neurohormonal stress response and energy mobilization. To test this, the authors experimentally infected adult honeybees with DWV or SBV and pharmacologically manipulated the OA pathway using either octopamine supplementation or epinastine (EP), an OA-receptor antagonist. They then evaluated the bees' flight performance (distance, duration, and speed) on custom flight mills and profiled their gene expression using qPCR and RNA sequencing.

      Strengths:

      A major strength of this study Is the high prevalence of preexisting background DWV and SBV infections in the honeybee cohorts, which meant there were no completely "virus-free" control groups. However, the authors successfully mitigated this limitation by rigorously quantifying viral RNA copies for every individual bee via qPCR and utilizing these viral abundances as continuous variables in powerful linear mixed-effect models.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary weakness lies in the methodology used for targeted pharmacological manipulations, as well as the lack of OA quantification across different treatments. Thus, their claims are not sufficiently supported by the current data.

      Comments on revised version.

      I appreciate the authors' efforts to address the reviewers' concerns and to revise the wording of the manuscript. The revised version is more cautious than the original, and some of the discussion has been appropriately toned down. However, I remain unconvinced that the key mechanistic conclusions are sufficiently supported by the current evidence.

      (1) The specificity of epinastine remains insufficiently demonstrated.<br /> The authors argue that AmOARβ2 is the predominantly expressed octopamine receptor subtype in their RNA-seq dataset and therefore the physiological effects of epinastine are most likely mediated through this receptor. However, I do not find this argument fully convincing.

      First, relatively low transcript abundance of other OA receptor subtypes does not exclude their physiological contribution. Even receptors expressed at lower levels may play important functional roles, particularly in specific neuronal populations or flight-related tissues. Therefore, the possibility that epinastine affects multiple OA receptor subtypes cannot be excluded.

      Second, although epinastine is widely used as a pharmacological tool to inhibit octopamine signaling, its receptor pharmacology has not been comprehensively characterized. The study by Roeder et al. primarily employed radioligand binding assays, which provide information on receptor affinity but not on functional antagonism or subtype selectivity. Without systematic functional characterization across the insect octopamine receptor family, it remains difficult to exclude contributions from other OA receptor subtypes or potential off-target effects.

      A more convincing pharmacological strategy would be to demonstrate similar results using an additional chemically distinct octopamine receptor antagonist. Concordant phenotypes obtained with two independent antagonists would substantially strengthen the conclusion and reduce concerns regarding off-target effects.

      (2) The OA supplementation experiments should be interpreted more cautiously.<br /> The authors correctly acknowledge that exogenous octopamine produces only transient elevations in signaling. However, I do not find the comparison with synthetic agonists entirely appropriate.

      Although synthetic agonists such as amitraz generally produce more prolonged receptor activation than endogenous octopamine, the more fundamental difference lies in their physicochemical properties. Octopamine is a highly polar endogenous amine that exhibits limited tissue penetration and is rapidly cleared through uptake and metabolic pathways. Consequently, exogenously administered OA is unlikely to efficiently reach relevant target tissues or receptor populations in a manner comparable to endogenous neurotransmitter release. In contrast, the greater lipophilicity of amitraz facilitates its distribution into target organs and enables more sustained receptor engagement following systemic administration.

      More importantly, the observation that OA supplementation partially rescues flight behavior does NOT necessarily establish that altered endogenous OA signaling is the primary mechanism underlying the virus-induced phenotypes. Such rescue experiments demonstrate that pharmacological enhancement of octopaminergic signaling can modulate the phenotype, but they do NOT provide direct evidence that endogenous OA levels or OA signaling are altered by viral infection. Therefore, these experiments should be interpreted as supportive rather than mechanistic evidence.

      (3) Direct quantification of octopamine remains the major missing evidence.<br /> The authors acknowledge that direct measurements of octopamine and tyramine would strengthen their conclusions but argue that technical limitations and cost prevented these analyses. While these practical considerations are understandable, they do not compensate for the absence of the critical mechanistic evidence.

      Overall, I appreciate the authors' revisions and agree that the manuscript provides interesting evidence that octopaminergic signaling is associated with virus-dependent changes in honeybee flight performance. However, I do not believe that the current data are sufficient to support the stronger mechanistic claims regarding regulation of the OA pathway or the specific involvement of the AmOARβ2 receptor.

      Unless direct measurements of endogenous OA (and ideally tyramine) can be provided, I recommend that the authors substantially moderate the mechanistic conclusions throughout the manuscript, including the Abstract, Results, and Discussion. The study should be presented primarily as evidence for a pharmacological association with octopaminergic signaling rather than as definitive proof of the proposed mechanistic model.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The authors have considered a panel of antibodies that target epitopes at the gp120/gp41 interface (8ANC195 and PGT151), the fusion peptide in the gp41 domain (VRC34), and the MPER region of gp41 (DH511.2_K3 and VRC42). They also investigate 10E8.4/iMab, which is an engineered bispecific antibody that targets the MPER and the CD4 receptor. On a technical note, they have applied a double amber codon-readthrough strategy to incorporate the non-natural TCO*A amino acid, which gets labeled through click chemistry. This approach should result in less disruption of the native Env structure as compared to the peptide insertion previously used for smFRET imaging of Env. Furthermore, previous implementations of smFRET imaging of HIV-1 Env, which focus on gp120 conformation, have yielded limited information on antibodies that target gp41. Altogether, through the cutting-edge application of smFRET imaging, the study provides novel insights into the mechanisms of action of interesting and clinically relevant antibodies.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors have nicely responded to all of my concerns. I have no further issues.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this paper, Xu and co-workers unveil two distinct modes of neutralisation by gp41-targeted broadly neutralizing antibodies on HIV-1 Env. So far, it was unclear as to how the mechanism of neutralisation occurred for this subset of neutralising antibodies (that can target the fusion peptide or the membrane proximal external region of the gp41 subunit). Thanks to single-molecule FRET, the authors show that the majority of broadly neutralizing antibodies stabilize the closed Env conformation (named State 1 since the original work by Munro and colleagues PMID: 25298114). Interestingly, the bivalent 10E8.4/iMab stabilized in turn a CD4-bound open state of Env. The two modes of neutralization described for these antibodies show previously unknown allosteric mechanisms that stabilize closed and open Env conformation, stressing the importance of Env conformational dynamics and its efficiency during the process of fusion.

      Strengths:

      The article is well-written, and the figures fully depict the data in a convincing way. The authors have used smFRET, which is now established in the field as a good tool to assess Env dynamics.

      Comments on revised version:

      I am very happy with the comments, answers and the way the new manuscript is shaped after revision. I have no further questions or concerns.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Fujita and colleagues investigated two selective peripheral nerve voltage-gated sodium channel inhibitors targeting either Nav1.7 or Nav1.8 on excitability of human dorsal root ganglion neurons. The authors discovered that Nav1.8 inhibition is more effective at suppressing repetitive firing of DRG neurons and this may explain the greater clinical efficacy observed for suzetrigine.

      Strengths:

      The study is interesting and the findings are conceptually satisfying in that they may explain one aspect of Nav1.7 vs Nav1.8 targeting success.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The use of postmortem human DRG neurons provides translational relevance, but the use of these cells is also a liability given their high degree of variability. Of note are the 10 to 20-fold differences in baseline properties among cells, which dwarfs the effects of the test compounds. The experiments may suffer from under sampling.

      Comments on revised version.

      The revised manuscript addresses my prior concern with reasonable effort given the limitations of human postmortem DRGs.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Fujita/Jo/Stewart/Osorno et al., investigate the contribution of Nav1.7 in regulating the excitability and firing properties of human dorsal root ganglion (hDRG) neurons in vitro. The authors characterize the effects of a previously reported Nav1.7-selective blocker AM-2099 in recombinant human Nav1.7 channels and in cultured hDRG neurons from postmortem organ donors. The authors observed modest changes in many of the properties expected by inhibiting Nav channels, including decreased action potential upstroke rate and amplitude, while increasing the voltage and current thresholds for spike generation. However, AM-2099 did not change the maximum number of APs in response to suprathreshold stimulation, leading the authors to conclude that Nav1.7 inhibition alone has limited efficacy in reducing the firing properties of hDRG neurons at the soma, and discuss that the effects of Nav inhibition may be different at distal axons.

      Strengths:

      Experiments are well-designed and executed, and the results presented are convincing. The focus on voltage-gated sodium channels in native human DRG neurons is highly relevant to recent efforts to develop safer analgesic options for chronic pain in people.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have done an excellent job addressing my prior critiques.

    1. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The paper by Freas and Wystrach is an interesting computational study, exploring the detailed mechanisms of how simple neural circuits could explain complex behavioral patterns observed in navigating ants. The authors compare detailed, high speed video recordings of Australian desert ants (Melophorus bagoti) with predictions made by their new computational model and find convincing similarities between the model and the behavioral data, at a level of detail not previously studied. Particularly interesting are emerging properties of the model, yielding behavioral motifs it was not designed to reproduce, but which occur in natural ant behavior.

      A strength of the study is that the model is based on previous models, without making major novel assumptions. It combines existing models of the insect central complex with a model of the lateral accessory lobe and adds a stochastic inhibition of forward velocity to the interaction of central complex and lateral accessory lobes. In essence, the central complex provides corrective steering signals when the goal direction and the current heading of the insect are not aligned, while the lateral accessory lobes provide an intrinsic oscillator underlying the behavioral oscillations shown by walking ants at all times. These background oscillations are modulated by the steering signals from the central complex. Depending on which phase of the intrinsic oscillations coincides with the corrective signals, and how fast the ant is moving forward during this time, a complex set of behaviors emerges.

      Most prominently, scanning behaviors, which are regularly carried out by the ants, are recapitulated in great detail by the model. Additionally, other behaviors, such as full loops, emerge naturally from the model. While computational models are not to be seen as definite evidence for any biological reality, they can provide strong support for particular neural implementations. The current study is an excellent example in that it provides evidence for a serial arrangement of central complex circuits upstream of the lateral accessory lobe circuits, modulated by speed regulating input. While the latter is hypothetical, it yields a clear hypothesis that can be validated by connectomics studies and functional work in the future.

      The computational model is explained in detail and information about all model parameters is provided in an accessible way. The approach is thus transparent and reproducible, leaving it to the readers to assess the assumptions made in the model and how the studied complex behaviors emerge. This also provides the possibility to combine this new model with existing models to expand the scope and to more comprehensively capture the behavioral repertoire of ants, and insects in general.

      Importantly, the study shows that even complex behavioral motifs do not require dedicated neural modules, but can rather emerge from the interplay of already known circuits - highlighting the efficiency of insect brains and possibly providing the path towards embodied hardware solutions of such circuits in autonomous agents.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This interesting paper addresses the phenomenon of potentiation in single-cell habituation in Stentor coeruleus. This is an important "hallmark" of habituation that helps to establish single-cell learning as being similar to habituation in animals. Prior studies from Wood, as well as our own results, have shown that potentiation occurs in Stentor, but I have always remained a little bit skeptical that this effect was possibly just due to incomplete recovery after the first trial. When I first read this paper and saw the habituation curves for the first and second trials, such as in Figure 5, I thought, yes, that is definitely what is happening, and so is this really potentiation?

      The authors were also clearly aware of this issue and, notably, they embraced it head-on by developing an analysis that allows potentiation effects to be detected even despite failure of the cell to fully recover after the first trial. The key is their "phase portrait" that allows the learning process to be depicted as a curve capturing how learning rates and response probability evolve over time, thus allowing the curves to be compared between trials. If my interpretation was correct that so-called potentiation was just incomplete recovery, the prediction would be that the curves for two successive trials would overlap, with the first trial curve extending beyond the second one towards higher response probabilities, which would be lost in the second trial due to failure to recover fully. But the data clearly are not consistent with that idea. I think that this result is very strong and important.

      Especially nice is the approach of Figure 7C, which uses a vertical shift in the phase portrait as an indicator of potentiation. I did, however, find Figure 6 a little hard to digest at first, and I have a few suggestions about that. First, I think it would be a good idea to explicitly say which curve is the first trial and which is the second. Second, I think it would help readers if the authors could start with a cartoon that explains visually what the curves mean. For example, show a habituation curve, indicate how the slope is calculated at different parts of the curve, and then show how the slope versus response are plotted to make the phase portrait. It is all spelled out in the text, but it would help a lot of readers to see it visually, I think.

      One question I have about Figure 6 is that it looks like the specific case of ITI 1 hour ISI 2 min has some kind of pathological behavior in the second trial, despite not seeing any indication of any 'weirdness' in Figure 5. I gather that this is meant to be due at least in part to the incomplete recovery seen after the first trial, but then I don't see why this would not also be an issue for ITI 1 hour ISI 3 min. I would not require the authors to explain every anomaly, but this one stands out, and I feel it could be telling us something interesting.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors address habituation and potentiation in the single-celled organism Stentor in a large data set by systematically varying stimulus frequency and recovery duration. They analyze habituation dynamics on the level of single cells within a Bayesian inference framework to map out how the response probability of individual cells decays during training. Mapping out the progression of habituation quantified by learning rate versus decaying response probability, they observe different dynamics for different stimulus frequencies and recovery durations, which they reconcile with multiple time-scales governing the memory of prior training.

      Strengths:

      The authors accumulate a systematic, broad data set of Stentor habituation and potentiation, which, in combination with the Bayesian framework they developed, unfolds its power to probe underlying habituation dynamics and challenge theoretical frameworks.

      Weaknesses:

      The interlacing of theoretical framework, existing concepts and expectation, and experimental data in their narrative may challenge readers. The Bayesian inference of habituations is very successful in concluding that their variation with stimulus frequency and recovery duration points to multiple time scales of memory are involved. However, the authors' comprehensive analysis of potentiation may need more guidance to follow the authors' conclusions.

      The combination of a dynamical systems-driven hypothesis, experimental data, and statistical analysis, as put forward in this work, is immensely powerful for uncovering the mechanisms that facilitate learning, such as habituation and potentiation, in single-celled organisms.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      The paper itself has a reasonable aim, to compare the inputs to the hippocampus from cortical regions across mammals. But for some reason, the conclusions that are reached are very limited. We know for example that the main laboratory rodents investigated, rats and mice, are nocturnal, live in underground tunnels, and have a very wide field of view with no fovea. In contrast, primates have a highly developed cortical system for vision and a fovea, and so have very different capabilities to rodents, as they have an ability to identify people or objects at a distance, and to remember where they have been seen. Despite this major difference in the visual cortical processing in these different mammals, somehow important points are missed in this paper about how the cortical processing is organised in these different mammals, and how this is reflected in the anatomy.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript emphasizes a phylogenetic conservation of the hippocampal region and primary sensory cortical regions in mammalian species. The authors then propose that the evident species-specific differences in behavior and memory-related functions may be due to differences in type and amount of cortico-hippocampal connectivity.

      Strengths:

      The authors are well-established researchers with a long history of excellent results and publications. The question (co-influence of cortical and hippocampal connections) is potentially interesting.

      Weaknesses:

      The treatment is very broad and macro scale, ignoring the likelihood that hippocampal-cortical connectivity and behavioral outcomes result from multiple differences at a more micro-scale. The designated "mammalian" sample is also broad. Thus, it can appear incomplete as a sample, and incompletely discussed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      These authors used a binocular rivalry task with flickering stimuli in which subjects had to report the color of the target grating at the end of each trial. Target or distractor cues provided information about the orientation of the respective stimulus prior to each trial. The stated goals of this project include testing the neural mechanisms underlying strategic target and distractor processing. Behavioral enhancement was observed for target cueing, while no cost was noted for distractor cueing. These authors present evidence for reactive suppression, characterized by pronounced frontal theta activity that reduced the sensory gain (SSVEP) of the distractor. Distractor cues also increased alpha activity over parietal areas, which these authors link to attentional gating while pointing out no relationship with sensory gain.

      Strengths:

      This manuscript clearly reflects thoughtful analysis of the available data. Alongside a simple and effective task design, sophisticated methods provide good support for most of the claims made by these authors.

      Weaknesses:

      Lack of temporal precision for SSVEP effects. I would like to see how sensory gain is/isn't dynamically modulated in the moments after the initial ERP to see if there could be differences compared to the broader window used presently (1.3 to 3.1 seconds).

      These authors indicate that persistence of the neural representation of cued distractor orientations into the rivalry period is evidence against a "search-and-destroy" type mechanism where distractors are enhanced to then be suppressed reactively. This claim relies on an indirect link between the maintenance of information about distractor orientation (i.e., successful orientation decoding) and the processing of sensory representations. This claim would be backed up more substantially if the SSVEP (a measure of sensory processing) could reveal temporal dynamics on a finer scale.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The findings are conceptually useful - a sequential alpha-then-theta architecture for proactive gating and reactive distractor suppression would be a compelling contribution to the attention control literature - but the evidence is incomplete at best. The central dissociation rests on an inadequate proxy for perceptual dominance, the key alpha-behavior effect is small (d = 0.199) and confined to a single unprotected data quadrant, and the GLMM uses an inadequate random effects structure that inflates false-positive risk.

      Strengths:

      The SSVEP frequency-tagging + binocular rivalry combination is genuinely inventive for isolating sensory gain signals from the two competing stimuli simultaneously. The finding that distractor cueing enhances sensory processing of the distractor yet fails to impair behavior is a clean result that directly addresses a behavioral paradox in the attentional suppression literature. The non-phase-locked TF analysis and the use of RESS for SSVER extraction are methodologically sound.

      Weaknesses:

      The most consequential flaw in the paper is the operationalization of "perceptual dominance." The authors explicitly acknowledge in a footnote that trial categorization as "target-dominant" or "distractor-dominant" is based on which eye received the stimulus, not on participants' actual perceptual reports. Because participants were never asked to report which stimulus was dominant (only to reproduce the target's color), the assignment is an anatomical proxy, not a perceptual measure. This matters enormously for the paper's central claims. Specifically: (a) The entire two-mechanism dissociation (theta for target-dominant trials, alpha for distractor-dominant trials) is built on a trial-type categorization that may not reflect subjective perceptual experience on a given trial, and (b) Dominant-eye stimuli do typically win initial rivalry dominance, but dominance alternates, and in a 2-second window (the stimulus duration used), perceptual states likely fluctuate in many trials. The lack of button-press perceptual tracking (e.g., continuous dominance reports) means the authors cannot verify that their neural effects actually correspond to the perceptual states they claim. This is a major structural limitation of the design that can't be retroactively corrected, and it significantly weakens the consciousness/awareness framing of the findings.

      Another significant issue is that the parietal alpha effect on behavior is confined to a very specific quadrant of the data: distractor-dominant trials where both target and distractor SSVERs are weak simultaneously. The authors present this as an elegant result - "alpha helps most under high perceptual uncertainty" - but it could equally reflect insufficient statistical power for effects in the other three SSVER-strength cells (target strong/distractor weak; target weak/distractor strong; both strong). The Cohen's d for the alpha effect on target reporting probability is only d = 0.199, which is a very small effect. With N=36 and no correction for the multiple SSVER-strength subgroupings tested, there is a real risk that this specific cell-finding is a false positive, while the null in adjacent cells reflects inadequate power rather than a genuine boundary condition.

      A third major limitation is that with a design that includes 6 fixed effects and all their interactions, the random effects structure should include random slopes for at least the key predictors (cueing condition, dominance). Fitting maximal random effects models or justified reduced structures (Barr et al., 2013) is standard in within-subjects EEG research. Using only random intercepts risks inflating Type I error rates for the interaction terms that form the core of the paper's claims. The authors provide a supplementary table (Table S1) but do not describe whether model convergence was verified or alternative random effects structures were tested.

      Fourth, the paper's title and central claim are that alpha and theta dynamics operate sequentially. However, the temporal ordering (preparatory alpha -> rivalry-phase theta) is primarily shown by examining each oscillation in its respective analysis window, not by a single analysis testing whether the sequence itself predicts behavior better than either mechanism alone. A path analysis or cross-lagged model linking trial-level alpha to subsequent theta, and both to behavior, would directly substantiate the "relay" framing. Without this, the sequential architecture is more of an interpretation than a demonstrated property.

      Finally, the frontal theta cluster identified by permutation testing spans 3 to 16 Hz - a range that extends well into the alpha band. Calling this a "theta" effect while simultaneously discussing alpha as a separate mechanism is difficult to reconcile. At minimum, this frequency boundary issue warrants explicit discussion.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Interest was especially focused on how foreknowledge of the orientation of either the target or the distractor could be used to resolve the competition between these stimuli and properly report the target color. The target or distractor was pre-cued by a solid or dashed orientation cue. They were displayed with slightly different presentation frequencies, which allowed for examining their sensory processing with steady-state visual evoked responses (SSVERs). Furthermore, orientation decoding was performed, which revealed that orientation cues selectively affected processing after stimulus onset related to the dominant but not the non-dominant eye. EEG analyses additionally focused on parietal alpha activity and frontal theta, both during the anticipatory phase and the stimulus-processing phase. Cueing the distractor vs. the target induced increased right parietal alpha power during the anticipatory phase, but this did not result in direct inhibition of distractor features. During the stimulus-processing phase, cueing the distractor resulted in increased theta activity. Finally, a generalized linear model was employed wherein trial-by-trial behavior (precision in target color report) was predicted by target and distractor SSVERs, type of pre-cued stimulus (target/distractor), preparatory parietal alpha power, stimulus processing-related frontal theta power, eye dominance, and all their interactions. Performance in the case of reduced sensory processing of the target (based on SSVER) showed more deviations when sensory processing of the distractor was high, but no such effect was observed when sensory processing of the target was high. The latter effects were modulated by eye dominance and cue. Increased theta reduced distractor sensory processing but not target sensory processing. Increased alpha was only beneficial when sensory evidence for both target and distractor was low. Results were interpreted as favoring sensory gating before stimulus onset, reflected by increased parietal alpha (i.e., pro-active control), while theta activity especially seemed relevant to suppress distractor activity (i.e., reactive control) thereby favoring target-related performance.

      Strengths:

      The authors convincingly show that EEG can provide crucial information about how the human brain deals with the conflict between a target and distractor in a binocular rivalry paradigm with pre-cues signaling either the target or the distractor orientation. An important aspect of the study is the focus on precision of target color report, in combination with the possibility to assess SSVERs to the target and distractor. The strength of this study may actually also be its weakness; the question is whether the presented ideas on proactive and reactive mechanisms can be generalized to paradigms that do not employ binocular rivalry. Separation of target and distractor processing by selectively presenting them to the left/right eye increases the conflict when the target is presented at the non-dominant eye, but what happens in the absence of binocular rivalry concerning the target-distractor conflict?

      Weaknesses:

      An important aspect of the study relates to the cue manipulation. In many studies, cues are often informative but not mandatory. Couldn't one argue that in this study task performance crucially depends on cue processing, as without the cue, it becomes difficult to tell apart the target from the distractor. It could be argued that participants are able to do this based on the slight difference in flickering frequency, but I doubt whether this is possible at all. However, if this were the case, then they might use this as an alternative cue and ignore the orientation cue. What do participants experience while performing this task? As the cue can be considered to be mandatory, the question may be raised what strategy the participants actually employed. If the target was cued, they simply may have prepared for this orienting and could ignore the distractor. However, if the distractor was cued, they could use two strategies: search for the stimulus without the cued orientation, or first detect the distractor, and then orient towards the other stimulus. The ideas and results on parietal alpha and frontal theta in combination with the other findings are certainly very interesting, but recently, it has also been argued that frontal theta may be more related to action control (e.g., see Panek et al., https://doi.org/10.1093/cercor/bhaf276) and also pro-active control (Cooper et al., 2017). So, it might be that increased theta reflects suppression of the response related to the distractor, which feeds back on its sensory processing. This raises the question whether there is possibly also some evidence on functional connectivity between frontal and posterior regions that varies depending on the precise condition. Are the results also shining a new light on the relation between attentional orienting and eye dominance (e.g., see Schintu et al., 2020)?

    1. Joint Public Review:

      Summary:

      Inferring so-called "functional connectivity" between neurons or groups of neurons is important both for validating models and for inferring brain state, including in human patients. This study aims to enhance this inference process by using closed-loop perturbation-based approaches. To this end, the authors develop a framework based on linear dynamical models that minimizes the estimation error. Based on this framework, the authors provide a practical guide for applying it in realistic experiments. Modalities include non-invasive ones, such as fMRI, iEEG, and invasive ones, such as optogenetic perturbations combined with neuropixel probes or calcium imaging.

      Strengths:

      A main strength of this paper is the application and adaptation of an explicit error expression to system dynamics estimation from evoked neural responses, bringing a useful theoretical tool into computational neuroscience for, as far as we know, the first time. Importantly, while the analytical derivation assumes the neural dynamics is linear and the control signal is known, these assumptions do not appear to be essential: their method outperforms passive observation even when the true dynamics is nonlinear or the control input is not known perfectly. Moreover, the relative simplicity of the method makes its practical applications straightforward, as the authors illustrate in the context of brain state classification and neural control.

      Besides being of practical importance, simply pointing out that passive observation can lead to large mis-estimation of functional connectivity should serve as a wakeup call to anybody engaged in this endeavor.

      Weaknesses:

      None.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Lohse et al. describe an open-source system for laser scanning photostimulation (LSPS) in head-fixed animals. Although similar systems have been developed and used by different groups, Zapit provides an open-source solution requiring few custom parts and minimal coding. This tool can clearly facilitate and speed the adoption of LSPS, particularly for the increasingly used purpose of mapping the effects of focal cortical silencing during behavior. Other potential uses include mapping optogenetically evoked movements and selectively activating genetically labeled neuronal subtypes of interest in the cortex. The design is well thought through, and the presentation is mostly clear and well written.

      In general, the more modular such a system is, the better, in terms of compatibility with existing hardware and software that potential users may already have purchased - laser, galvo, and camera in particular. The system has struck a reasonable balance between allowing modularity and providing an integrated complete package, but even more flexibility would be welcome for potential users looking to cut costs, as would clearer presentation of such flexibility as already exists.

      Comments and suggestions are mostly minor, as follows.

      (1) Command signals:

      How is the relationship between analog voltage commands and laser power determined? Is this assumed (or required) to be linear (as Figure 7F implies)? Usability and modularity would be improved by an option to measure or provide a calibration curve for systems with a nonlinear mapping between command voltage and laser power.

      For the grid calibration step, how is the initial mapping from galvo voltage commands to image position determined? Presumably, some sort of initial guess or calculation based on the hardware specifications is needed for the grid calibration to be feasible. Also, how are the number of grid lines and the distance between them determined?

      Why is the mapping between analog outputs and hardware (galvos, laser, masking light) fixed? This would be trivial to make configurable and allow labs with existing setups to adopt Zapit without rewiring existing hardware.

      (2) Laser and optics:

      In Figure 1, the authors should consider explaining the scanning principle schematically, i.e., depicting how tilting of the scan mirrors translates via the scan lens into beam displacement in the specimen plane. Perhaps Zemax can be used for accurate rendering.

      Since the unexpanded beam greatly under-fills the back aperture of the lens, the z resolution is presumably terrible - which is good! That is, for the purposes of LSPS, this advantageously avoids focus-dependent effects, which might otherwise arise due to (e.g.) skull curvature. The authors should consider pointing this out, as well as providing an estimate of the z resolution.

      What is the working distance?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this work, Lohse and colleagues develop a system for doing targeted photostimulation in mouse cortex. The system uses a camera image to target laser stimulation to stereotactically defined locations in mouse dorsal cortex.

      Strengths:

      The hardware is well designed, and the software is well documented and supported. The build guide and well-documented software package should allow for simple implementation of the technology. Without a doubt, this is a valuable community resource for the circuit neuroscience field.

      Weaknesses:

      No weaknesses were identified by this reviewer.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Zappit is an open-source implementation of arbitrary-access laser-scanning optogenetics for manipulation of neuronal activity in mice. As the method requires expertise ranging from optics, hardware control and programming, the authors make the point that this powerful strategy is underutilized in the field, and put forward a well-documented modular hardware and software platform aligned to the Allen Mouse Brain Atlas aimed at enabling the larger scientific community to use this approach (democratizing) for controlling cortical activity during behavior in mice.

      The authors favor a galvanometric approach to laser targeting. The system is inexpensive, easy to build, well-documented and user friendly (Matlab based GUI and GitHub repository). The photo-stimulation laser is directed into an X-Y galvo scanner targeted to the specimen using a dichroic mirror and focused on the sample using a Plössl lens as scan lens which is also used as an objective. The scan lens/objective images the specimen onto a camera via tube lens (also a Plössl lens) in a 0.5X magnification ensuring to fit the extent of the mouse brain onto the camera sensor (USB-3 Basler acA120-40um).

      The authors report short and reproducible onsite time (~ 0.5 ms) and block (mask) the stimulation source using the laser analog control (~0.5 ms). The system is reliable, aiming at up to 20 stimulation sites per sequence considered as quasi-simultaneous (10 ms). They minimize rebound by gentle ramping down of stimulation over 250 ms.

      The system is fast to calibrate by mapping scanner positions to pixel space in the camera space and mapping stereotaxic coordinate onto the image of the exposed skull. The theoretical x-y PSF is 70 µm (measured ~90µm) while the authors make the point that due to scattering the photo-stimulation spot size (lateral extent) is about 1 mm in diameter. This is what they also observe in electrophysiological recordings using silicon probes. The effective radius of inactivation depends on laser power, but was about 1 mm for laser powers (1-2-4 mW) on which the authors observed significant behavioral perturbations - in several tasks: 1) a delayed response somatosensory discrimination, 2) a visual detection task assessing changes in temporal frequency of a drifting visual stimulus; and 3) a visual discrimination (International Brain Laboratory task) in which mice were tasked to report the location of visual stimuli by turning a wheel. As proof of principle, the authors used a photo-stimulation set composed of 52 bilateral sites positioned at 0.5 mm interval covering a large network of frontal, motor and somatosensory cortical areas. Indeed, photo-inhibition of frontal motor cortex sites produced robust increases in reaction time. In contrast, stimulation at other motor and somatosensory sites produced modest, but significant decreases in reaction times.

      While the approach is not novel, it does serve the need of better disseminating this technique in the research community. Overall, the Zappit is well-documented and easy to build and use, and will have impact in increasing robust use of site directed photo-stimulation (exciting/inhibiting ensembles of neurons at particular ~1 mm size regions of interests across the dorsal surface of the brain). The authors also note that the axial resolution is ~1.5 mm.

      Concerns & comments:

      (1) While the authors argue that it offers the best utility to affordability trade-off - faster than motorized drivers and require much less power than DMDs (100X) and less expensive/easier to use compared to SLMs, in the current form, the manuscript does not clearly list the limitations of the approach. At such, in my opinion, the authors should include side by side comparisons (perhaps as a table). For example, clear statements should be included with respect to comparisons in lateral (x-y), axial (z) spatial resolution, as well as temporal sequential aspect of Zappit and other photo-stimulation techniques involving DMDs or SLMs.

      (2) Is power really a limitation in terms of the laser sources? Or is this a disadvantage mainly because using less power has beneficial effects on the tissue health? It may be useful to provide metrics of comparisons along these lines between Zappit and DMD-based approaches.

      (3) Arbitrary-scanning vs random scanning may be more appropriate to describe to strategy.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Sensory hair cells of the inner ear convert mechanical sound vibrations into electrical signals through mechano-electrical transduction (MET). While the protein components of the MET machinery have been studied extensively, much less is known about how the surrounding membrane lipid environment contributes to hair cell function. The recent discovery that TMC1 and TMC2 also function as lipid scramblases has brought renewed attention to the importance of membrane lipid asymmetry and the mechanisms that maintain it in sensory hair cells.

      In this study, the authors identify the P4-ATPase ATP8B1 and its partner TMEM30B as key regulators of membrane lipid asymmetry in outer hair cells. Using complementary genetic models, HA-tagged knock-in mice, localization analyses, and functional experiments, they show that ATP8B1-TMEM30B is enriched in stereocilia and the apical membrane of outer hair cells and is required to maintain phosphatidylserine asymmetry, support hair cell survival, and preserve normal hearing. The parallels between the ATP8B1/TMEM30B loss-of-function phenotypes and TMC1 deafness-associated mutants with constitutive scrambling support a model in which ATP8B1-TMEM30B flippase activity maintains membrane lipid asymmetry and homeostasis, whereas constitutive TMC1-mediated phospholipid scrambling disrupts this balance and contributes to membrane instability.

      The authors have addressed the points raised during the initial review thoroughly. The revised manuscript includes clearer methodological details, additional physiological characterization, improved presentation and quantification of several datasets, and a more balanced interpretation of the localization and mechanistic findings. These changes improve both the clarity and rigor of the study while leaving its main conclusions unchanged.

      As with any study that opens a new area of investigation, important mechanistic questions remain. In particular, it will be interesting to determine how disruption of membrane lipid asymmetry ultimately impairs MET function and triggers hair cell degeneration, how flippase and scramblase activities are coordinated in vivo, and how these pathways are integrated with the broader molecular machinery underlying mechanotransduction. These questions highlight the exciting directions that this study opens for the field.

      Overall, this work provides evidence that ATP8B1-TMEM30B is a critical regulator of stereocilia membrane lipid asymmetry and represents an important contribution to our understanding of membrane homeostasis in auditory hair cells. I have no further major concerns and support publication.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Prior work identified TMEM30B (knockout mice) as well as ATP8B1 (human genetics and mouse model), ATP8A2 (knockout mice), and ATP811A (human genetics) as relevant for hearing. The authors also reasoned that given the recent discovery of TMC1 and TMC2's dual function as mechanotransduction channels of the inner ear and as lipid scramblases, a counterpart flippase should be in the sensory hair-cell stereocilia bundle where mechanotransduction happens. They use CRISPR/CAS to modify the endogenous mouse genes and add an HA tag at the N-terminus of the ATP8B1, ATP8A1, ATP8A2, and ATP11A proteins. Their experiments with these mice unambiguously localized ATP8B1 at the base of outer hair cell stereocilia bundles. Knockout of ATP8B1 results in loss of outer hair cells, deficient auditory function (ABR), and degeneration of outer hair cell stereocilia bundles. Similarly, hair cells from genetically modified mice with endogenous HA-tagged TMEM30B proteins show localization of this protein to outer hair cell stereocilia bundles. TMEM30B knock out mice phenocopy the ATP8B1 knock out model. Interestingly, the authors show that annexing V staining precedes hair cell loss in ATP8B1 and TMEM30B knockout mice and that proper localization of these proteins is lost in mice that lack CIB2, a protein essential for hair cell mechanotransduction.

      Strengths:

      (1) Use of knock-in HA-tagged proteins to unambiguously localize ATP8B1 and TMEM30B

      (2) Systematic characterization of auditory function (ABR), hair cell loss, and hair-cell stereocilia bundle morphology.

      (3) Advances our understanding of the role played by lipid homeostasis in auditory function.

      (4) Reports on mouse models that will be helpful to further understand the mechanistic role played by ATP8B1 and TMEM30B in normal hearing and hereditary deafness.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Are the HA tags causing any functional issues? Function and localization of tagged proteins can sometimes be compromised. This is checked for TMEM30B and ATP8B1, but not for ATP8A1, ATP8A2, and ATP11A.

      (2) Following on the point above, is it possible that ATP8B1-HA is well localized, but localization for the other three flippases (ATP8A1-HA, ATP8A2-HA, and ATP11A-HA) is compromised by the tag? Is this potential miss-localization causing any functional phenotypes? I find surprising that there are flippases only in outer hair cells and only formed by ATP8B1. A possible explanation is that the tag is interfering with trafficking. If so, there should be a phenotype (ABRs), although this might be masked by redundancy among these flippases or caused by systemic issues (admittedly difficult to sort out).

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is a study utilizing several types of analyses (computational modeling, neuronal cultures, rodent epilepsy model, and human intracranial multi-scale recordings) to address a highly relevant conceptual question: Are fast ripples (FRs) distinct pathological entities or largely emergent products of stochastic spike clustering? The results can potentially reshape current approaches to incorporating fast ripples into the epilepsy surgery evaluation.

      Strengths:

      The conceptualization of fast ripples as potentially arising by chance is highly novel and builds effectively on questions raised in prior studies that have never been satisfactorily resolved. Integration across biological scales and models provides a rigorous approach, now improved by addressing theoretical concerns regarding validity of the shuffling approach and state dependence. The discussion has been updated to provide a more nuanced interpretation of the study's findings.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors have satisfactorily and thoughtfully addressed the critiques provided in the first review. However, there remain two points that I would like authors to address:

      (1) Synchronized burst firing is a key feature of an epileptic site generating interictal discharges, and one that could generate either oscillatory or stochastic FRs as documented in multiple prior publications cited in the manuscript and/or in the prior review. Paroxysmal depolarization, for example, has been very well described, and consists of strong, disorganized burst firing (resulting in summated postsynaptic potentials strong enough to generate high gamma signal) in a neuronal population coinciding with a large low-frequency deflection. I would like to see the results described in this context, and to avoid blanket dismissal of stochastic FRs without a clear oscillatory component.

      (2) It would be highly useful to add a conclusion paragraph that spells out implications of the study for use of FRs as epileptic biomarkers in clinical invasive EEG recordings.

      Please address the above critiques in Discussion, or elsewhere as deemed necessary by the authors.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper asks an important question that has not been discussed much in the extensive literature on the High Frequency Oscillations (HFOs) that have been extensively studied in patients with epilepsy and experimental models of epilepsy. The question is whether the Fast Ripples (FRs), the HFOs in the 250-500 Hz frequency band, represent a pathological phenomenon or represent a physiological phenomenon that occurs in the healthy brain but happens to be more frequent in epileptic tissue. It is an important question that has not been systematically addressed until now. The authors conclude, from very extensive simulations, from extensive experimental animal studies (the systemic kianate model of epilepsy in rats), and from a modest amount of human data, that FRs occur in healthy brains as a result of the chance occurrence of bursts of action potentials, and that in epileptic tissue, their frequency of occurrence is approximately 30% higher than what is expected by chance. They conclude that FRs are not a separate phenomenon of epileptic tissue. This finding is reinforced by the recent findings of FRs in experimental models of Alzheimer's disease.

      Strengths:

      This is a valuable study because it asks an important and original question and because it evaluates it from several angles (simulation, tissue culture, experimental animals, and human patients). The simulations and the analyses of real data are performed very carefully and with original and solidly documented approaches, using extensive simulations and extensive data sets in the cultured cell data and in the in vivo experiments. The paper is clearly written and well-illustrated.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have appropriately addressed the questions I raised in the first review.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      An outstanding question in the field of high frequency oscillations (HFOs) in the context of epilepsy is how these oscillations emerge, considering that they occur at such high frequencies i.e., 250Hz well above the firing ability of single neurons. One hypothesis that has been suggested in the past is that neurons that fire in an out of phase fashion or rather at random intervals may contribute to a spectrum of HFOs ranging from 250-500Hz that observed in epilepsy. However, how possible it is that random action potentials could aggregate to the extent that they could give rise to HFOs in the so-called fast ripple (FRs) frequency range (>200 according to the authors) remains unclear. To test this hypothesis, they used computational modeling to randomly insert action potentials in a signal, and they found that this approach is sufficient to generate FRs. Some of the predictors of whether FRs could occur were neuronal count, firing rate and synchronization. Besides computational modeling, they used different model systems to test whether that would be possible to be observed in neuronal cultures, in epileptic rats (intrahippocampal kainic acid model), and human data. Neuronal cultures treated with picrotoxin did not show evidence that FRs could be generated more than chance aggregation of action potentials. They then asked whether synchronization and firing rate could play a role in the emergence of FRs. They found that changes in neural firing and synchronization, such as those occurring during differences phase of the sleep-wake cycle could affect the number of FRs occurring by chance aggregation, with more FRs seen during periods of wakefulness, a result that they replicated in human data.

      The authors largely achieve their proposed aims of demonstrating that random neuronal firing can, in principle, generate FRs. Results from this study could influence current thinking around mechanisms generating FRs in epilepsy. The use of different computational approaches and model systems could offer new analytical methodologies for the study of FRs in the context of brain disease.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors used a multi-level approach combining computational modeling with experimental datasets, including neuronal cultures, a rat model of temporal lobe epilepsy and human data.

      (2) Identification of key parameters such as neuronal count, firing rate, synchronization and brain state in observed incidence of FRs generated through random aggregation of neural firing.

      (3) Cross-species validation increases the likelihood of generalizability of the findings.

      Minor weakness:

      (1)The analyses conducted in human data lack direct comparison with sleep data due to no available data, but would encourage future investigations directly comparing HFOs during wakefulness and nocturnal sleep.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed my comments and I have no further suggestions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript by Ghosh and colleagues investigates the transcriptional changes within the oligodendrocyte lineage that contribute to age-related declines in oligodendrocyte differentiation and myelination. Combining bulk RNA-Seq on acutely purified oligodendrocyte lineage cells with bioinformatic approaches, the authors identify groups of genes that show different patterns of dynamic regulation during differentiation (which they term "switch" genes, or "switches"). A subset of these switch genes are differentially regulated with age. The authors identify two transcription factors, Bcl11a and Foxm1 that are downregulated during differentiation, have predicted binding site enrichment at other switch genes and are downregulated in aged OPCs. Functionally testing Bcl11a, the authors show that Bcl11a knockdown inhibits the differentiation of young OPCs in culture, whereas overexpression promotes differentiation of aged OPCs. Viral expression of Bcl11a in Sox10 expressing cells accelerates the formation of Plp1+ oligodendrocytes in aged rodents following lysolecithin induced demyelination.

      Strengths:

      The work is clearly presented and addresses an important biological problem. The bioinformatic approaches used in the manuscript are powerful, and the identification of Bcl11a as a modulator of oligodendrocyte differentiation is a novel finding. The combined in vitro and in vivo approaches to assess the function of Bcl11a in oligodendrocyte differentiation are a substantial strength of the work.

      Comment on revised version.

      In the revised version the authors now provide analysis of expression of stage-specific markers for OPCs, preOls and OLs in their isolated cells. It is slightly concerning that the OPC markers show higher expression in the isolated preOLs than in the isolated OPCs, but the authors do provide some discussion on this point in the supplementary text.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Ageing poses a significant challenge to the regenerative capacity of oligodendrocyte precursor cells (OPCs). Myelin abnormalities accumulate with age, while the ability of OPCs to differentiate into myelinating oligodendrocytes progressively declines. This likely contributes to inefficient replacement of damaged myelin and oligodendrocytes, impaired remyelination following injury, and reduced adaptive myelination. Identifying the molecular changes associated with this decline is therefore important for understanding and potentially treating age-related deterioration of CNS white matter.

      This study sought to identify transcriptional regulators involved in oligodendrocyte-lineage progression whose expression is altered in aged OPCs. The authors developed gSWITCH, a computational tool that identifies genes showing defined dynamic expression patterns across ordered biological states. By combining this analysis with comparisons of young and aged OPC transcriptomes and transcription-factor-binding-site enrichment, they identified Bcl11a as a candidate regulator. Bcl11a transcripts are abundant in young OPCs, decline during oligodendrocyte differentiation, and are markedly reduced in aged OPCs.

      A major strength of the study is its combination of computational candidate identification with functional experiments. Bcl11a knockdown substantially impaired the differentiation of young OPCs without measurably affecting their proliferation. Conversely, transient Bcl11a overexpression increased the differentiation of aged OPCs in vitro. Oligodendrocyte-lineage-specific expression of Bcl11a in aged mice also increased the generation of PLP1-positive oligodendrocytes following focal demyelinating injury. Together, these complementary loss- and gain-of-function experiments support the conclusion that Bcl11a expression is functionally important for OPC differentiation and that restoring its expression can improve the differentiation competence of aged OPCs.

      While the transcription-factor-binding-site enrichment analysis predicts a Bcl11a-regulated network, the current study does not establish direct binding or identify the downstream genes responsible for its effect on OPC differentiation. Similarly, the upstream mechanisms responsible for the age-associated reduction in Bcl11a expression were not investigated. Further work may help establish a more complete mechanistic framework explaining how restoration of Bcl11a expression improves OPC differentiation.

      Overall, this study offers valuable insights into the age-related loss of regenerative capacity in the central nervous system and introduces a computational framework that may be broadly useful for investigating dynamic gene regulation in other biological contexts.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have addressed my previous comments, and the revised manuscript has been substantially strengthened by the inclusion of additional supporting data and an expanded discussion.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work provides a comprehensive analysis of how adult zebrafish show fear responses to conspecific alarm substances (CAS) and retain their associative memory. It shows that freezing is a more reliable measure of fear response and memory compared to evasive swimming, and that the reactivity and the type of responses depend on the zebrafish strain. It further suggests neuronal substrates of different fear responses based on c-Fos mapping.

      Strengths:

      The behavioral part is the most comprehensive and detailed yet in the zebrafish field, providing strong support for the authors' claim. The flow from Figure 1 to Figure 4 is very smooth. They provide extremely detailed, yet complementary and necessary, analyses of how different categories of behavior emerge over time during the CAS exposure and memory retrieval. I'm convinced that neuro researchers who study fear/stress responses will always refer to this paper to plan and interpret their future experiments.

      Comments on revised version:

      The authors successfully addressed my comments, including the addition of Figure S6-2, which gives us some intuition into the relationships between c-Fos levels in individual areas and the behavioral outputs.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In this study, Fontana et al. develop a paradigm for associative conditioning by pairing exposure to alarm substance with a novel tank. Exposure to conspecific alarm substance (CAS) in the novel tank triggers freezing and what they characterize as evasive swimming behaviour, which are subsequently seen in a re-exposure to the novel tank without the CAS present. Importantly, these states are identified via automated processes including postural tracking and a random forest classification process, which could be very useful tools for subsequent studies.

      In their experiments they focus on the differences in behaviour among strains of zebrafish (both males and females), and among individual zebrafish. For males and females of different strains they find some differences, though the clearest message seems to be that the most robust measure of the behaviour in response to both the CAS and in the memory trials is the freezing behaviour, while evasive behaviour is more variable and not always seen. This may relate to their observation of significant "evasiveness" in vehicle control experiments (discussed further below).

      Moving on to individual variation from within this multi-strain male/female dataset, they first examine transition matrices between states, and find this is not dramatically altered by stimulus exposure. They then use clustering to identify 4 different "classes" of zebrafish that differ in their expression (or not) of two types of behaviour: freezing and/or evasive behaviour. They show that over the three exposure epochs of the experiment this classification is somewhat stable in an individual fish, though many fish change their behaviour -- e.g. evading + freezing -> only freezing.

      In the final set of experiments they move beyond behavioural analyses and perform whole-brain cFos mapping of these individual zebrafish, and perform analyses aimed at identifying correlations between individual behavioural expression and the number of cFos positive cells in different brain regions. Using partial least squares analysis they find areas associated with two types of behavioural contrasts, which differ in their weighting of different behavioural expression during the Memory trials. Covariation and network structure analysis within different classes of fish also find some differences in covariation among brain areas, providing hypotheses as to underlying network effects that may govern the expression of freezing and/or evasive behavior in the memory trial phases.

      Overall, I find this to be an interesting study that employs state of the art methods of behavioural analyses and whole-brain cFos analyses. The revision has clarified the take-home message considerably: the abstract is now more careful about which behavioural groups are memory-associated, and the causal language in the conclusions has been appropriately softened. Two of my three original main concerns have been addressed. The first is not and having looked at the data again I can now be more specific about what concerns me.

      Comments on revised version.

      (1) My first concern related to the claim that fear memory behaviour falls into four distinct groups, and specifically to the role of evasiveness in defining them. The authors give three reasons for retaining it, but I remain unconvinced.

      The first is that variable evasion in response to alarm substance is a long-standing observation (von Frisch; Suboski et al.), and that dissecting this individual variation is the purpose of the paper. I agree with the motivation, and it is a good reason to measure evasion. But it does not establish that evasion on memory day reflects fear memory, and memory day is the only day used for the clustering and neural activity mapping. The manuscript's own results point the other way: relative to pre-exposure, no strain or sex increased evasion on memory day, and relative to vehicle only female TUs did. The temporal profiles show evasion on memory day to be largely similar between vehicle and CAS-treated fish. Historical observations of variable evasion during CAS exposure do not carry over to the memory phase.

      The second is that the clustering itself reveals two kinds of freezing fish - one freezing between bouts of normal swimming, the other between bouts of evasion - demonstrating that a subset of fish increase evasion. In absolute terms, this does not match the data. In Figure 4B, evading freezers are below the population mean for absolute evasion, as are freezers. The text describes evading freezers as "high in freezing and evasive behaviors," and I do not think Figure 4B supports this.

      What actually separates the two freezing groups is the third measure, evasion as a percentage of active time. And this is where I have difficulty, because that measure is not an independent behavioural readout. The classifier assigns every window to normal, evasive or freezing, and active time is simply non-freezing time, so evasion-as-percent-of-active is fully determined once the other two are known.

      This matters for the clustering specifically. Distance-based methods weight each input dimension equally, so a variable that carries no information beyond the other two nonetheless contributes a full third of the distance between any two fish - and it contributes it in a way that counts freezing twice, once directly and once through the denominator of the derived measure. The space is nonetheless described as three-dimensional throughout, including in the Methods and the Figure 4 legend, when there are only two independent behaviours in it.

      The consequences fall hardest on exactly the animals at issue. Both freezing groups sit at 65-70% freezing, so there is very little active time to divide by, and small absolute differences in evasion - together with any noise in estimating them from a couple of minutes of non-frozen behaviour - are inflated into large differences on the rescaled measure. In terms of what the fish actually did, the two groups differ by a few percent of trial time. That is the boundary on which much of the rest of the paper rests.

      I recognise that evasion as a proportion of active time is in some respects the more biologically meaningful quantity, and the authors are right that a fish freezing 70% of the time has limited opportunity to do anything else. But that is an argument for reporting it as a descriptive measure, not for entering it into the clustering alongside the two variables from which it is computed.

      This impression is reinforced by Figure 4A itself. While the freezer group occupies a reasonably distinct region, the non-reactive, evader and evading freezer groups appear as a single continuous distribution with cluster boundaries drawn through it rather than around visible gaps. I appreciate that UMAP is a projection and that visual separation is not required for genuine structure, but this is the figure by which most readers will judge whether four discrete types exist, and it does not obviously support that reading - particularly given that the embedding is built from the same variables, including the rescaled measure, that most favour the separation.

      I would suggest that the authors re-run the clustering using only the two directly measured behaviours, percent freezing and percent evasion of total time, and report whether four groups still emerge and, in particular, whether the evading freezer / freezer split survives.

      The third is that the two groups have distinct functional networks despite equally high freezing, so the behavioural difference is real and is manifesting in the brain. This is the strongest of the three arguments, and I accept part of it: something about how a frozen fish spends its remaining active time does appear to be neurally meaningful, which is interesting in its own right. But it does not establish that these are two distinct types, nor that the difference has anything to do with the conditioning. Fish taken from either side of a cut through a continuous distribution will differ neurally if that continuum tracks brain state, so the network result is equally compatible with graded variation. More importantly, Figure 5A shows that a substantial proportion of fish are classified as evaders in the vehicle condition and at pre-exposure, before any CAS has been given. This suggests a pre-existing individual tendency toward evasive behaviour that is independent of the alarm substance, and one would expect such a tendency to persist into the memory trial. If so, the distinction the network analysis is drawing between freezers and evading freezers may simply reflect that baseline trait, and its neural correlates would be correlates of the trait rather than of fear memory. I am therefore not convinced that this distinction is related to CAS or to memory.

      (2) This concern is fully resolved. I had misread the CAS preparation: it was pooled from eight donors spanning all four strains and both sexes, so every fish received identical material and the strain and sex differences cannot be attributed to donor variability. The clarification now added to the Results will prevent other readers making the same error. The addition of FDR correction to the Figure 2 comparisons also addresses my related concern about multiple testing.

      (3) Somewhat resolved. The conclusion no longer states that behavioural variation is "driven by" activity in particular regions, and the added caveat that neural activity was not directly manipulated sets the right expectation for a mapping study. The scatterplots in Figure S6-2 are a useful addition and give a much better intuition for what the PLS contrasts represent. My remaining reservation is the one above: a great deal of the neural story rests on the evading freezer / freezer contrast, and I am not persuaded that this contrast marks a boundary relevant to fear memory.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      This revised manuscript by Fontana et al. aims to study how animals respond to fearful stimuli, with a specific focus on brain regions involved in predicting animals that passively freeze or those that actively evade the threat. I continue to be enthusiastic about the study. The study addresses an important question regarding individual variation in fear-related behavior and links these behavioral phenotypes to whole-brain activity patterns in adult zebrafish. The combination of a contextual fear conditioning paradigm, strain/sex comparisons, behavioral clustering, and AZBA-based c-Fos mapping makes this a valuable contribution to the field, not just in answering the question posed by the authors, but also in formulating a framework for using adult zebrafish for whole brain analysis of complex behaviors. Overall, I find the authors have responded to my concerns:

      (1) I still think that separating memory acquisition and consolidation is an interesting question, and further use of the framework will need to eventually solve that; however, I also appreciate that this may be beyond the scope of the current study, and I appreciate the authors acknowledging this in the manuscript.

      (2) Regarding Figure 3, I also agree that this is difficult to present differently, and I appreciate the authors adding text to the body to clarify things. My one request is that the sentence (lines 214-215) that reads: "This increase in evasion in the vehicle group likely represents a response to the water disturbance that occurs when solution is added to the tank." Be changed to: "This increase in evasion in the vehicle group may represent a response to the water disturbance that occurs when solution is added to the tank." While it is entirely possible, there are no concrete data to support that this is "likely."

      (3) I appreciate the clarification regarding the PLS-derived contrasts in Figure 6A and in the body.

      Overall, this is a really interesting paper that will have a wide-ranging impact. All of my concerns have been addressed.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors set out to evaluate whether AGES, a recently developed auxin/TIR1-based conditional GAL4 expression system, is a suitable tool for Drosophila ageing research. They characterise induction efficiency across sex, transgene insertion site, auxin dose and age, then test whether AGES can replicate a well-established pro-longevity manipulation (dominant-negative insulin receptor expression).

      Strengths:

      The study is thorough and methodical. The authors use appropriate genetic controls throughout, which is required to properly interpret AGES-based experiments. They identify an important issue, in that activation of the AGES machinery itself (independent of any UAS-transgene) shortens lifespan and alters protein levels, while high-dose auxin independently affects body mass, and even a moderate dose (5 mM) impairs stress resistance across all genotypes. These findings are important for researchers when interpreting their experiments. The tissue and age mapping of induction efficiency (brain, fat body, gut) is also useful, and the inclusion of driver-only positive controls at each age (Figure 2) establishes that da-GAL4 activity itself is stable across the ages tested, ruling out declining driver activity as an explanation for the reduced induction seen in older flies (though, as noted below, reduced auxin ingestion with age remains a very plausible contributing factor alongside declining AGES efficacy).

      Weaknesses:

      Longevity and stress assays were conducted only in females, which, combined with the finding that males show weaker and less consistent induction, means the study cannot speak to whether the metabolic and survival costs of auxin/AGES activation observed here also apply to, or differ in, males. The KCl vehicle control matches the potassium cation (K⁺) content of K-NAA across conditions; therefore, chloride (Cl⁻) concentration differs between control and auxin-fed media (both minor weaknesses).

      Achievement of aims and impact:

      The authors achieve their stated aim. Rather than validating AGES as unambiguously suitable for longevity work, they set out to characterise its behaviour and limitations in this context, which they do convincingly. The data support their overall conclusion that AGES can be used to conditionally induce transgene expression at advanced ages, but that its use in longevity/healthspan studies requires caution and rigorous control genotypes. This is a useful contribution with direct practical value: it will help other researchers make informed decisions about whether and how to deploy AGES in ageing-related work, and the cautionary findings regarding auxin/AGES toxicity are likely to be of broad relevance to the growing community of AGES users beyond the ageing field specifically.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      McGilvary et al. evaluate the recently developed auxin-based gene expression system (AGES) for use in aging studies of Drosophila melanogaster. This system is based on the widely used Gal4/UAS system that enables cell-specific expression of UAS-transgenes under Gal4 activator control. AGES uses an auxin-inducible degron-tagged Gal80 repressor that should prevent Gal4-dependent activation unless flies are fed auxin, providing a useful approach for temporal control of transgene induction - something that would be highly useful for aging studies. The authors perform a comprehensive analysis of AGES-dependent transgene induction in male and female flies at different ages with multiple controls, demonstrating some moderate induction in female flies only - albeit with some substantial background induction even in the absence of auxin.

      Overall, transgene induction appears to be both much lower with the AGES system compared to Gal4 driver controls and very leaky, with some tissue-specific differences in induction observed as well. Combined with their observations that auxin feeding has impacts on body mass, triacylglycerol and protein levels, and lifespan, these data raise some concerns regarding the interpretation of data obtained using the AGES system for aging or longevity studies in flies. This study provides well-needed validation for the recently developed AGES system and highlights critical caveats that will support future studies.

      Most conclusions of the paper are well supported by data, but additional controls and textual edits would strengthen and clarify the findings. In addition, the abstract and conclusions of this study should more accurately reflect the limitations of transgene induction using this AGES system in adult flies.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this useful work, the authors characterize the auxin-based gene expression system (AGES) as a tool for studying ageing. They found that this system can be applied to ageing studies. In addition, they identified important drawbacks of the methods, including effects of insertion sites and sex on induction of the system, and that some auxin doses may have inadvertent effects on body mass and physiology. Overall, the study extends the AGES system for use in fly ageing studies and highlights some caveats. While the findings are solid pointers, more extensive characterization is needed to benchmark the extent of the caveats identified.

      Strengths:

      The study provides the first longitudinal evaluation of the AGES system's induction efficiency across the entire Drosophila lifespan. The authors also highlighted a number of caveats of the AGES system in ageing animals. These are all important points to be considered when using this system, and findings should be interpreted keeping these caveats in mind.

      Weaknesses:

      There were inconsistencies with auxin dosages between the figures.

      (1) The authors used a higher dose of auxin (20mM) compared to the original AGES paper (McClure, 2022) in Fig 3. The auxin dose-dependent effects are not linear for TAG and protein levels, highlighting that the genotype-dependent effects may be highly variable and may yield quite different results in other studies.

      (2) The results in Figure 4 showing the lack of induction in the brain are quite interesting; however, only 5mM auxin is tested. Characterizing dose-dependence for the variability of the induction in tissue types would be useful. At the very least, recapitulating prior results at 10mM should be done.

      (3) Food intake and hydration status were not measured alongside body mass, TAG, and protein endpoints. The changes seen could be an effect of decreased feeding or fluid balance rather than metabolic reprogramming.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      This study investigates the role of a specific neuronal population in the lateral septum (LS) in balancing exploratory and defensive behaviors. The authors created a mouse model (cKO) lacking Nkx2.1-lineage neurons in the LS by deleting the Prdm16 gene. They discovered that this ablation specifically eliminated Crhr2-expressing neurons, which are normally targeted by urocortin-3 (UCN-3) inputs. Behaviorally, cKO mice did not show general changes in anxiety but displayed a significantly increased exploratory drive. In a predator odor test (using TMT), cKO mice spent more time investigating the aversive stimulus compared to controls, suggesting these LS neurons normally suppress exploration during threat. Furthermore, the study found that Nkx2.1-lineage neurons in the LS are specifically activated by acute stress (body restraint), as shown by an increased number of c-Fos-positive neurons. While the loss of these neurons caused some connectivity and electrophysiological changes, the remaining Nkx2.1-lineage neurons were more excitable. Therefore, the authors demonstrate that LS Nkx2.1-lineage/Crhr2+ neurons are a distinct population crucial for calibrating behavioral responses to stress, acting to inhibit exploration in favor of defensive strategies.

      This work provides new insights into the neural circuitry underlying anxiety and threat avoidance. However, some of the methods and data analyses require revision for greater clarity, and additional experiments and analyses are needed to further substantiate the conclusions.

      Some of my specific questions and concerns are as follows:

      (1) The authors showed a reduction in the size of LS and a specific decrease in Crhr2+ neurons in cKO mice. I would suggest examining whether the density of other types of neurons (e.g., Crhr1+ cells or other known cell types in LS) was altered in the cKO mice.

      (2) For the single-cell sequencing experiment (Figure 2), it is unclear whether tissues from the 3 male and 3 female mice within each genotype were pooled together or processed individually (i.e., as 6 separate samples). This information is not clearly stated in the manuscript. Given that male and female mice exhibited behavioral differences, it would be valuable to examine sex-dependent effects in the analysis shown in Figure 2.

      (3) Previous studies have shown that LS neurons exhibit distinct firing patterns, including regular spiking, bursting, complex-bursting, and phasic spiking. Since the authors recorded from both tdTomato-positive and -negative LS cells, it would be interesting to determine whether the positive cells display a unique firing pattern, thereby representing a distinct electrophysiological cell type within the LS.

      (4) More detailed descriptions of the electrophysiological data analysis should be provided in the Methods section. Some LS neurons display spontaneous firing without current injection; therefore, it should be clarified how the resting membrane potential was measured in these cells. The amplitude and onset latency of the first spike are presented in the figures; however, it is unclear how the first spike was selected-whether from spiking responses to rheobase current or to a specific current pulse. I would suggest defining the first spike based on responses at a certain firing frequency. The method used to determine the spike voltage threshold should also be specified.

      (5) Could the authors analyze the single-cell sequencing data to examine whether changes in ion channel expression might explain the observed alterations in spike waveforms?

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The manuscript "Selective loss of Nkx2.1-lineage neurons in the lateral septum alters the balance between novelty seeking and threat avoidance" is an interesting study by Miguel Turrero García and colleagues. Here, the authors report a novel mouse model allowing complete ablation of neurons pertaining to the Nkx2.1 lineage by conditionally ablating the transcriptional regulator Prdm16 from the Nkx2.1 lineage. The authors combined single-nucleus RNA sequencing, histological and electrophysiological approaches, as well as behavioral analyses to demonstrate that a large portion of LS neurons are profoundly altered by Prdm16 deletion from the Nkx2.1 lineage. This manipulation preferentially impacts Crhr2-expressing neurons, leading to electrophysiological defects. At the behavioral level, this cell population is preferentially recruited in a stressful situation, and ablation of Prdm16 from this lineage leads to enhanced exploratory behavior even in the presence of a perceived threat.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of this manuscript are (i) leveraging a transcriptional regulator within a specific cell lineage and restricted to an early stage of ontogeny (ii) disrupting the developmental trajectory of a discrete neuronal population identified with an elegant snRNAseq approach and (iii) without obvious compensation (iv) and its impact on behavior in adult mice, with a special emphasis on exploratory drive in the presence of an acute stressor. The manuscript is well written; the experiments are well conducted, organized, and presented in a logical framework. Statistical analyses are well described. Each experimental group includes a sufficient number of subjects, allowing robust statistical comparisons.

      Overall, I very much enjoyed this manuscript and the elegant mouse model bridging developmental biology with systems neuroscience. Insights generated from this line of work could illuminate how discrete perturbations in gene expression programs at early stages of ontogeny could have a profound impact on the development, organization, and function of select neural circuits and how they may impinge on behavior at later stages of ontogeny.

      Weaknesses:

      Some comments and suggestions:

      (1) General-

      Photoinhibition of LS Crhr2-expressing neurons has no effect on anxiety-like behaviors in the absence of a stressor (Anthony et al., Cell, 2014). It would thus be interesting to reappraise the behavioral experiments performed with cKO mice in response to an acute stressor. The authors duly acknowledge this important point in the discussion section.

      (2) Specific-

      (a) Figure 2J: Was the increase in Crhr2 expression observed in tdTom-cells from cKO mice in the snRNAseq as well? If so, was Crhr2 expression enhanced in a specific cluster that did not belong to the Nkx2.1 lineage, or was it randomly enhanced across distributed clusters?

      (b) Figure 3 and S3: Does the lack of UCN3+/ENK+ terminals reflect a downregulation of UCN3 and ENK, or does it reflect the absence of innervation? Restricting a retrograde viral vector in iLS that expresses a fluorophore to illuminate the UCN3+ cell bodies (and lack thereof) in PefAH of cKO mice could address this question.

      (c) Figure 3: Does immunostaining for UCN3 in the PefAH area reveal cell bodies in cKO mice? In other words, is the loss of UCN3 terminal-specific or does it reflect a general downregulation of UCN3 in the PefAH?

      (d) Figure 4: The remaining tdTomato+ neurons are more excitable in cKO mice. To what extent can alterations in the electrophysiological properties of tdTomato+ neurons lacking Prdm16 be related to their survival? Is it a general response to Prdm16 deletion that is unrelated to survival? Is it a compensation mechanism in surviving cells? Or, alternatively, is it a unique property of these specific cells that favored their survival despite Prdm16 deletion?

      (e) Figure 5 and S5: Really nice figures. Great use of MoSeq with the predator odor test.

      (f) Figure 6: Interesting that the decrease in cFos induction in NeuN+ cells of cKO mice is more prominently observed in LSd when tdTomato+ cells are prominently found in the LSi/LSv (Figure S2B). Could this be related to intra-septal connectivity?

      (g) Figure 6: If tdTomato+ cells consist of 10-30% of neurons, and these tdTomato+ cells are preferentially found in the LSi/LSv, shouldn't we expect a decrease in c-Fos+NeuN+ density in the LSi/LSv (since there are generally fewer neurons in cKO mice)? If I am not mistaken, this could suggest that another unrelated LS population that is tdTom- displays an increase in cFos expression in cKO mice compared to WT mice. Could be interesting to see if the Crhr2+ neurons that are tdTom- are preferentially recruited in cKO mice as a compensation mechanism in LSi/LSv.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In the current work, Turrero Garcia et al. investigate the molecular, electrophysiological, and behavioral outcomes of conditionally knocking out cells from a unique developmentally-defined subpopulation in the lateral septum (LS). The authors focused on targeting cells from the Nkx2.1 developmental lineage that also expressed the transcriptional regulator Prdm16, which is uniquely upregulated in LS postmitotic neurons. They observed that this mutant line (Nkx2.1Cre;Prdm16fl/fl;Ai14; cKO) resulted in complete ablation of neurons from the Nkx2.1-lineage exclusively in the LS and not in the medial septum, making it an ideal model to study a lineage-defined subpopulation in the LS. They performed single-nucleus RNA-sequencing and uncovered four neuronal subtypes missing in the cKO. Furthermore, the authors validated this expression loss in the subtype expressing Crhr2 and observed a reduction of UNC-3 inputs (a neuropeptide with high affinity for Crhr2), highlighting additional disruptions in circuit connectivity. Loss of Prdm16 in Nkx2.1-lineage cells only resulted in mild electrophysiological changes in the LS. Finally, the authors performed a battery of behavioral assays to study anxiety-like behaviors and threat avoidance and observed increases in exploratory behaviors in some but not all assays. It should be noted that the cKO line also results in 30% loss of cortical interneurons, which could be contributing to the behavioral phenotype and not be exclusively due to LS loss. Overall, this manuscript takes a novel perspective by providing unique insights into how embryonic origin gives rise to mature molecular identity and distinct behaviors in adults. Therefore, it elegantly links developmental origin to mature molecular identity and function in the LS, an important question understudied in the field.

      The conclusions of the work are overall supported by the data and limitations discussed, but some of the findings, in particular the histological and behavioral results, need to be extended.

      Strengths:

      (1) Utilizing developmental origin as a marker for mature neuronal identity and function is a valuable approach which remains under-utilized in the field and serves to provide a deeper understanding of how circuits are shaped to allow for appropriate behavioral responses.

      (2) The authors perform a comprehensive analysis of the cKO mutant to determine the role of the developmentally defined Prdm16 in Nkx2.1-lineage cells at the molecular, cellular, electrophysiological, and behavioral level.

      (3) The sn-RNAseq dataset in the LS of WT and cKO mice will be valuable to the neuroscience community.

      (4) The authors perform an extensive array of behavioral paradigms investigating the balance between threat avoidance and exploratory behavior, performing all experiments in both male and female mice to determine whether the same developmental origin can lead to sex-specific differences.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) It remains unknown whether the reduction of UCN3 inputs to the LS is due to loss of the Nkx2.1-lineage in the LS itself or due to reductions in the number of UCN3 cells that provide innervation to the LS in the cKO (Figure 3). The authors speculate and include anecdotal observations that the perifornical region of the hypothalamus (PeFAH) provides inputs to the LS and could be the region driving the differences in UCN3 inputs in cKO. The authors should expand on this histological data and directly test whether the UCN3 inputs are indeed originating from PeFAH and whether the loss of Prdm16 in the Nkx2.1 lineage leads to a reduction in cell numbers in these inputs. These would disentangle the authors' claims on whether it is due to loss of Prdm16 in the Nkx2.1 lineage cells in the LS or whether it is due to loss of Nkx2.1 lineage neurons in upstream regions.

      (2) The authors claim that there is an increase in exploratory drive in cKO mice, even though the dark-light test showed increases in time spent in the dark side for cKO mice in comparison to controls (Figure 5C). They discuss that this could be due to the mice being placed first in the light compartment of the chamber during the light hours, so they spend more time exploring the dark compartment of the chamber instead, which would be considered 'novel'. If this were the case, to make the results more solid, authors should place cKO mice in the dark compartment of the chamber during the dark hours and then record time spent in both chambers. If there was indeed an increase in exploratory drive in new environments, the authors should see increases in time spent in the light compartment.

      (3) The result that cKO mice spend more time than controls exploring the inlet with TMT is of interest (Figure 5E, F). It needs to be highlighted that this is primarily the case in male mice and there is a trend in females. To confirm that the increases in exploration time of the inlet are not due to overall increases in general arousal, locomotion (e.g., velocity; pixels/frame) should be assessed in cKO vs controls.

      (4) Statistical analysis correcting for repeated testing should be performed when running multiple t-tests in the same dataset, such as when analyzing histological results in Figure 1 and Figure 6 to increase confidence in the presented results.

      (5) An important consideration that the authors address in the discussion is that the loss of Prdm16 in Nkx2.1-lineage cells is, for the most part, restricted to the LS, but other regions such as the cortex also show decreases in this population. Therefore, to strengthen the authors' conclusions that Nkx2.1-lineage neurons in the LS are indeed directly responsible for balancing threat avoidance and exploratory drive, targeted manipulation experiments, or at least additional c-Fos experiments assessing activity of Nkx2.1-derived cells in the LS will need to be performed in the future.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Amadei et al investigate how excitation/inhibition balance in the prefrontal cortex plays a role in social behavior. To address this question, they developed a behavioral task where adult female mice can choose between a social reward (e.g., an adult male for sociosexual choice, or an adolescent female mouse) and a non-social reward (e.g., milk). They found that optogenetic inhibition of inhibitory neurons expressing oxytocin receptors (OXTR neurons) in the prefrontal cortex (PFC) reduces choice for sociosexual interaction compared to non-social reward and to a greater extent in sexually receptive females. They also found that this manipulation increases pyramidal neuron activity. Specifically, the authors identified a neuronal ensemble which represent the male option. Inhibition of OXTR disrupts the ability of the neuronal ensemble to represent the male option during decision-making in the behavioral task. Thus, using computational modeling, the authors proposed that OXTR neurons promote male choice by letting a male-representing pyramidal ensemble outcompete other pyramidal populations in the mPFC.

      Strengths:

      The study addresses an important topic in social behaviour and reward neuroscience with a focused hypothesis. The combination of behavioral testing and circuit manipulation combined with calcium imaging is a clear strength, and the work has the potential to make a solid contribution.

      Weaknesses:

      The main weaknesses are limited methodological clarity and details.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The authors aim to understand how inhibitory circuitry within the medial prefrontal cortex regulates the selection of sociosexual behaviour. Rather than studying social interaction in isolation, they develop an elegant behavioural paradigm in which female mice repeatedly choose between interacting with a male and obtaining an appetitive non-social reward. This task allows the authors to examine behavioural choice under conditions that more closely resemble natural decision-making. They combine optogenetic inhibition of oxytocin receptor-expressing interneurons, large-scale calcium imaging of pyramidal neurons, slice electrophysiology, and computational modelling to investigate how inhibition shapes cortical representations that ultimately bias behavioural choice.

      The study has several notable strengths. The behavioural paradigm is novel and well-designed, allowing repeated choice measurements while controlling for general social motivation by including both male and juvenile female stimuli. The integration of multiple experimental approaches is particularly impressive. The behavioural effects of optogenetic inhibition are complemented by population imaging demonstrating elevated pyramidal activity, electrophysiological recordings confirming monosynaptic regulation of pyramidal neurons, and a computational model that provides a mechanistic interpretation of the observed circuit dynamics. The work therefore spans multiple levels of analysis, from synaptic interactions to behaviour, and the individual datasets are generally of high technical quality.

      The imaging analyses identifying a putative "MALE" ensemble are particularly interesting. The observation that a relatively small subset of pyramidal neurons preferentially represents the male option before behavioural commitment provides an attractive framework for understanding how inhibition can stabilise specific behavioural representations. The temporal analysis suggesting that disruption of this representation precedes impaired behavioural choice is especially compelling, as it moves beyond simple correlations between neural activity and behaviour.

      Several aspects of the mechanistic interpretation remain somewhat speculative. The central conclusion relies heavily on the computational competition model, which assumes an asymmetric competition between a relatively small male-selective ensemble and a much larger default pyramidal population. While the model successfully reproduces several experimental observations, many of its architectural assumptions are inferred rather than experimentally demonstrated. In particular, the designation of the remaining pyramidal neurons as a functional "OTHER" population representing the non-social alternative is not directly established experimentally. Alternative circuit architectures may be capable of producing similar behavioural and population-level effects, and the current data do not fully distinguish among these possibilities.

      Similarly, although the identification of MALE cells is thoughtfully performed, the classification depends on an operational threshold derived from ROC analysis and correlated activity. It remains uncertain whether these neurons constitute a stable functional ensemble across sessions or merely reflect one end of a continuous representational spectrum. Longitudinal analyses examining the stability of these ensembles across days or across changes in behavioural state would strengthen the claim that they represent a dedicated neuronal population.

      An additional limitation concerns the specificity of the behavioural interpretation. The reduction in male choice is interpreted primarily as impaired sociosexual decision-making. While the inclusion of juvenile female stimuli substantially improves the experimental design, it remains difficult to completely separate altered sociosexual motivation from broader changes in motivational salience, valuation, or action selection. The observed changes could reflect alterations in multiple components of the decision-making process, and this distinction deserves a somewhat more balanced discussion.

      The interaction with the oestrous state is a very interesting aspect of the work and is consistent with previous studies of oxytocin-dependent sociosexual behaviour. However, this analysis is based on relatively modest numbers of animals and sessions, making it difficult to judge the robustness of these effects. The conclusions regarding hormonal modulation would therefore benefit from a more cautious interpretation.

      Overall, the authors achieve their primary objective of demonstrating that oxytocin receptor-expressing interneuron-mediated inhibition contributes to the selection of sociosexual behaviour while regulating pyramidal population dynamics in the medial prefrontal cortex. The behavioural, imaging, and electrophysiological datasets provide convincing evidence that inhibition shapes cortical activity during decision-making. The computational model offers a plausible mechanistic framework linking these observations, although some aspects of this framework remain hypothetical and await further experimental testing.

      The work is likely to have a significant impact on the fields of cortical circuit function, social neuroscience, and decision-making. Beyond its specific findings, the study introduces a behavioural paradigm that should prove broadly useful for investigating how competing behavioural options are represented within prefrontal circuits. The combination of behavioural neuroscience, population imaging, and computational modelling represents a valuable resource for the community and provides an important foundation for future studies examining how excitation-inhibition balance shapes flexible social behaviour.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using a combination of Miniscope imaging and optogenetic manipulation, Amadei et al. reveal how oxytocin receptor neurons in the prefrontal cortex of mice control pyramidal subpopulations and socio-sexual behavior. This work was planned and executed carefully and provides a novel and important angle to study the oxytocin system in the cortex. According to their results, oxytocin receptor neurons help discriminate between sexual and non-sexual stimuli, most likely by controlling different pyramidal subpopulations that are either most active during trials that include a sexual stimulus or that include non-sexual stimuli. I highly appreciate this article; however, I have one major concern related to the modeling part.

      Strengths:

      (1) Well-designed experiments.

      (2) Rigorous analysis.

      (3) Generates a new avenue to study socio-sexual decision making and creates a hypothesis about the connectivity of oxytocin-sensitive circuits.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Major

      In their last figure (Figure 4), the authors generated a computational model that, according to the authors, reveals a potential network mechanism in which oxytocin receptor (OXTR) neurons are connected to both pyramidal populations with certain connectivity rules. Although the model seems to reproduce the experimental results, some assumptions of the model seem to be poorly supported. If I understood correctly, the authors simply assumed that the strength of the connections between OXTR neurons and MALE neurons is the same as the strength of the connections between OXTR neurons and OTHER neurons. The authors neither discuss literature supporting such connectivity nor provide experimental evidence for this. I also could not find information about the magnitude of the synaptic weights to each of these populations. I guess these parameters are critical for the outcome of the simulation, and it may be worth exploring the outcome of simulating the different combinations of connectivity and synaptic weights between OXTR neurons and pyramids, as well as the degree of recurrent connectivity within the pyramidal subpopulations. Further, the authors should at least discuss in depth how inhibitory OXTR neuronal subtypes (they have different properties that could potentially be implemented in the modeling) may match their computational model best. If the current model remains the most promising, the authors should clearly discuss which experimental trajectory should be taken next to actually provide proof for its correctness (e.g. whether and how it would be possible to determine the predicted connectivity experimentally).

      (2) Minor

      The authors state regarding counterbalancing in Figure 1 and Figure S4C: "The social presentation order (male or female first), as well as the locations of the social and milk options (left or right relative to start arm), were fixed over sessions within a given subject, but varied over subjects (Figure S4C)". In Figure S4C, it looks as if there are fewer animals in which the male was always presented first than animals in which the female was always presented first (~ 16 vs. 20). While the difference is not very big, it may be influential. To fully exclude a sequence effect, I would suggest adding male-first animals until both groups are the same size.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      The paper presents novel evidence that spatial representations prioritize coarse topological features (T‑junctions, holes, crosses) over precise Euclidean metrics like angle and length, using drawing-based memory tasks with adults and children. The study is interesting and well‑motivated, and the importance of topological relations is clear, but stronger and more nuanced evidence is needed before concluding that topological relations are more important than metric details, as task difficulty and the potentially distinct roles of metric and topological information in spatial representation have not yet been fully disentangled.

      Introduction<br /> (1) P.5: Please explain in more detail what you mean by "What is relevant is the relative prioritization of each of these features."

      Results<br /> (2) P.8: Please clarify how the "proportion of drawings with angles biased towards 90{degree sign}" was computed. Specify the criterion for counting a drawing as biased (e.g., a certain absolute deviation toward 90{degree sign} from the original angle), and explicitly state in the Results that absolute degrees of deviation were used, as described in Methods.

      (3) It would help to spell out whether the findings imply that obtuse angles are typically drawn smaller (closer to 90{degree sign}) and acute angles larger (closer to 90{degree sign}). Also, would angles be more biased toward 90{degree sign} or 180{degree sign} (or 0{degree sign}) depending on the angle? (e.g., 175{degree sign} is seen more as 180{degree sign} while 95 is seen more as 90{degree sign})

      (4) Figure 4B: The statement that "positive values indicate bias in the direction of 90 degrees" needs a more precise explanation. Please explain exactly how the bias metric is computed (e.g., signed difference between drawn and original angle, with the sign indicating movement toward or away from 90{degree sign}) and what the y-axis values represent. Given that the Methods refer to absolute deviations, it would be useful to reconcile where the positive/negative signs come from in this plot.

      (5) Figure 4C: The description in the Results seems to use a different metric than what is plotted. Please ensure that the measure in the text matches the measure shown in the figure, and adjust labels or wording so they align clearly.

      (6) P.11: Consider briefly justifying why the authors predicted that participants would also add L‑junctions, rather than only remove them.

      (7) P.12: The last sentence: Weren't the overall rates of feature preservation 'higher' in the adult sample?

      Methods<br /> (8) Experiment 1: Please clarify whether the angles associated with T‑ and L‑junctions were equated or differed systematically. A short description of stimulus generation (e.g., angle ranges, line lengths, junction configurations) would be helpful.

      (9) It would also be helpful to specify the statistical tests used (e.g., t‑tests, ANOVAs, mixed‑effects models), including the main factors and any random effects, so readers can clearly follow your analysis pipeline.

      Discussion<br /> (10) It may be important to note that task difficulty likely differs across feature types: junctions involve presence/absence or counting, whereas angle and length reproduction require finer metric precision. The authors' claim of "prioritization" and possible difficulty effects should be disentangled.

      (11) Furthermore, would it be possible that people retain relative order/comparison of different angles/lengths rather than computing precise values?

      (12) I agree that topological relations are extremely important. However, for above reasons, it seems like stronger/stricter evidence is needed to claim that topological relations are 'more' important than metric details. They also might serve different roles in spatial representations

      (13) The Discussion would benefit from a short paragraph on where different junction types (T, L, crosses) typically appear in everyday scenes and objects (e.g., as cues to occlusion, surface intersections, 3D structure) and what functions they serve. This would help connect your experimental findings to the ecological importance of these features for natural vision and spatial cognition.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This is an interesting study that uses drawings to evaluate the extent to which visual representations of letter- and graph-like figures (preferentially) include topological features, like junctions and holes.

      The main claim is based on the observation that when participants are asked to draw presented figures from memory, they tend to (1) regularise angles towards 90deg and lengths towards the average length of the lines in the figure, while (2) preserving topological features like T-junctions more assiduously than non-topological features like L-junctions. A third experiment with 'serial reproductions' in which participants copy drawings made by other participants (like a visual version of the 'broken telephone' game) reproduce these patterns in exaggerated form. These findings were also reproduced in children (Experiment 4).

      These findings are consistent with the idea that memory representations are low-bandwidth or noisy approximations to the original figure. I would suggest that when participants are asked to reproduce the figure, it is if they combine the noisy stored representation, with generic priors about angles and the average line length. The preferential preservation of T- over L-junctions indicates that they are somehow more salient or memorable. This is not inconsistent with the authors' preferred interpretation of an explicit representation of topological structure. However, it is also not inconsistent with the idea that in order to compress the visual signals for storage, high-information (complex) components of the source are given preferential treatment. This would be compatible with optimal use of limited resources when compressing the information. Additional comparisons and control conditions would help tease these alternatives apart.

      Strengths:

      + Innovative use of drawing methods to probe internal visual representations<br /> + Experiments spanning both adults and children

      Weaknesses:

      - Failure to consider alternative hypotheses that are consistent with the findings

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Kittur et al. ask whether human spatial memory is organized around topological relations (meaning coarse structural properties such as T-junctions, crosses, and holes) rather than around Euclidean properties such as angle and length. Across four experiments, adults and children studied letter-like figures and reproduced them from memory by drawing. The authors report two complementary patterns: metric features are systematically distorted, with angles pulled toward 90 degrees and line-length ratios compressed toward an average, while topologically critical features are comparatively well preserved. The central test contrasts T-junctions with L-junctions, which are visually similar but topologically distinct, since an L-junction reduces to a straight line, whereas a T-junction does not. A serial reproduction experiment amplifies both patterns across chains of participants, and a fourth experiment extends the findings to children aged five to eight.

      Strengths:

      The question is a good one and sits at a productive intersection of topics. It bears on debates about the representational format of cognitive maps, on proposals about the primitives of visual perception, and on a classic developmental claim from Piaget and Inhelder that has rarely been tested directly.

      The drawing paradigm is well chosen and offers something that the group's earlier forced-choice work could not. Because participants produce an open-ended response, distortion of metric detail and preservation of structure can be observed within a single response, and the relationship between them can be examined directly. The serial reproduction experiment is a particularly effective use of this affordance. The choice of the T-junction versus L-junction contrast as the primary test is well-motivated, since it holds the number of junctions constant and varies only topological relevance. It is also worth noting for readers that the central claim of a representational privilege for topologically distinct features was previously established by this group using forced-choice paradigms in both adults and children. That a similar conclusion emerges from free generation is a genuine strength, since the two methods have very different sources of error.

      The work is carefully executed. Sample sizes, dependent variables, and analyses were preregistered; stimuli were purpose-built for each question, including the deliberate exclusion of 90-degree angles so that no reference angle was available; drawings were double-coded; and the full set of raw drawings is being released publicly.

      Weaknesses:

      Drawing is treated as a transparent window onto representation, and motor limitations are not considered. Drawing is a motor act, drawing skill varies widely across individuals, and the manuscript does not discuss motor limitations at any point. As the study is designed, representational imprecision cannot be separated from difficulty of precise reproduction. The clearest way to resolve it might be asking adults to copy the figures exactly while the stimulus remains visible. If the biases persist under direct copying, then some portion of the effect is production rather than memory. Because the topological findings have already been demonstrated in keypress-only paradigms, this concern affects the metric distortion results most heavily, which are the novel contribution of the present paper.

      Three distinct claims are treated as one, and the data speak mainly to the weakest of them. The paper moves between a claim about mnemonic robustness (topological features survive degradation better than metric features), one about representational architecture (topology is a base layer with metric detail superimposed on top), and a claim about priority (topology is encoded prior to metric detail). The experiments show evidence for robustness, which is a claim about what is lost first. Robustness does not entail architecture: an encoder with a single layer, whose loss happens to spare structure, produces the same pattern with no layered format and no claim about encoding order. Earlier work does address format, because false "same" judgments to topologically matched but metrically different items show that topology plays a role in what the system treats as equivalent. Preservation counting measures robustness, rather than equivalence.

      Some alternative hypotheses to consider/address: (a) A capacity-limited memory that reconstructs from a prior produces the metric distortions with no commitment to topology. A literal absence of angle encoding, which the authors invoke, predicts noisy and unconstrained recall rather than recall pulled toward a particular value. The observed pattern reflects a structured prior. (b) The result that does discriminate might be confounded with local salience. A memory that adds uniform noise to all parts of a figure does not predict that T-junctions are preserved better than L-junctions; however, a three-way branch point is plausibly more locally distinctive than a corner, so a salience-weighted-but-topology-free account predicts the same ordering. (c) Motor simplification also predicts the same ordering, since omitting an L-junction converts a bend into a straight line, which is easier to draw, whereas omitting a T-junction requires dropping a stroke.

      The better a feature works as a topological marker, the less variance it produces and the harder it is to test, so the method is best powered where the theoretical signal is weakest. Holes are the textbook case of a topological invariant and are reported to disappear from drawings less than one percent of the time, but they are excluded from formal analysis because they are at ceiling and have no matched comparison feature. It would be useful to see bidirectional rates for holes (both how often a hole disappears and how often participants spuriously close an open figure into a loop).

      In Experiment 4, the conclusion of developmental stability rests on a nonsignificant effect of age, which is failure to detect a change rather than evidence of stability. An equivalence test or an estimate of the precision of the null is better support for developmental stability. Motor skill is confounded with age throughout. So this is an experiment that shows that the effect generalizes to childhood, but cannot adjudicate a developmental question.

      In the serial reproduction experiment, chains were intermixed so that each participant contributed one drawing to each of ten chains. The final drawings are therefore linked through shared intermediate participants, and an individual with an idiosyncratic drawing style influences ten chains at once, so the reported degrees of freedom are somewhat generous. The analysis also focuses on the final drawings and sets aside the nine hundred intermediate ones, which are the data that would show where in a chain metric detail collapses and whether structure ever breaks.

      To formalize the topology is to strengthen the argument: each figure is a one-dimensional complex (its underlying graph), treated intrinsically and up to homeomorphism. The homeomorphism type is what remains after suppressing all degree-2 vertices. Under this definition, every feature in this paper's taxonomy becomes one kind of object, namely a homeomorphism invariant of the graph: number of components, first Betti number, and the degree sequence of three or greater with its adjacency structure. Relatedly, the term "metric" needs to be unpacked. The 90-degree bias concerns angle, whereas the 4:2:1 result concerns length ratios, which are affine rather than strictly metric. The stronger statement available is that distortion appears at every level above topology in the transformation hierarchy while preservation occurs at the topological level, which connects directly to Chen's (2005) invariance hierarchy that is already cited.

      Appraisal and impact:

      The authors aimed to show that topological structure is preferentially retained in memory while metric detail is lost, and in the sense of relative preservation they succeed. The dissociation is real, replicates across two stimulus sets, amplifies under serial reproduction, and appears in young children. What the data do not establish is the stronger architectural claim that topology is a base representational layer, nor that the metric distortions specifically implicate topology rather than general properties of reconstructive memory. Separating these claims would communicate the well-supported result better. Conceptually, the work strengthens a growing case that coarse relational structure deserves a place alongside Euclidean properties in accounts of spatial representation. Practically, the public release of the full set of adult and child drawings, including excluded ones, is a resource that will support analyses well beyond those reported in this paper, and the serial reproduction design is a method that others will want to borrow.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors developed a novel theoretical/computational procedure to count bacterial populations without introducing artificial randomness effects due to dilution. Surprisingly, this very important aspect of studies of bacterial systems has been overlooked. The proposed method provides a simple and transparent approach to eliminate the randomness of bacterial accounting procedures, allowing now to fully concentrate on the intrinsic effects of the studied systems.

      Strengths:

      A very simple and clear procedure is introduced and explained in full detail. This elegant approach finds an excellent compromise between mathematical rigor and computational efficiency, which is important for practical applications. The provided examples are convincing beyond a doubt, clearly indicating the potential strong impact of the proposed framework. Various complications and possible issues are also discussed and analyzed. This seems to be a very powerful novel method that should significantly advance the analysis of complex biological systems.

      Weaknesses:

      The only minor weakness that I found is the assumption of independence of bacterial species, which is expressed as the well-stirred approximation. One could imagine that bacterial species might cooperate, leading to non-uniform distributions that are real. How to distinguish such situations?

      I believe that this method can be extended to determine if this is the case or not before the application. For example, if the bacteria species are independent of each other and one can use the binomial distributions - then the Fano factor would be proportional to the overall relative fraction of bacterial species. Maybe a simple test can be added to test it before the application of REPOP. However, I believe that this is a minor issue.

      Comments on revised version.

      I am satisfied with the correction proposed by the authors. The method is already quite impressive, and there is no need to complicate it at this stage.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      I appreciate the thorough responses from the authors, which address my concerns. The expansion of Appendix B as well as the addition of text discussing how the REPOP method interacts with data collection efforts are very useful. These new sections show that relative error decreases with increasing samples, as expected, yet these error metrics, including KL divergence, describing the fit of the full distributions not just the modes, drop off fairly quickly with increasing number of samples showing that REPOP likely minimizes discrepancies between estimated and true distributions even at lower sampling efforts.

      Additionally, the extension of the REPOP method to the quantification of multiple bacterial species or phenotypes shows the potential utility of the method in contexts beyond basic plate counts. Between this example and the additional information on how to implement REPOP, I believe this workflow will be attractive and accessible to the audience.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors combine discriminative auditory fear conditioning with longitudinal in vivo calcium imaging to ask how prelimbic (PL) representations of learned and generalized threat evolve across recent and remote memory time points. Using two different CS+ frequencies and a no-shock control group, they report that PL population activity tracks graded behavioral generalization, that population similarity is highest for tones eliciting strong threat responding, and that distinct subnetworks can be identified that appear to encode tone-specific sensory features versus learned threat-related response structure.

      To my knowledge, this may be the first study to comprehensively examine neural encoding of fear generalization in prelimbic cortex (PL). The manuscript is ambitious and technically interesting, and several aspects are potentially important. In particular, the suggestion that neurons showing graded, learning-related response patterns become selectively stabilized over time is intriguing. The inclusion of two CS+ training conditions and a no-shock control also strengthens the case that at least some of the reported effects are related to associative learning rather than simple sensory differences. However, in its current form, the manuscript does not yet fully support the strength of the conceptual claims. Several issues limit confidence in the interpretation, including the possibility that repeated testing itself contributes to changes across days, uncertainty about the relationship between neural activity and freezing behavior, limited quantitative documentation of longitudinal cell registration, and a number of problems in figure clarity and statistical framing. Overall, the study contains promising observations, but the claims should be narrowed, and several analyses or controls would be needed to fully support the proposed framework.

      Detailed Comments

      (1) A general concern is that the repeated test procedure itself may contribute to extinction. Because the animals are exposed to multiple CS frequencies across multiple test days, and each tone is presented three times per session, some of the reported changes in behavior and neural activity across days could reflect extinction or repeated nonreinforced retrieval rather than the passage of time per se. This is especially relevant given that the manuscript makes claims about recent versus remote representations and representational drift over 30 days. At a minimum, the authors should discuss this limitation explicitly and temper claims about time-dependent changes. Ideally, they would include a control group in which animals are tested only once or twice (e.g., at an early and later time point with fewer CS frequencies), or a reduced-frequency testing design that minimizes extinction while still allowing evaluation of recent versus remote memory.

      (2) More generally, some of the reported learning-related neural differences may be driven by behavioral differences, particularly freezing, rather than by learning or generalization per se. For example, animals that freeze more to certain frequencies may show corresponding neural response differences simply because freezing alters PL activity. The authors should examine this possibility more directly. Analyses testing whether recorded cells encode freezing behavior, or whether tone frequency-related neural differences remain robust when comparing high- and low-freezing epochs, would help determine whether the reported effects reflect learned stimulus value rather than behavioral state differences.

      (3) A central feature of the manuscript is the analysis of neural response properties over an extended period of time, up to 30 days after learning. However, aside from a brief mention in the Methods that spatial registration was used, the manuscript provides very little quantitative information about this critical aspect of the study. The paper would be strengthened by including explicit metrics describing longitudinal cell tracking, such as the number and proportion of ROIs retained across all sessions, distributions of spatial-footprint correlations or centroid distances across days, and representative examples of matched imaging fields over time. Without this information, it is difficult to assess how strongly the longitudinal claims are supported.

      (4) The text states that "Figs. 1c and 1d show GCaMP6f expression in PL, representative calcium footprints, and activity traces". However, the figure as presented does not clearly show all of these elements, at least not in a way that matches the description in the Results. The correspondence between text and figure should be corrected.

      (5) The labeling of Figure 2a is insufficient for interpretation. The legend states that the panel shows raster plots of sound responsiveness, but the axes and scaling are not clearly defined. It is not clear from the figure what the x-axis represents, whether the y-axis corresponds to individual neurons, where the CS period occurs, or what the activity scale at the right denotes. Also, the term 'rasters' implies that spikes were analyzed. It seems that the spike inference approach (CASCADE) was only used for later analyses. Perhaps 'heat-plot' would be more accurate here? Generally, this figure should be annotated more clearly so that the reader can understand it without referring back to the Methods.

      (6) In relation to Figure 3, the analysis of population-averaged responses across tone frequencies is useful, but the manuscript would be stronger with additional statistical analyses across time and across groups. For example, if the authors want to argue that learning induces graded changes in neural responses and that these evolve across time, they should directly compare within-group responses across days and also compare matched frequencies between the conditioned groups and the no-shock controls. These analyses would help establish whether the observed differences are genuinely learning dependent and whether they change significantly over time.

      (7) The inclusion of two different CS+ frequencies and a no-shock control is a strength of the study and substantially improves the interpretation that graded neural responses are related to learning and generalization rather than to simple sensory processing or passage of time. That said, I am not entirely comfortable with the use of the term "inference" throughout the manuscript. What is being measured here appears closer to sensory generalization than inference in a stronger cognitive sense. The current task does not clearly require that animals infer hidden structure or stimulus value through abstract reasoning; rather, the generalized stimulus may simply be treated as similar to the conditioned cue. The terminology should therefore be reconsidered or softened.

      (8) I also found the use of the term "valence" somewhat problematic. The manuscript appears to use valence to refer to graded responding across tones with different aversive significance, but valence typically refers more broadly to distinctions between appetitive and aversive value. Here, terms such as "threat value," "aversive value," may be more precise. The authors should consider revising this language throughout.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The following points are those that occurred to me across readings of the paper. They are listed in what I take to be the order of their significance. Many of the points relate to the loose use of language and invocation of concepts that are not warranted, given the study design and results obtained.

      Major Comments:

      (1) The concept of ensemble turnover is interesting - the way it is introduced and discussed implies some type of spontaneous change in the neural underpinnings of fear discrimination and generalization in the PL. But, of course, every trial involves an opportunity to learn about the threat CS or the generalization test stimuli, and I am troubled by the thought that stability in the neural underpinnings of fear discrimination and generalization will actually reflect the level of defensive behaviours evoked on different trial types and/or the discrepancy between those behaviours and the outcome of a given trial in the generalization test. That is, stability in the neural underpinnings may be related to an animal's certainty or uncertainty in the contingency between a stimulus and danger; or, put another way, an animal's confidence that danger will or won't occur given the presence of some stimulus. This is not uninteresting. It is, however, not considered anywhere in the paper, which is overloaded with references to inferred threat values and integration of information across different types of stimuli. The protocol is not one that requires inference about anything or integration across anything.

      (2) I appreciate the link to Gu and Johansen in paragraph 3 of the Introduction, but the type of generalization under investigation here is not the same as the type of 'generalization' studied by Gu and Johansen [who used a sensory preconditioning protocol]. Nonetheless, the authors have forced the language used by Gu and Johansen into their paper, and this has created tension [at least for this reader] as the concepts introduced by Gu and Johansen [inference, integration] are simply not relevant given the generalization protocol used here. Here are a few examples of points where the tension might interfere with a reader's understanding:

      a. 'We hypothesized that generalization to novel stimuli depends on stable subnetwork organization that enables comparisons between learned and inferred valence, as well as population-level features that reduce variability across related representations.'

      I understand the words in the hypothesis, but can't form a representation of what is being said because of the reference to terms that stand in need of clarification [inferred valence, variability across related representations], but, ultimately, won't be clarified. This needs to be re-expressed so that the reader can appreciate what is being said.

      b. 'Our results show that stable cortical subnetworks integrate the emotional "gist" of memory and inferred valence for novel cues over time, despite ongoing ensemble reorganization, and that population-level firing rate similarity across stimulus presentations determines threat generalization.'

      Again, what does this mean? How is the gist of a memory integrated with inferred valence for novel cues over time? The statement simply doesn't make sense. This needs to be rewritten for clarity.

      c. 'In CS⁺15 mice, positively modulated sound-responsive neurons exhibited graded tone activity reflecting the contingency learned valence as well as the inferred valence of novel tones across testing days...'.

      Can this be rewritten as 'In CS⁺15 mice, positively modulated sound-responsive neurons exhibited graded activity to the tone CS and its variants that were used to assess generalization.'? The overloading of the text with references to 'contingency learned valence' and 'inferred valence' is unnecessary and makes it much harder to understand what has been shown in the results.

      (3) Re the same passage of text as in 2c:

      Is it the case that these neurons are simply tracking the expression of freezing to the various tones? The same question applies to the results obtained for the CS+3 mice. If this is the case, then why should the results be taken to support the banner statement that 'Sound-modulated PL population responses encode learned and inferred valence' - these analyses do not support that statement. And, as indicated, I don't believe that the language of learned and inferred valence is appropriate to such statements, given the nature of the protocol used and results obtained. It is a study looking at how populations of neurons in the PL respond during presentations of auditory stimuli that were subject to discriminative conditioning, and during tests of generalized freezing to other [intermediate] auditory stimuli.

      (4) It is stated that:

      'In no-shock controls, although both positive and negative responses were present, population activity was not modulated by tone frequency or valence'.

      What does this mean? I can understand that population activity was not modulated by tone frequency. But what does it mean to say that it was not modulated by valence? Why should it have been when none of the tones were conditioned in this group and, hence, mice were responding to all the tones equally? And given that this is true, I don't understand the use of 'valence' here, or the subsequent statements in this paragraph that 'graded responses require associative learning' and that 'PL population responses encode graded sound-valence associations that reflect both learning and inference, closely matching behavioral generalization.' The latter statement is particularly unwarranted and, again, highlights a major issue with the paper. It could and should be rewritten as 'PL population responses reflect behavioral generalization.' There is nothing in the additional language that adds to the reader's understanding of what has been shown. The reference to 'graded sound-valence associations that reflect both learning and inference' is completely unwarranted, given the nature of this study. It is anathema to the vast literature on stimulus generalization. If the authors wished to make statements of this sort, they should have taken a different approach, perhaps using protocols like those featured in Gu and Johansen.

      (5) The section titled, 'Consistently active neurons preserve valence representations as newly recruited neurons sharpen remote memory traces' ends with the following summary:

      'Together, these results indicate that consistently active neurons maintain stable representations of learned and inferred sound associations across time, whereas neurons recruited after conditioning progressively acquire graded tuning at later retrieval stages. This dynamic refinement suggests that cortical memory representations become increasingly selective during systems consolidation, while a stable neuronal subpopulation preserves the core emotional content of the memory.'

      Once again, the summary is not in keeping with the results obtained. The 'dynamic refinement' of representations is far more likely to reflect the repeated testing across days 1, 15, and 30 rather than anything to do with systems consolidation - at the very least, it is the simplest interpretation of the results. The impact of repeated testing is evident in the sharpening of generalization gradients over time, which is contrary to what is otherwise observed in the literature - the incredibly well -documented broadening of generalization gradients with time. Given this impact of repeated testing, surely the changes in the neuronal population that underlie performance are more likely to reflect the learning that occurs on days 1, 15, and 30, which is reflected in reduced freezing to the non-conditioned tones. If this is a reasonable take on the results, then I don't see the basis for invoking systems consolidation at all, and I don't see the basis for inferring a stable neuronal subpopulation that preserves the emotional content of the memory. Rather, non-reinforced presentations of 'never-reinforced' tones result in recruitment of additional neurons that result in suppression of freezing responses to those stimuli.

      (6) In the section titled, 'Population vector similarity at stimulus onset determines degree of generalization', it is stated that:

      'Because population similarity peaked shortly after stimulus onset, we quantified similarity during the first 5 s after tone onset relative to the CS⁺. In CS⁺15 mice, population similarity was highest for 15/15 and 15/11 tone pairs with no differences between them.'

      Isn't this consistent with the view that the population response in the PL simply reflects the level of freezing? Freezing to the 15-15 and 15-11 tones is most likely to be similar on their first presentation prior to the effects of extinction on the 11 Hz tone; hence the results obtained. That is, these results appear to clearly indicate that neuronal responses in the PL reflect the degree of stimulus generalization, as evidenced in freezing behavior. Given all that we know about the involvement of the PL in expressing fear responses, it is not appropriate to claim that 'population vector similarity at stimulus onset *determines* the degree of generalization. The PL responses simply reflect the varying levels of performance displayed to the different types of tones. What have I missed that could be taken to support additional statements?

      Later in the same section, it is stated that 'population-level similarity at stimulus onset scales with behavioral threat generalization and is maximal for tones associated with robust threat responses.' For simplicity and, therefore, clarity, this should be rewritten as 'population-level similarity at stimulus onset reflects behavioral threat generalization.'

      (7) In the section titled, 'Different subnetworks encode acoustic versus learned properties of sound association', it is stated that:

      'Our previous analyses show that learned and inferred associations are represented at the population level. However, these results do not resolve whether graded responses arise from pooled activity of frequency-selective neurons or from subnetworks encoding integrated learned valence across tones.'

      What does it mean to say 'integrated learned valence across tones'? As it presently stands, the meaning of the phrase is unclear. It only makes sense if one supposes that generalized freezing responses to the 11 and 7 kHZ tones reflect separate associations between those tones and the aversive foot shock US. This supposition is inconsistent with the rich literature on generalization of Pavlovian conditioned fear responses. Specifically, it is inconsistent with the many theories of fear generalization, which attribute the reduction in fear as one moves away from the specific conditioned stimulus to a decrement in the ability of the test stimulus to activate the trained CS-US association. My strong impression is that the authors would do well to ground their findings in theories of stimulus/fear generalization, of which there are many. This would better serve the results obtained [and the reader's appreciation of them] - at present, the unnecessary invocation of concepts does very little to enhance the reader's appreciation or understanding of what has been found in the study.

      (8) Another example of what has been a common theme in this review :

      '...we hypothesized that the PL active ensemble segregates into functionally distinct subnetworks: one encoding tone-specific sensory features with dynamic characteristics, and another responding to all frequencies encoding stable core memory content and inferred emotional valence.'

      What does it mean to say 'all frequencies encoding stable core memory content and inferred emotional valence'? Do the authors mean to say '...and another that tracks freezing/defensive responses regardless of whether they were elicited by the trained CS or one of the generalization test stimuli'?

      (9) It is stated that - 'Graded clusters encode emotional valence but constitute only a fraction of the active population; yet valence coding at the population level remains accurate and precise. This indicates that neurons newly recruited into the population-likely frequency-selective and organized within learning-independent clusters-can be shaped by associative processes through modulation of firing activity.'

      What does this mean? Are the authors trying to say that - 'Some clusters of PL neurons track freezing responses. In spite of the fact that these are only a fraction of the total active neuronal population, the population-level response of PL neurons also tracks the levels of fear to the trained tone and its variants used in the test for generalization.' If this is what one wants to say, then the final statement in the reproduced section does not follow. That is, there is no indication that 'neurons newly recruited into the population-likely frequency-selective and organized within learning-independent clusters-can be shaped by associative processes through modulation of firing activity.' As noted, the characteristics of other ensembles that become active across the repeated tests on days 1, 15, and 30 are more likely to reflect learning from non-reinforcement that occurs within and across those sessions. Perhaps this is what is meant by the phrase, 'shaped by associative processes'? If so, it should be stated explicitly instead of left to the reader to work out.

      (10) The following points all relate to the Discussion and reiterate many of the points above.

      a. 'A subset of neurons remains consistently active across sessions, preserving core components of the memory trace and supporting inference of emotional valence for novel sounds, while neurons recruited after conditioning progressively acquire valence selectivity at remote time points.'

      'Inference of emotional valence' is unclear and unwarranted for all of the reasons provided above regarding the use of language.

      b. '...Our data reconcile these views by demonstrating that cortical representations of emotional valence emerge rapidly after learning and persist within stable subnetworks, even as the broader population undergoes substantial turnover. This architecture preserves core mnemonic content while allowing flexibility in the surrounding ensemble.'

      These statements assume that the PL neuronal responses reflect something more than the levels of freezing behavior to the different stimuli; what are the grounds for this assumption?

      c. 'Importantly, these subnetworks encode both learned contingencies and the inferred valence of novel stimuli along a graded representational axis, suggesting that strong recurrent connectivity provides a stable scaffold for emotional memory representations.'

      What is a graded representational axis, and what part of the first statement suggests that 'strong recurrent connectivity provides a stable scaffold for emotional memory representations'? If the authors' goal was to make statements about emotional memory representations vis-à-vis emotional memory content, they should have used protocols that allowed them to probe such content. The auditory fear conditioning protocol used here [followed by tests for generalization to other auditory stimuli that differ in frequency from the conditioned tone] is not one that lends itself to analysis of emotional memory representations or content.

      d. 'Dynamic tone-selective responsive neurons emerge independently of learning, as they are present in both control and experimental mice, reflecting pre-existing PL sensory-driven properties (Hockley & Malmierca, 2024; Zikopoulos & Barbas, 2006).'

      Maybe. They are also likely to have developed as a consequence of the repeated testing on days 1, 15, and 30, which involved intermixed exposures to the tones of different frequencies. That is, rather than 'pre-existing PL sensory-driven properties', the responses of these neurons might reflect the emergence of discrimination between the various tones across testing, and greater suppression of freezing to the non-trained tones compared to the trained tone across the various test intervals.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Normandin et al. explore the coding of stimuli predicting an aversive event in the prelimbic cortex. Stimuli could either be explicitly paired, explicitly unpaired, or novel but with an inferred association with the aversive event (generalization). Long-term tracking of GCaMP-positive neurons allowed them to examine how coding evolves out to a month following training. In general, they found two types of ensemble codes. One was ensembles coding for each stimulus independently, but with enhanced responding to the one eliciting a freezing response. The other was ensembles that responded to all stimuli in proportion to their similarity to the stimulus paired with the aversive event, either increasing or decreasing their activation with the degree of freezing elicited by a stimulus. Importantly, this second set of ensembles was more stable across days, potentially providing a memory trace.

      Strengths:

      (1) The authors track ensembles in prelimbic cortex over long time scales, providing valuable information on the consolidation of neural codes.

      (2) Neural coding of generalization is examined, which is under-examined in the field.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Difficult to determine if responses treated as encoding stimulus valence are driven instead by the behavior that the stimulus elicits, freezing.

      (2) The study implies that the identified ensembles are causally related to valence memory, but no experimental interventions are performed to justify this.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Human and animal trypanosomiasis are fatal illnesses caused by African trypanosomes transmitted by tsetse flies during a bloodmeal. Thus, tsetse fly feeding is the key physical step in disease transmission to mammals. Tsetse fly feeding is not a new story, but it is revisited here through the application of sophisticated imaging techniques and novel biomechanical methods of analysis. The author's aim is to provide a high-resolution picture of the structures and forces involved in feeding to provide mechanistic insights into the process of feeding, from attachment, penetration, drinking and retraction of the feeding parts.

      Largely the authors have achieved their aims. They (i) examine the structures and forces involved in attachment; (ii) they provide detailed multi image analysis of the proboscis providing insights into its probing ability and physical mechanism of penetration; (iii) they conduct a controlled analysis of the physical forces involved in penetration and report that they are in the low nM range, not especially strong but much higher that the mosquito bite and finally they provide a first analysis of blood uptake during feeding.

      Strengths:

      The study images the tsetse fly feeding structures in unprecedented detail, with resolution to the uM scale, in 3-D, and during feeding. The resulting images are dramatic and insightful (and beautiful and frightening!) that researchers interested in trypanosomes, tsetse flies or blood feeding by flies in general will want to see.

      They conclude that flies attach strongly to smooth surfaces, because of interactions possible via the array of acanthae of the pulvillus pad at the ends of the tarsi. The estimated attachment forces are similar in male & female flies, in the low mM range (they look impressively strong in video 1). They provide a very striking analysis of the proboscis and labellum and associated tooth structures (Figs 4 & 5). I recall many years ago observing that tsetse flies are messy feeders, and these structures, especially the rasping teeth structures on the reverse folded labial tips explain why! This seems more like a chainsaw than a jigsaw in action, but the authors are probably correct that these structures and probing/retraction mechanism explain many features of tsetse fly feeding and their ability to feed on a wide range of hosts with very different skin types.

      The impressive aspect of this paper is the range of imaging techniques, (CLSM, SEM, uCT, FIB SEM), the quality of the images which attests to the obvious care taken with sample preparation. The biomechanically analysis, especially the penetration analysis is impressive. Finally, the paper is clearly written and presented, it was a very easy read and overall, a very engaging study.

      Weaknesses:

      I suppose it could be said that the paper is a descriptive study; it doesn't really test a hypothesis but that is not a prerequisite for publication. Perhaps the least convincing prats are the imaging of the flexible v rigid parts of the structures, which is based on amount of resilin (flexible) and chitin-protein (stiff) based on their autofluorescence. In seems odd that the joints would be less blue (stiffer) in Fig 1i, or what the blue structures correspond to in Fig. 6B-D.

      Comments on revised version.

      In revised version these issues have been satisfactorily addressed

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public Review):

      [Editors' note: this version has been assessed by the Reviewing Editor without further input from the original reviewers.]

      Summary:

      This study aims to understand how cell fusion contributes to wound healing using a laser-induced injury in the notum epithelium of a developing fruit fly. The authors meticulously characterize the epithelial fusion events using a live imaging approach and report that syncytia arise by 'border breakdown' and 'cell shrinking'. The syncytial epithelial cells also appear to outcompete mononucleated cells and preferentially dissolve their tangential borders, which correlates with the accumulation of actin at the leading edge.

      Strengths:

      The strength of this study is the authors' live imaging approach to capture these dynamic fusion events that are a fundamental yet poorly understood biological process.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public Review):

      Summary:

      Overall, this study provides a thorough description of the formation of syncytia following wounding of the proliferation-competent diploid epithelium of the pupal notum. While this phenomenon has already been described briefly for this particular tissue by the Galko lab in Wang et al 2015, the authors provide a much more detailed description and characterisation of the process providing some novel insights (radial versus tangential border breakdown, cell shrinkage, timings, syncytia outcompeting mononucleated cells, etc.).

      Strengths:

      This paper provides an elegant, thorough, descriptive characterisation of syncytia-driven wound closure using state-of-the-art confocal live imaging of the pupal notum. The authors show that laser-induced wounding of this diploid, proliferation-competent epithelium results in the formation of syncytia of various sizes in the first few cell rows around the wound edge, which progressively become bigger as healing proceeds. This results in ~50% of cells becoming part of these syncytia. The cell fusion events were convincingly demonstrated by showing the disappearance of p120ctnRFP and E-Cadherin-GFP from cell-cell borders as well as cytoplasmic GFP mixing of GFP-positive cells with a GFP-negative cell.

      Apart from cell-cell fusion by border breakdown that mostly happens in the first 2h following wounding, the authors also found that at later stages of wound healing cell shrinkage following cytoplasmic mixing contributed to syncytia formation.

      Next, the authors provided some convincing evidence that syncytia outcompete mononuclear cells for being positioned in the first cell row around the wound.

      The authors then show that radial border breakdown occurs much less frequently than tangential border breakdown. They suggest that radial border breakdown reduces the requirement for cell-cell intercalations. They also hypothesise that tangential border breakdown might allow fused cells to share resources and provide more resources to be used near the wound edge, e.g. for actomyosin cable formation. To test this, the authors generate single-cell clones that overexpress Actin-GFP. They then show convincingly how a single Actin-GFP-positive cell in the second cell row fuses with one GFP-negative cell in the first cell row. The Actin-GFP signal then spreads in the fused cell and labels some previously unlabelled actin-rich structure near the wound edge which most likely is the actomyosin cable. This provides some evidence for resource sharing by cytoplasmic mixing following fusion.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public Review):

      In this revised manuscript, White et al. aimed to understand the wound-induced syncytia formation behavior in wound repair of Drosophila melanogaster pupal notum. For this purpose, the authors characterized two different types of adherens junctions' outcomes during syncytia formation around the wound region - border breakdown versus apical shrinking which appear to happen in different time points and for different time durations. The authors characterized cell-cell fusion events using cytoplasmic, junctional and nuclear markers. They determined that about half of the cells within 70 um radii from the wound undergo cell-cell fusion. They studied wound induction on the border between control epithelia and pnr domain suggesting that Atg1 is required for post-wound syncytia formation and wound closure. They showed that during wound closure syncytia gradually invade the wound leading edge mostly by radial fusion events. The data suggests that intercalation of cells from the leading edge slows down the wound closure process. They propose that cell fluidity of syncytial cells plays a role in wound closure speed. Finally, the authors showed that actin is concentrated to the front edge of syncytia located in the wound leading edge. The authors described some aspects of syncytia formation during wound closure using different approaches.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study asks how selection for male aggressiveness affects life-history and reproductive fitness traits in Drosophila melanogaster males.

      Strengths:

      Multiple comprehensive assays are used to address the question.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The flies used for comparisons are inadequate. Behavioral assays compare Bully males mated top non-coevolved Cs females with Cs males mated to coevolved Cs females.

      (2) Lifespan analysis is done on male progeny of Cs females mated to either genetically more distant Bully or co-evolved Cs males, the longer lifespan and performance on the former is interpreted as trade-off with aggressiveness, rather than a simple explanation of hybrid vigor.

      (3) Differences in CHCs between Bully and Cs males and Cs females mated to those males are not shown to cause difference in measured behavioral outcomes.

      Comments on revised version.

      I appreciate authors responding to reviewer's comments. The inclusion of additional Bully lines in behavioral analysis, and Bully homozygous male progeny in lifespan analysis gives more strength to the authors' conclusions. It does not exclude other possible explanations for the observed results, but now authors note genetic drift as an alternative explanation for some of their results.

      I do want to point to a potential misunderstanding of male-female co-evolution by authors. The authors state that "The Bully lines used in our work were derived from Canton-S flies and thus did co-evolve with Cs". This statement is incorrect if the process of selection and line maintenance in this study was the following:

      In my understanding to create Bully lines the most aggressive males were first chosen from an ancestral Cs line and their most aggressive male progeny were mated to their sibling females, repeating the process for 37 generations. Therefore, Bully females were co-evolving with Bully males during selection process of over 37 generations, while Cs females were staying co-evolved with their own males, since they mated within the line. Moreover, after aggressive lines were created, they were kept separate from each other, and from Cs line since about the year 2010, until the experiments described in the paper were performed (which must over 10 years?). Over 10 years, a significant genetic drift can happen, that changes allele frequencies, and may results in differences in male-female co-evolved traits and in lifespan that are unrelated to selection for aggression.

      Also, decapitating females does not completely prevent female influence over mating process, but just removes central brain control over it. In Drosophila, however, the main control over copulation process for males and female is not central. Therefore, you do not completely remove the effect of coevolved or non-coevolved female traits over copulatory and post-copulatory processes.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors compare "Bully" lines, selected for male aggression, to Canton-S controls and find that Bully males have lower mating success, shorter mating durations, and remate sooner. Chemical analyses show Bully males have distinct cuticular hydrocarbon (CHC) signatures and transfer markedly less cVA to females, offering a plausible mechanistic link to weaker mate-guarding. Paradoxically, Bully males live longer and remain fertile at older ages when Cs males no longer mate, indicating a shift in the reproduction-survival trade-off in aggression-selected populations. Importantly, the work sheds light on proximate mechanisms, demonstrating that shifts in CHCs and pheromone transfer co-occur with changes in fitness traits.

      Strengths:

      The manuscript's strengths lie in its comprehensive and integrative approach framed within an evolutionary context. By combining behavioral assays, chemical profiling, and lifespan measurements, the authors reveal a coherent pattern linking aggression selection to life-history trade-offs. The direct quantification of cVA in the female reproductive tract after mating provides a particularly compelling mechanistic correlate, strengthening the link between behavior and chemical signaling. Findings on altered 5-T and 5-P levels further highlight how chemical communication shapes mating and mate-guarding strategies. Analytical approaches are largely rigorous, and the results provide valuable insights into the pleiotropic effects of selection on socially relevant traits.

      The revision responds directly to the main concerns raised previously. The addition of a third, independently selected line (Bully C), together with the Bully × Bully data, considerably reduces the concern that the behavioral phenotypes reflect line-specific drift or founder effects rather than a correlated response to selection. The reorganized survival figure (Figure 5) is a clear improvement over the previous version, with isolated and group-housed males in separate panels and a heterozygous Bully condition added, so the longevity claim can be evaluated more directly. The isolated-male data are especially useful here, since those flies never mate, and a longevity difference under that condition argues that the effect is not simply a consequence of Bully males mating less often. The behavioral schematic, corrected symbols, and reported sample sizes also help, as does the reinterpretation of the post-mating courtship data in terms of courtship motivation rather than a refractory-period effect once no latency difference was found.

      Weaknesses:

      Most of the remaining weaknesses are ones I raised in the first round, and the revision has narrowed them. The links between the altered CHC profiles, the reduced cVA transfer, and the behavioral outcomes remain correlative. The causal experiments that would establish them (for example, perfuming or cVA-equalization) are acknowledged by the authors as future directions, which is reasonable, but it means the mechanistic claims should be read as candidate explanations rather than demonstrated ones. It is also worth noting that the CHC differences and the behavioral differences may both be downstream of a common selection target (for instance, genes affecting oenocyte function or CHC biosynthesis) rather than one causing the other; the Discussion would be more balanced if this alternative were stated explicitly.

      My main remaining concern is with the lifespan data. The behavioral phenotypes are replicated across Bully A, B, and C, but the survival assays were done on Bully A only, so a line-specific contribution to the longevity result, including drift, cannot be excluded, even though this has been addressed for the behavioral traits. This matters because the title and abstract present the survival-reproduction trade-off as a general consequence of selection for aggression, whereas the survival evidence rests on a single line. The authors can either run the lifespan assays on a second line, or calibrate the text, title, and abstract so that the strength of the survival claim matches the single-line evidence behind it, with second-line lifespan data noted as a future step.

      The Bully C line is currently underused. Its intermediate aggression, together with the absence of a significant reduction in mating duration, points to a graded rather than binary relationship between aggression intensity and mating duration. This is one of the more interesting features of the expanded dataset, and it deserves more than its present role as a justification for focusing on Bully A.

      The authors have appropriately softened causal language in the title, subheadings, and much of the Discussion. A few residual passages still imply causation or directional transfer and would benefit from the same treatment.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Deng and colleagues pursue the possibility that red light exposure can provide some benefits and anti-senescence effects in aged mouse models. In addition, they show how red light influence metabolism in cultured keratinocytes. The authors provide a long dissection of the potential paths involved in the changes promoted by red light exposure, identifying CytC oxidase, SIRT4, PPARa and MCD as key players.

      Strengths:

      The authors did a thorough exploration of the multiple potential avenues by which red light exposure influence metabolism. The in vitro and in vivo evidence nicely complement each other.

      Weaknesses:

      This is a challenging hypothesis that would require some additional experimental controls. The pathway dissection, while extensive, sometimes is approach in unconvincing ways and the results are not always evident to judge or interpret. Technically, the western blots and transcriptomic analyses require notable improvements.

      Comments on revised version.

      The revised version of the manuscript provides some improvements. However, I feel that many aspects remain poorly addressed. In the authors' favour, many of these limitations are now acknowledged in their rebuttal, as well as in the discussion section.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This work identifies a previously unknown way that red light can slow ageing. The authors show that red light lowers the level of a protein called SIRT4 in skin cells. Reducing SIRT4 boosts fatty acid use and increases a type of histone modification that keeps genes active. These changes help cells clear away signs of ageing, reduce inflammation, and restore normal metabolism. The findings open the possibility of developing new treatments that target SIRT4 to reverse age‑related decline.

      Strengths:

      The evidence is solid because the authors use several complementary methods. They test red light in both cultured cells and naturally aged mice, and they confirm the key role of SIRT4 by silencing its gene. Measurements of metabolism, protein changes, and ageing markers all point in the same direction. However, the exact way red light lowers SIRT4 levels is not fully explained, which leaves a minor gap. Overall, the conclusions are well supported and convincing.

      Weaknesses:

      The paper does not evolve to use the mechanistic discoveries of the manuscript to help our community to identify the mechanism of photobiomodulation, which is not known so far.

      I would like to draw your attention to a recently published paper by Herrera et al. (FEBS Letters 2025, doi:10.1002/1873-3468.70195), which shows that red light (660 nm) stimulates mitochondrial fatty acid oxidation in keratinocytes via AMPK‑dependent phosphorylation of ACC, without altering expression of electron transport chain complexes. I believe this paper is highly complementary to current study.

      Herrera et al. demonstrate that red light increases basal, ATP‑linked, and maximal oxygen consumption rates in keratinocytes specifically through enhanced fatty acid oxidation (inhibited by etomoxir). This independently validates the central finding of the current manuscript ,i.e., red light boosts lipid metabolism, strengthening the robustness of this concept.

      While the current manuscript focusses on the SIRT4‑MCD axis, Herrera et al. identify AMPK phosphorylation and ACC inhibition as key effectors. Authors can integrate and expand their discussion, since SIRT4 downregulation may converge on AMPK activation, or they may represent parallel, reinforcing mechanisms. This would enrich the mechanistic model and open new hypotheses.

      The mechanism of photobiomodulation: Herrera et al. explicitly challenge the prevailing paradigm that red light acts solely via cytochrome c oxidase (by showing long‑lasting effects, unchanged OXPHOS protein levels, and no difference in permeabilized cells). The current finding (red light acts through SIRT4 downregulation, i.e., not direct enzymatic activation, aligns perfectly with Herrera´s critique.

      Long‑term metabolic effects - Herrera et al. show that a single red light exposure elevates oxygen consumption for up to 2 days. The current study focuses on changes at 12‑24 h. Their data extend the time window and suggest that the metabolic reprogramming you describe may persist longer than currently discussed, which is clinically relevant.

      Discussing Herrera et al. results would not only acknowledge independent, corroborating evidence but also allow the authors to position your SIRT4‑centric mechanism within a broader, emerging understanding of red‑light photobiomodulation.

      Comments on the latest version:

      The authors have made a terrific work in answering the reviewers and modifying the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors investigate the role of different specific dopaminergic neurons in the mushroom body of Drosophila larvae for learning and innate behavior. All the tested neurons are thought to be involved in punishment learning. The authors discover that artificial activation of single DANs in training leads to safety learning, but not punishment learning. Furthermore, activation of single DANs can lead to changes in locomotion behavior, which can affect light preference. The authors provide a deeper understanding of the functional diversity of single dopamine neurons; however, it is unclear how translatable these findings are to learning experiments with real punishment stimuli.

      The authors provide a detailed behavioral analysis of locomotion in response to activation of various dopamine neurons. This analysis allows them to exclude that the locomotion defects affect memory recall behavior.

      Strengths:

      The authors disentangle which kind of memories are formed with the activation of different dopamine neurons - safety learning and/or punishment learning. They further investigate whether the US is required in the test for recall. They do indeed find differences, and the results will be of interest to the learning and memory community.

      Interestingly, optogenetic activation of a single DAN during training leads to safety memory, but not punishment memory. Furthermore, DAN activation also affects innate locomotion, and the authors show that optogenetic activation of different DANs affects locomotion differently.

      Weaknesses:

      All experiments in the manuscript use optogenetic activation of DANs, thus it is not clear what kind of memories are formed. Several stimuli can be used as punishment, such as electric shock, salt, bitter, and light - it is not clear what kind of memory the authors investigate here. The findings could be discussed in the context of what DANs respond to. Furthermore, studies in adults and larvae showed that most DANs can code for both valences - etc., aversive DANs can be activated by punishment, and inhibited by reward. Thus, safety learning might be a result of a decrease in activity in DANs during odor presentation. The authors also do not discuss possible feedback loops from MBONs to DANs across compartments. Could such connections allow for safety learning in larvae?

      The authors show that artificial activation with different light intensities can form different memories and that increasing the light intensity sometimes leads to no memories. Also, using different optogenetic tools reveals different results. This again raises the question of how applicable the results will be for learning with real stimuli. Is there a natural stimulus that only induces safety learning, but no punishment learning? The authors discuss these limitations.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study provides valuable context for ongoing research on the role of dopamine in memory and locomotion. DANs have been a fascinating area of study due to their complexity, and this work dissects specific DANs, exploring their roles in different memory-related behaviors while offering some explanations. The discussions provided by the authors effectively situates the study in the broader field of learning, memory, DAN circuitry and behavioral computation in insect brains. The study achieves what it sets out to and it does so unequivocally. The experiments were elegantly designed, leaving little room for doubt in the study's claims. However, the study lacks context regarding the molecular pathways underlying these results. While it strengthens current knowledge by providing robust evidence, it does little to explore the molecular mechanisms behind these effects.

      Strengths:

      (1) Experiment design is one of the strengths of this study. The experiments are thorough and cover the length and breadth of the core findings of the study. Although a lot of work has already been done in studying the role of dopamine in memory and locomotion, the dissection of the functions of distinct DANs in larvae has been done meticulously with well-structured experiments.

      (2) This study fits quite nicely into the puzzle of memory, especially in the context of Dopamine. Previous studies in *Drosophila* adults have shown the opposing roles of DANs in locomotion depending on the context of DAN activation. This study drives that point home for larvae, providing conclusive evidence in that regard.

      (3) The use of clear figures and simple language is one of the strengths of this paper. The figures are comprehensive, complete and manage to narrate the story by themselves. The flow of information is smooth. The simple and effective language used maintains scientific rigor while remaining accessible to those new to the field. A pleasant read.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The authors have done a great job at structuring the figures. But some main figures would benefit from including the controls instead of placing them in supplementary.

      (2) The paper would benefit from a deeper discussion regarding molecular mechanisms underlying their results. It would be interesting to see what the authors think about different Dopamine receptors and how they relate to the findings of this paper.

      (3) Throughout the paper, the authors have been clear and comprehensive, but in some cases, further explanation of their choices were missing. For example, the choice to compare bending and tail velocity over other parameters within the same clusters is unclear.

      Comments on revised version.

      Most of the comments have been addressed.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary

      Across species, dopamine release serves seemingly diverse functions, such as reinforcing memories and regulating locomotion and flight. However, whether distinct dopaminergic neurons (DANs) are allocated to each function is unclear. In this study, Toshima et al. have used the numerically simple organization of the Drosophila larval brain to answer this question. They use optogenetic activation to systematically stimulate a small set of DANs, individually and collectively, and study the effect on diverse functions such as memory formation, retrieval, and locomotion. The reproducibility of optogenetic activation is a strength of this approach. At the same time, this is a caveat, as optogenetic activation may not recapitulate natural modes of activation and may lead to outcomes not observed under natural conditions. They find that singly or collectively, DL1 DANs can induce punishment and/or safety memory formation and retrieval. DANs can even gate the expression of memory. Finally, the same DANs also modulate locomotion in the larvae. The authors speculate that dopaminergic neurons in other species may also share such overlapping functions. Their findings are nicely summarised in Figure 9.

      Strengths

      The study systematically activates neurons in the DL1 cluster. Individual and collective stimulation of the Dl1 DANs has been conducted to assess the induction and gating of aversive punishment memory, safety memory, and acute locomotion.

      Specific adult Drosophila DANs are known to induce dual behaviors and functions. The same MP1/y1pedc DANs are recognized for gating appetitive memory expression and representing aversive teaching signals downstream of sensory stimuli such as electric shocks, bitter tastes, and heat. Neurons in the PPL1 cluster regulate adult flight and food-seeking behavior. The authors deserve credit for conducting an organized examination of dopaminergic neuronal functions in larvae, thereby making their findings more comparable and facilitating the proposal of a holistic model.

      They have provided substantial evidence for their findings and have frequently presented replicated behavioral datasets. They have been transparent about the results that were difficult to explain. Additionally, they have provided an impressive body of supporting data to strengthen their main findings.

      Weaknesses

      As mentioned above, optogenetic activation may not recreate natural neuronal activation in response to external stimuli. This could have led to outcomes that will not occur under other natural circumstances.

      Comments on revised version.

      I appreciate the author's responses, and I do not have any comments or suggestions at this point.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript the applicants study two residues in the GHKL ATPase active site of Aq MutL and GyrB, and argue that the catalytic base function is shared between two conserved acidic residues that are 3 residues apart.

      In the manuscript, they generated mutant versions in MutL and GyrB (both ala and the appropriate Asn/Gln version) and performed ATPase analysis. They also generated high resolution crystal structures of the GyrB NTD with AMPPnP for WT and mutants of the two acidic residues. The data show that mutation in either of these residues does not fully kill activity (with the exception of the Alanine mutation of the first of the two, that interferes with ATP (or AMPPnP) binding). When the acidic residues are mutated to Asn/Gln, the catalytic water can still be positioned, and hence these mutants are more active than the Ala mutants. In both cases the double mutation is catalytic dead.<br /> The authors then perform phylogenetic analysis and ancestral gene reconstruction and based on this they argue that HSP90 forms a different class of GHKL ATPases, and lost rather than gained this separate status.

      Strengths:

      The biochemical analysis seems solid.

      Weaknesses:

      - A major question that remains, is why the mutations have so much more detrimental effect in MutL (100-fold lower kcat/KM) than they do in GyrB (3-fold lower). Can the authors explain this? Doesn't this argue against the proposed catalytic conservation?

      The authors need to discuss this issue explicitly to make it clear that conservation of the mechanism is not complete and that other interpretations are possible.

      - The structure figures all have omit maps for just the AMPPnP and the water, whereas the density for the the acidic residues and their mutants are not shown.

      This has been addressed.

      There are some issues with figure S2B and S5.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Fukui et al. re-examined the ATP hydrolysis mechanism in GHKL ATPases, revealing a cooperative role of two conserved acidic residues rather than one. The authors have used a range of biochemical and structural techniques on various mutants from different members of the GHKL ATPase family to test and validate their proposed mechanism.

      Through a detailed re-analysis of their previously published structure of the aqMutL NTD (ATPase domain) in complex with AMPPCP, they identified Glu29 and Glu32 as interacting with nucleophilic water for the catalysis. The authors carefully dissected the respective roles of these two acidic residues with a series of site-directed mutations. Mutations at Glu29 impaired ATPase activity without affecting protein secondary structure or ATP binding in the case of the E29Q mutant. Moreover, mutations at Glu32 did not affect secondary structure (except for E32G) but reduce ATPase activity. Activity was abolished when both residues (E29Q/E32Q) are mutated.

      The authors extended their study to another GHKL ATPase, aqGyrB. Their findings further supported the cooperative function of the corresponding acidic residues in aqGyrB (Glu48 and Asp51) during ATP hydrolysis. Mutation of these residues partially impaired ATP hydrolysis without affecting protein secondary structure. ATPase activity was completely lost in the double mutant E48Q/D51M. While the E48Q mutant retained the ability to bind ATP, the E48A mutant did not. High-resolution structures of the WT and E48A, E48Q, D51A and D51N mutants of the aqGyrB NTD demonstrated that nucleophilic water positioning depended on these residues. E48 played a dominant role in water positioning and is critical for stabilising ATP lid formation and associated conformational changes, whereas D51 contributed cooperatively to catalysis.

      The authors investigated the functional impact of mutating the corresponding residues in the human MutL homologs PMS2 and MLH1. Clinical variants consistently exhibited reduced or abolished ATPase activity, providing a potential molecular basis for Lynch syndrome, through impaired DNA mismatch repair.

      Lastly, through evolutionary analysis, the authors inferred that the second acidic residue was likely present in the common ancestor of MutL, GyrB, and MORC proteins, but was lost in the case of Hsp90.

      Strengths:

      (1) This study contains a detailed structural and biochemical analysis of a biologically important set of GHKL ATPases. The authors identify a second acidic residue that is conserved and contributes to catalysis in a large subset of GHKL ATPases. An updated and extended mechanistic model of ATP hydrolysis by this class of enzymes is proposed, which involves cooperative and partially overlapping roles for the catalytic residue pair. This revised mechanistic model is invaluable for the interpretation of clinical variants of GHKL ATPases such as PMS2 and MLH1.

      (2) The work described was performed to an excellent and rigorous technical standard. The structural and biochemical data are sound. The evidence supporting the claims is compelling.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The identification in this study of a second acidic residue contributing to catalysis but not absolutely essential for catalysis is a useful finding. However, given that many structures of GHLK ATPases have been determined with different nucleotide analogs bound and that the essential role of the first acidic residue is well established, the importance and scope of the advances described here remain focused within the field of study of GHKL ATPases.

      (2) The authors assessed the consequences of variants in the human MutL homologs PMS2 and MLH1, but various other human GHKL ATPases contain clinically relevant variants, some of which have stronger disease associations than the mutations examined in this study. A broader analysis of any effect of disease-linked mutations in GHKL ATPases would have strengthened this study.

      (3) The effect of other aqMutL NTD E32 mutants, particularly, the E32K mutant on ATP binding remains unclear, although experimental assessment of nucleotide binding would be challenging due to the high protein concentrations required for the equilibrium dialysis assay.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors conducted a carefully constructed experiment to test reorganization in the auditory cortex in deafness in response to task (spatial vs. temporal working memory) and modality (visual vs. somatosensory). They found a complex pattern of results, which included changes to univariate response strength in deafness that differed between the primary and association auditory cortex. HG showed a preference for the somatosensory working memory task, whereas STG/S responded more in both modalities for the temporal task. They further showed multivariate similarity of their results to models representing both task and modality in both groups, which were increased in deafness. Curiously, the task effect was for a sensorily-bound model, which shows mid-level representation, and not high-level task ("metamodal") code.

      Strengths:

      I appreciated the matched design, rigorous analysis, and careful interpretation of the nuanced results.

      Weaknesses:

      Only minor weaknesses: behavior and residual hearing can be better controlled.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Manini and colleagues present an interesting study on the consequences of early deafness on the organization of temporal regions chiefly engaged in audition in hearing people. Mainly relying on representational similarity analyses, they show that the auditory cortex in deaf individuals represents information about task, sensory modality, and somatosensory frequency. Critically, task and modality representations were also found in the auditory cortex of hearing individuals. There were significant differences between groups, implying that these representations are enhanced as a consequence of deafness.

      Overall, I feel that the paper could gain in clarity and impact if the hypothesis space tested in the introduction and discussion was made clearer, if some new analyses were provided to support some claims, and if the authors better matched their conclusions to the observed results.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript examines functional plasticity in auditory cortices of people born deaf (or early deaf). Deaf participants (N=13, all native BSL signers) and hearing controls (N=18) performed a delay-match-to-sample working memory task in visual and somatosensory modalities, attending either to frequency (temporal task) or spatial pattern (spatial task). Using fMRI and univariate and representational similarity analysis (RSA), the authors test what type of information is represented in auditory areas of hearing controls and deaf participants. Different types of tasks and stimulus features are examined, including low-level sensory features (vibration/movement frequency and spatial position of stimuli on screen/hand) as well as task features (attending to space vs. frequency) and stimulus modality (somatosensory vs. visual).

      There are a number of interesting findings. In early auditory cortices (right Heschl's gyrus), only Deaf participants show above baseline responses and only in the somatosensory task. In secondary auditory/multisensory STS, only deaf participants show above-rest responses to both visual and somatosensory stimuli. In RSA analysis, d/Deaf, but not hearing participants, show sensitivity to the frequency of somatosensory vibration when finger position is held constant (SFRm model). RSA in auditory cortices finds sensitivity to sensory modality (visual vs. somatosensory) information in both hearing and deaf participants, with an enhanced effect in the d/Deaf group. A similar d/Deafness enhancement effect was observed for task (frequency vs. spatial) but only within modality, not across, suggesting a less abstract representation.

      Strengths:

      The paper has a number of strengths. Running tasks in multiple modalities in the same study is a technical challenge and adds valuable information, since, as it turns out, early auditory areas of deaf people are sensitive to somatosensory but not visual frequency. Moreover, it makes it possible to look for modality coding.

      The RSA analysis finds sensitivity to task and modality features not detectable with univariate analyses.

      Overall, the findings of differences across modalities (visual and somatosensory) in auditory cortices are very interesting. Having parallel tasks in the two modalities makes it all the more important that only somatosensory stimuli activate HG. The discussion of this finding and ideas about alternative possible paths of somatosensory and visual information to the auditory cortices in d/Deaf individuals is also interesting.

      The authors conclude that there is both evidence for shared and different function across hearing and deaf groups, and this makes sense. It's refreshing that the authors acknowledge that the simplicity dichotomy of preservation vs. change present in the literature and presented in the introduction turns out not to explain the findings.

      Weaknesses:

      The participant sample is not very large, but this is a difficult-to-recruit population, and it is within an acceptable range since the authors have taken care to run a robust study design and collect a large amount of data from each person.

      Some weakness of the paper includes incomplete presentation of the results and conclusions that do not follow from the data.

      The results are presented in a way that makes it hard to track what is significant and how the auditory ROIs are different or similar to the control regions. It is also difficult to connect the written text results with the figures. In some cases, the figures look like there is no significant effect, but the results report that there is one.

      It is not clear that three-way interactions were tested for (e.g., group, by task, by modality). This complicates the interpretation of significant two-way interactions, e.g., task by group. For example, in STG a task by group interaction is reported, but the plot suggests that this is driven primarily by the somatosensory modality.

      The paper suggests that frequency/temporal information is coded in auditory areas of d/Deaf participants but not location/spatial information. This is stated in the Results and in the Discussion as a major point. But this is not quite true in the somatosensory case and not true in the visual case at all, as far as I can tell. In the somatosensory case, since frequency is only coded in a finger-dependent manner, location is in fact coded in this regard. This pattern differs from what is observed in the somatosensory cortex, where frequency is coded in a finger-dependent and independent manner as well as location as such. In the visual case, it seems like temporal, i.e., frequency information, is not coded at all in the auditory ROIs. Although it is also puzzling that visual frequency is not coded in the visual 'control' ROI. An incomplete presentation of results motivates some conclusions that are not warranted, e.g., coding in the auditory cortex reflects a preservation of its function - i.e., frequency but not location coding.

      A second related issue is that some dimensions (e.g., visual frequency, modality-independent task) show no neural response anywhere in the brain, including in the canonical visual, somatosensory, and amodal networks. For these dimensions, the current experiment does not offer a good test. This is fine but should be clearly stated in the results and the Discussion so there is no confusion about which hypotheses are really tested. Right now, the results say things like "the control ROI shows the expected pattern", but in some cases it's more complicated and failures to observe effects constrain what can ultimately be expected in auditory areas. This is okay, but needs to be made clear in the results and discussion, and auditory results need to be interpreted in this context.

      Relatedly, the paper has no whole cortex searchlight analyses, and it is not clear why. If nothing comes out in the small sample of n=13, that is okay, but at least the collapsed hearing and d/Deaf sample data should be shown for each dimension. This will give the reader a sense of what is to be expected and contextualize the results.

      Some claims are made which are not supported by the data: "However, it is likely that the representation of somatosensory frequency in deaf individuals relies on the same mechanisms used to represent auditory temporal frequency in hearing individuals." Likewise, the paper goes on to say, 'the underlying computations might be the same'. True, they might be, but they also might be different. No evidence is presented to support one or the other hypothesis, so both should be stated, and it should be stated that these cannot be distinguished based on the presented data.

      Conclusions-wise, the paper sometimes makes sweeping claims that go well beyond what the evidence supports and fails to provide caveats. The first paragraph of the Discussion states: "Overall, these findings suggest that crossmodal plasticity relies on representational and functional configurations that are present across individuals and modulated by sensory experience." Such a sweeping conclusion about cross-modal plasticity in general is not supported or refuted by the present data. There is no evidence that 'representations' or 'functional configurations' are the same across groups. What are functional configurations? What representations are shared? Second, it is far too general to make claims about 'cross-modal plasticity' based on one study with one population.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The present report describes an investigation into the use of machine learning techniques to improve cross-racial/ethnic performance of brain models of cognitive function. The authors tested several approaches to boost prediction of NIH cognitive toolbox scores using brain imaging data (function, structure) for minoritized (Black) participants in the ABCD Study sample compared to white (majority) participants. Structural (e.g., volume) measures showed the greatest performance gap, and a balanced weighting method showed the greatest performance gain across features. The authors conclude that supervised domain adaptive methods can improve models for cognitive prediction and mitigate cross-racial/ethnic performance disparities.

      Strengths:

      This investigation makes some headway into issues by identifying computational methods that may help to improve some models for limited outcome variables (i.e., general cognitive performance). Addressing racial/ethnic disparities in brain imaging research has significant implications for generalizability of findings and for the practical utility of imaging findings in the wider population. A comparative approach to evaluate the improvements in a "prediction gap" across various methods could have benefits for neuroimaging beyond racial/ethnic disparities. The use of the ABCD Study, given its deep phenotyping of individuals, is also a benefit.

      Weaknesses:

      Despite its strengths, there are several large conceptual and related methodological issues that impact its conclusions and the overall utility of the approach. The sample selection approach limits insight into likely drivers of the performance gap (e.g., socioenvironmental disparities known to exist between groups and associated with neurodevelopment), and in so doing ignores a critical component of understanding racial brain differences, particularly in relation to cognitive functions. Further, while the relative gaps in performance of a single cognitive score across features are well described, the actual performance (and therefore relative benefit to these techniques) is unclear. Specific examples include the following.

      (1) The overarching conceptual issue with the manuscript is a lack of engagement with a substantial and growing evidence base on the drivers of racial disparities in brain imaging which impact model performance. Racial/ethnic groups in the US (and other regions of the world) are not equivalent in terms of developmental environments that shape brain function and structure (see Harnett et al., 2023, Neuropsychopharmacology; Ricard et al., 2023, Nature Neuroscience; Cardenas-Iniguez & Gonzalez, 2024, Nature Neuroscience for some overview here). The socioenvironmental disparities inherent to race in the US further shape cognitive development and brain associations with cognitive performance (e.g., Marek et al., 2025, Science). The framing of the manuscript focuses almost exclusively on broad sampling issues, and in doing so treats racial/ethnic variability as if it reflects statistical abnormality rather than a critical component of understanding human brain development. This lack of contextualizing racial disparities significantly impacts the overall utility of the proposed approach and the conclusions of the manuscript.

      (2) In relation to the above, another conceptual issue in this approach of using a majority to inform minority brain associations with cognitive variables is an assumption that minority brain patterns should match the majority, rather than developmental stressors inducing alternative brain-weighting to predict outcomes. This framework does not assess this possibility and may in fact obscure such an outcome, limiting our inferences into neurodevelopment.

      (3) Another conceptual/methodological issue here is the use of "matched groups" for analysis. The specifics of matching are fairly vague, but given the description one would assume the w/B groups are matched on a number of behavioral/socioenvironmental variables, which is a significant issue for interpretability and applicability. As noted, w/B groups in the US (and the ABCD Study) differ substantially across variables; matching has the likely consequence of creating a highly non-generalizable sample, particularly when the minority group is restricted to N = 10.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      In the manuscript "Supervised domain adaptation mitigates cross-ethnicity prediction errors in neuroimaging-based cognitive prediction", the authors investigated the efficacy of data adaptation techniques to reduce ethnicity-related prediction bias in neuroimaging-based cognitive prediction. They found that data adaptation algorithms, particularly balanced weighting, contributed to mitigating ethnicity-related performance disparities. Furthermore, these bias mitigations could be achieved without requiring a large set of data from the underrepresented ethnic group. This study addressed an important concern in the field of neuroimaging-based behaviour prediction, providing many intriguing results. Nevertheless, the manuscript also suffers from a lack of coherent methods design, the unorganised presentation of information, and the lack of in-depth discussion of results.

      The conclusions claimed by the authors are sometimes over-generalised and not fully supported by the study outcomes. Overall, this study demonstrated strong technical designs and convincing statistical analysis for the main outcomes, although clearer presentation would be needed to convey the messages in the manuscript.

      The central investigation of this study is whether domain adaptation techniques improve ethnicity-related performance disparities. However, these improvements were only measured against a very weak baseline model, where a small set of African American (AA) subjects were added to the training sample consisting purely of White American (WA) subjects. While the authors recognised that balancing the training sample could already mitigate the ethnicity-related disparities, they considered that such approaches are unfeasible in their experimental scenario, where only a small amount of AA data were available. However, as Li et al. (2022) showed, a balanced sample of around 90-150 AA subjects could already reduce the ethnicity-related bias. Even from a practical standpoint, this balanced sample approach would be a more valid baseline for domain adaptation models to compare against.

      The authors made two main conclusions: that domain adaptation methods reduced ethnicity-related bias, and that balanced weighting performed the best and the most stably. Both claims were over-generalised to some extent. First, the adaptation benefit claimed in the first conclusion is not seen in the functional connectivity (FC) modality, which is the most popular modality for neuroimaging-based prediction of behaviour. This difference in adaptation benefit across modalities is an important finding that is meaningful for future studies, the omission of which also removes interesting insights that the audience could take away from this article.

      Second, the judgement of prediction performance is based on the area under the improvement curve (AUIC) metric, which summarises a model's performance across different availability of labelled AA data. As a result, the analysis of prediction performance naturally favours algorithms that could perform well with a small amount of added AA data. On the one hand, this provides an easy decision point for users to pick an algorithm to use without being concerned about data availability. On the other hand, important insights could be overlooked with the oversimplified recommendation of balanced weighting. As the authors have also observed, in some cases, domain adaptation strategies do not improve ethnicity-related bias more than the non-adaptation baseline. If the message is to recommend simple, low-cost strategies to reduce ethnicity-related prediction bias, it would be misleading not to note that the simplest and lowest-cost strategy could also be non-adaptation methods sometimes.

      Regardless, for the general audience, the underlying assumptions when interpreting the AUIC metric are not immediately clear, which could cause the conclusions to be misleading. Apart from aggregating over different amounts of available AA data, the statistical comparison of AUIC gain across data adaptation algorithms also did not account for the impact of brain phenotype modalities. Even though the upstream analyses have confirmed that adaptation benefits vary greatly across brain modalities, this major observation was not followed in the final analysis where conclusions were made about which algorithm performed the best. Based on visual inspection of Figure 3b, it may be suspected that PRED performed better than or comparably to balanced weighting when task contrasts based on the Destrieux atlas were used.

      Finally, the findings from this study align with the common hypothesis that ethnicity-related prediction bias originates from disparities already manifested during data collection and preprocessing. As the authors have noted, the modalities with the most tendency for ethnicity-related bias are the anatomical ones, including all three volume-based modalities (cortical volume, T1 and T2 subcortical volume) in the top ten phenotypes with the largest performance gap. Most prominently, brain features in the occipital pole, frontal pole, and a range of subcortical areas were found to contribute highly to adaptation gain. Subcortical areas are often reported to show noisier measurements compared to cortical areas, whereas the poles of the brain are likely more strongly warped/distorted during alignment to a standard template. From a data quality perspective, these results support the interpretation that ethnicity-related prediction bias may stem from loss of data quality during data collection or preprocessing. In the prediction models based on anatomical brain features, data adaptation methods may have helped to address these disparities in the data, without the more resource-intensive need to improve the bias in preprocessing pipelines.

      Li, J., Bzdok, D., Chen, J., ... Genon, S. (2022). Cross-ethnicity/race generalization failure of behavioral prediction from resting-state functional connectivity. Science Advances, 8(11), eabj1812.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      The manuscript frames its work in fairness and disparities but does not show or directly test that its approach decreases differences between White and African Americans. While it is stated that the objective is not to equalize performance across groups, large parts of the paper repeatedly claim that the methods mitigate cross-ethnicity disparities and improve fairness. Improving prediction in African American participants relative to a non-adapted model is not necessarily the same as reducing the disparity between African American and White American participants. The adapted model should be evaluated in both groups, and the post-adaptation performance gap should be reported directly.

      Additional prediction performance measures are needed. For example, in Li et al, different results and conclusions are made with MSE and the correlation between observed and predicted variables. In that paper particularly, aggression measures showed better correlation in African Americans but better MSE in White Americans. Such differences are important to note as they likely suggest different mechanisms.

      Similarly, characteristics of the cognitive outcome need to be understood. For example, differences in MSE or MAE may reflect a difference in variance between the groups. The group with a larger variance will have a larger MSE. Correlation or other performance measures that are invariant to different mean or variance shifts can be helpful here.

      While the authors note that for the paper they treat racial and ethnic backgrounds interchangeably, I do not think that is the best given the differences between them and the impact and history they have in American culture. Overall, the authors likely need to do a better job conceptualizing their results in the history of minoritized populations in the United States. It is immensely important not to treat them as biological domains without considerable qualification and to avoid language implying that observed domain differences are intrinsic properties of racial groups.

      Changes in feature weight are not a proper way to identify the mechanisms of improved performance. At most, these analyses characterize how model coefficients change when target-group data are incorporated or upweighted.

      The cross-validation strategy is suboptimal. First, the use of the matched splits of the ABCD data introduces data leakage. To match a validation set to the training set in such a manner requires that each split knows about the other split's characteristics. That is data leakage. Though the impact could be small. Second, African American breakdowns are not balanced across sites and scanners. Domain adaption methods may be learning a shortcut or proxy for African American like site, scanner, or something else. A likely better approach would be some sort of leave X sites out approach, where a model is trained on White Americans from a set of sites, adapted with African Americans from those sites, and applied (with and without adaptation) to the White and African Americans from the left-out sites.

      Baseline models for comparisons to the domain adaptation are missing. Some simpler ones include a target-only model trained on the same 10-100 African American participants and a pooled model with a group indicator and group-by-feature interaction. Without these comparisons, it is difficult to know whether balanced weighting is learning target-specific neurobiological information or merely recalibrating the prediction distribution.

      There are a few statistical issues:

      (1) The repeated MAE estimates are therefore not independent observations. Paired t-tests cannot be applied across repetitions. Subject-level bootstrap or permutation procedures that repeat the complete training and testing process are needed

      (2) The caption describes approximate 95% confidence intervals as {plus minus}1.96 × SD/n. Conventionally, the standard error would involve SD/sqrt(n). However, even if corrected, there would still be issues about the dependence among the overlapping resamples.

      (3) Ten repetitions are likely insufficient, especially in the case of ten target participants. Results at n = 10 may be extremely sensitive to which children are selected. The authors should use substantially more repetitions and report the full distribution of results.

      (4) The Friedman and Wilcoxon comparisons treat the 80 imaging phenotypes as the observational units. These phenotypes are highly dependent because they are derived from the same participants, many use overlapping images, and numerous task contrasts and structural measures are strongly correlated. This non-independence can make the comparison among adaptation methods look much more precise than it is. A hierarchical analysis by modality or a resampling strategy that preserves dependence among phenotypes would be more appropriate.

      (5) The gap metric and AUIC are difficult to interpret. Gap is the absolute relative difference between target-group and source-group MAE, normalized by source-group MAE. It is sensitive to the denominator and may produce large values whenever source-group. MAE is relatively small. Reporting signed raw MAE differences and MAE ratios alongside this derived score would help. Similarly, the AUIC combines errors with an arbitrary sequence of target-sample sizes. IStatistically significant differences in AUIC do not necessarily indicate practically meaningful differences among methods.

      (6) The correlation between baseline gap and adaptation gain is partly tautological. Those with the widest gaps have the most room for improvement and likely thus show the greatest improvement. While still of value, the authors may want to tone down their interpretation of the correlation and describe its limitation.

      (7) Given that the sample sizes vary from approximately 4,000 to more than 11,000 depending on modality, the authors may want to consider a reduced sample matched in size across modalities. It is hard to fully know if the conclusion that connectivity is more robust given the wide-scale differences in sample size and feature dimensionality.

      (8) PLS are sensitive to many factors like scaling and collinearity. Many recent papers have been written about their limitations when used for subtyping. Some of these hold for prediction too. I think showing the results are consistent with different prediction algorithms is needed. SVR and ridge regression are two common methods for regression prediction with neuroimaging data.

      (9) The feature interpretation is partly circular. The method with the largest performance gain is selected, and its coefficient changes are then used to explain that gain. A method designed to give target observations greater influence will unsurprisingly change its coefficients more than naïve inclusion.

      (10) The practical and ethical deployment scenario is underspecified. Supervised adaptation requires labelled cognitive outcomes from the target population and, as currently framed, may require choosing a model based on an individual's racial category. What are the implications of deploying race-specific models that need to be considered? It is not self-evident that this approach is preferable to developing a broadly representative model or directly modeling the social and technical sources of distribution shift.

      (11) The paper is worded and interpreted much too strongly. The current study supports the conclusion that, within ABCD, giving a small labelled target-group sample greater influence can sometimes improve held-out target-group MAE relative to naïvely adding the same participants. It does not yet establish that the method improves fairness or identifies mechanisms of racial bias. Likewise, the abstract and conclusion overstate the results. The abstract states that all adaptation methods reduced target-group prediction error, while the Results show near-zero or negative benefits for several functional-connectivity phenotypes and instability of PRED and interpolation below 30 target participants. Similarly, "substantially reduce disparities," "improve equity," "consistently," and "practical path forward" are stronger than the analyses support. Finally, the limitations section is incomplete and omits the more consequential limitations.

      (11) That only ten labelled participants are needed to change the results is troubling. This is a shockingly low number. Giving ten target observations disproportionate influence can move the fitted model, particularly when the balanced-weighting ratio is high. A measurable MAE change is therefore possible, but it may reflect a shift in intercept or slope rather than learning a stable target-group brain-cognition relationship. Further, the manuscript does not report the numerical improvement for the n = 10 condition in the text or a table. Visual inspection of Figure 4 suggests reductions of roughly 0.10-0.25 standardized MAE units for some high-gap structural phenotypes, approximately 10-20%, while low-gap connectivity phenotypes show little or no gain.

      (12) The study lacks genuine external validation, which may be needed to fully convince readers that such a low number of subjects is needed to reduce biases.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper leverages 7T fMRI data from the Natural Scenes Dataset to investigate whether retinotopic coding the position-selective organization of visual responses structures spontaneous resting-state interactions between the Default Network (DN) and the Dorsal Attention Network (dATN). Using individualized network parcellations and population receptive field (pRF) modeling, the authors show that DN voxels can be split into two subpopulations based on their response to visual stimulation: those with position-specific positive BOLD responses (+pRFs) and those with position-specific negative BOLD responses (-pRFs). Critically, these subpopulations relate differently to the dATN during rest: -pRFs are anticorrelated with the dATN, +pRFs are positively correlated, and non-retinotopic DN voxels show no coupling. The anticorrelation (and positive correlation) is enhanced when DN and dATN voxels share visual field preferences. An event-triggered analysis suggests that retinotopic coding shapes both "top-down" (DN-initiated) and "bottom-up" (dATN-initiated) spontaneous activity transients, supporting the claim that the retinotopic scaffold is intrinsic to the DN. These findings challenge the prevailing view of global DN-dATN antagonism and suggest retinotopic coding as an organizing principle for cross-network communication.

      Strengths:

      The central finding that what looks like network-level independence between DN and dATN decomposes into structured, bivalent interactions organized by voxel-level visual field preferences is a compelling demonstration that macro-scale network descriptions can hide meaningful substructure. The logic of the analysis is clean: pRF properties are estimated from retinotopic mapping data and then used to predict resting-state coupling in completely independent scanning sessions. This cross-session, cross-modality design rules out many circularity concerns.

      The use of individualized multi-session hierarchical Bayesian parcellation (Kong et al.) to define DN and dATN boundaries within each subject is the right methodological choice for this question. Network boundaries in posterior cortex, where DN and dATN interdigitate most closely, vary considerably across individuals, and group-average approaches would introduce exactly the kind of misassignment that would most confound the result.

      The matched-vs-random pRF analysis is well-controlled. The authors demonstrate that cortical distance between matched and randomly matched dATN pRFs does not differ, effectively ruling out spatial proximity on the cortical surface as a confound. tSNR controls further show that signal quality differences do not drive the effect.

      The event-triggered analysis (Figure 3) is creative and adds genuine value. Showing that retinotopically-specific coupling persists during DN-initiated activity transients not only dATN-initiated ones is the key piece of evidence for the claim that the code is intrinsic to the DN rather than passively inherited through bottom-up visual drive.

      The result is observed consistently across all individual participants, which provides strong evidence for the robustness of the qualitative pattern despite the small sample size inherent to densely sampled designs.

      Comments on revised version:

      I'm content with the additional analyses and alterations to the writing that the authors have performed. I'm convinced that this work will spawn a very productive thread in the literature.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Using a public dataset of retinotopic mapping and resting-state data, the authors find that the default mode network has voxels that respond (positively or negatively) to visual stimulation at specific retinotopic positions, and that resting-state activity in these voxels is correlated with activity in more traditional sensory voxels with the same visual-location preference. The retinotopic specificity is bidirectional, such that high activity in default mode voxels drives activity only in voxels with matching receptive fields in sensory cortex, and vice versa. These findings are at odds with traditional views of the default mode network as having abstract (non-retinotopic) representations and competing (rather than cooperating) with external sensory representations.

      Strengths:

      This study continues an intriguing line of research about how default mode regions interact with sensory cortex. Demonstrating that there are structured interactions between these regions at rest, and that these interactions are in fact organized according to retinotopic location (as opposed to traditional views of representational format in the default mode network), provides a new framework for thinking about large-scale internal and external brain networks. The authors make use of a well-powered public dataset that allows for precise estimates of pRFs and individual-specific resting-state networks and develop a number of interesting analyses that characterize the relationships between DN and dATN voxels. The findings are exciting and could have a major impact on future studies in cognitive neuroimaging.

      The authors mention that these findings could shed light on internal/external interactions such as "anticipatory saccades or memory-guided attention," which is true, though I would argue that constructing DN representations of external stimuli is in fact even more fundamental than these specific cases (e.g. see Barnett and Bellana, 2025, "Situation models and the default mode network"). The "highways" identified in this study could play a vital role in real-world perceptual processes that are constantly translating external input into internal mental models.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The criterion used for defining voxels as retinotopic seems very liberal. The authors show that only 5% of voxels have R^2>0.14 in a null analysis and therefore define voxels with R^2>0.14 as retinotopic. Although all the networks in Fig 1C show voxel distributions that differ from the null, the number of false positives above R^2>0.14 seems problematic, especially for the DN positive pRFs (red distribution) and to a lesser extent the DN negative pRFs (blue distribution). From visual inspection of the plot, the false discovery rate (fraction of voxels labeled as retinotopic that are false positives) looks like it would be greater than 50% for the DN positive pRFs. The authors do show that the positive pRF voxels have above-chance consistency across runs and also show in a supplementary analysis (Fig S5) that applying a stricter R^2 criterion yields similar results. These help to mitigate this concern, providing evidence that there are true positive voxels in this set which are driving the effects.

      (2) The claim that "voxel-level visual response profiles shape DN-dATN coupling during spontaneous resting-state activity" is well-supported for specific sub-groups of DN voxels, though it is unclear whether the overall DN-dATN correlation at rest is primarily driven by the pRF-tuned voxels investigated in this study.

      (3) The event-triggered analysis is effective at testing the bidirectional relationship between DN and dATN, with high activity in either network triggering a response in the other network. However, it would be helpful to show more validation that these "events" are meaningful windows of time to study, and that 13 TRs a typical length of time that activity is elevated during one of these events.

      (4) The framing of this paper relative to the authors past work, such as Steel et al. 2024 ("A retinotopic code structures the interaction between perception and memory systems") could be improved. The primary novelty here is that this paper examines resting-state data and individually defined whole-brain networks, showing that there are widespread spontaneous interactions between broad internal and external networks, but this distinction is not made explicit in the Introduction.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This paper addresses an important question (relationship between DN and dATN, and the role of retinotopic coding) and uses a set of novel analyses.

      Strengths:

      Important question, novel analytical approaches (pRF-informed functional connectivity analysis).

      Weaknesses:

      Some of the analyses are not described with sufficient clarity, especially the final analysis related to Fig. 3.

      Comments on revised version.

      Related to my previous comment 3), the removal of the labels "bottom-up" and "top-down" in the final analysis is a big improvement. However, I still don't fully understand how the 10 most aligned pRFs and the 10 most anti-matched pRFs are selected. The methods section on this has some ambiguity: "the 10 with the smallest Euclidean distance in RF center (x,y)". Does this mean that these are the pRFs closest to fovea? If not, what is the Euclidean distance referring to? Likewise, I don't understand how the anti-matched voxels are selected. This makes the interpretation of Fig 3 difficult.

      My previous comment about baseline activation was to compare the matched voxels with randomly selected voxels, instead of with anti-matched voxels. The authors responded that there was a technical difficulty with this.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Forbes et al. developed an integrated approach to identify cis-regulatory elements (CREs) in the large (3.6 Gbp) genome of the crustacean Parhyale hawaiensis, addressing the challenge of pinpointing these regions among large regions of non-coding sequences. They combined ATAC-seq chromatin accessibility profiling (both bulk and single-nucleus) across embryonic and adult tissues with low-coverage genome sequencing of three congeneric species (P. aquilina, P. darvishi, P. plumicornis). Without assembling congener genomes, they mapped reads with low stringency to the P. hawaiensis reference, identifying about 55k conserved islands that overlap ATAC peaks more than expected by chance. This dual filter was used to select CRE candidates for transgenic reporter validation, yielding 6 functional elements (out of 11 tested) driving ubiquitous, neuronal, or muscle-specific expression, a major advance for non-model systems with large genomes.

      Strengths:

      Forbes et al. generated high-quality ATAC data across multiple scales. Using bulk ATAC-seq (from whole embryos, developing and adult legs) they identified tens of thousands of open chromatin peaks across the assembled P. hawaiensis large genome. Moreover, using single-nucleus ATAC-seq from adult legs, they could resolve differentially accessible chromatin profiles across more than 15 cell types previously identified by scRNA-seq, enabling cell-type-specific candidate selection.

      Furthermore, their innovative low-coverage comparative genomics method mapped 0.46-6.4% of congener reads to P. hawaiensis without genome assembly, revealing hundreds of thousands of conserved non-coding islands, including about 55k showing conservation in all four species, far exceeding random expectation.

      Using the developed approach, the authors could validate 6 (out of 11 candidates) reporter constructs, driving robust ubiquitous and tissue-specific expression, succeeding where prior promoter-only screening failed and providing immediately useful genetic tools for the Parhyale community.

      Weaknesses:

      The primary limitation is that functional CRE testing was performed only in P. hawaiensis. While the conservation maps provide a valuable resource for comparative analyses, functional validation in congener species was not performed, so the extent to which the identified CREs or the prioritization strategy can be functionally generalized across related species remains to be established.

      The approach did not successfully identify developmental CREs among the candidates tested. None of the candidates selected using the combined ATAC-seq and conservation filtering drove reporter expression matching the expected endogenous patterns. The authors appropriately discuss possible technical and biological explanations.

      Overall Assessment:

      Forbes et al. fully succeed with their integrated approach to (1) generate an ATAC-seq atlas plus functional CRE discovery and (2) innovative low-coverage sequencing for conservation mapping in the large 3.6 Gbp genome of Parhyale hawaiensis. Their combination of ATAC-seq chromatin accessibility profiling (bulk and single-nucleus) across embryonic and adult tissues with low-coverage genome sequencing of three congeneric species (P. aquilina, P. darvishi, P. plumicornis), without congener genome assembly, drastically shrank the CRE search space. Using this approach, the authors could validate six out of 11 candidate transgenic reporters (ubiquitous, neuronal, and muscle-specific) where prior promoter-only screening failed.

      The low-coverage mapping innovation cuts cost and labour while snATAC-seq provides cell-type resolution, making these resources valuable for building new genetic and imaging tools in Parhyale.

      This compelling method also has the potential to enable labs with limited resources to identify and characterize regulatory elements in more non-model organisms, advancing our understanding of their evolution while establishing a scalable pipeline for large-genome systems.

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have adequately addressed all my previous comments. I have no further specific suggestions or requests.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The manuscript by Forbes, Skafida, Karapidaki et al. concerns the in-silico identification of cis-regulatory elements (CREs) in large genomes using chromatin accessibility (ATAC-seq) and sequence conservation (genomic DNA sequencing) data. They exemplify this method by applying it to identify novel CREs in Parhyale hawaiensis, which they validated using reporter constructs.

      The results are convincing and are well supported by the data and validations. Identified CREs are valuable for researchers interested in the regulation of the expression of genes they control.

      The methodology on the whole is also valid, as suggested by the results and previous publications on various taxa. Sequence conservation, as stated by the authors, was long used as a method to identify regions of non-coding DNA with functional and evolutionary constraints. The same applies to ATAC-seq data, which has also been used as a proxy for functional regions in different animals such as sea urchins and amphioxus. The methodology proposed is likely to be successfully used by researchers working on a variety of experimental organisms.

      The authors do not use existing genome assemblies and use short-read sequencing to identify conserved regions, and while it is not conceptually novel, such an approach is becoming more and more viable and useful considering the recent advances in next generation sequencing technology and the decrease in price of short-read sequencing.

      The authors have addressed and discussed the limitations and weaknesses of the approach as well as explicitly indicated the advantages.

      All in all, the authors provide a valid method to strengthen CRE identification via sequence conservation without the need of multiple complete close species genome assemblies, making it a compelling option for non-model organism research.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Forbes et al. present a new approach for identifying cis-regulatory elements in large genomes. Using Parhyale hawaiensis, a crustacean with a large genome (~3.6 Gb, comparable in size to the human genome), the authors show that current methods for identifying cis-regulatory elements, effective in smaller genomes, are markedly inefficient in organisms with large genomes. To address this limitation, they combine bulk ATAC-seq and single-cell (sc) ATAC-seq to identify chromatin regions that are either ubiquitously accessible or specifically accessible in particular cell types. They further integrate comparative genomics across multiple Parhyale species (P. hawaiensis, P. aquilina, and P. darvishi), selected at appropriate phylogenetic distances (20-95 million years divergence), to pinpoint conserved open chromatin regions likely under functional constraint.

      Using this strategy, the authors predict a set of ubiquitous and cell-type-specific cis-regulatory elements. Importantly, they validate these predictions using rigorous transgenic reporter assays, convincingly demonstrating that their approach can successfully identify functional regulatory elements where previous methods had failed.

      Strengths:

      The approach introduced by Forbes et al. is conceptually straightforward, efficient, and readily transferable to other organisms. The validation experiments show not only that a substantial proportion of the predicted elements are functional, but also that the method is capable of identifying both ubiquitous and cell-type-specific regulatory elements. Given that the identification of regulatory regions remains a major bottleneck in understanding the molecular mechanisms underlying processes of development and regeneration, this work has the potential to make a significant impact in developmental and regeneration biology, particularly for studies involving non-model organisms with large genomes.

      An additional strength is the demonstration that only the genome of the focal species requires high-quality sequencing and assembly. In contrast, species used solely for comparative analysis can be sequenced at low coverage without assembly, substantially reducing costs and increasing the accessibility of the approach.

      Weaknesses:

      While the method is effective in identifying regulatory elements that are active ubiquitously or in differentiated cell types, it failed in detecting elements associated with developmentally regulated genes. This may be due to trivial reasons, such as very low level of expression of the selected genes. However, as acknowledged by the authors, it may also indicate inherent challenges in identifying regulatory elements associated with developmentally dynamic gene regulation, compared to those associated with genes expressed in differentiated cell types.

      A second limitation, also acknowledged by the authors, is the absence of chromatin conformation capture data, which would help link distal regulatory elements to their target genes. This limitation may be particularly relevant for developmentally regulated genes, where long-range regulatory interactions may be critical.

      Addressing these limitations will be an important direction for future work. Nonetheless, the approach as presented in this manuscript represents a key contribution that sets the stage for further methodological advances in the identification of cis-regulatory elements in large genomes.

      Comments on revised version.

      I am fully satisfied with the current version of the manuscript.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The article is testing the relative advantages of plant lineages with differing ploidy and admixture across environmental gradients. The results show that intraspecific variation in ploidy and admixture between lineages impacts plant traits that may enable persistence and range expansion.

      Strengths:

      Suitable marker panel size and strong results that include attempts to analyse mixed ploidy level data which is a challenge.

      Weaknesses:

      The sample sizes of the common garden experiments are very low making it difficult to draw robust conclusions.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors used single-nucleus RNA sequencing (snRNA-seq) to investigate accelerated tooth replacement following tooth plucking in cichlid fish. They analyzed four stages of regeneration using elegant and well-designed approaches to characterize cellular trajectories and interactions within the dental epithelium and mesenchyme during the accelerated replacement process. Their analyses identified cell type-specific gene expression profiles and intercellular signaling interactions associated with whole-tooth regeneration.

      Strengths:

      This is a highly interesting and thoughtfully executed study that provides compelling and convincing insights into the mechanisms underlying accelerated tooth regeneration.

      Comments on revised version.

      I noted in my initial review that "the manuscript currently lacks experimental validation of the single-nucleus RNA-seq data." In response, the authors have added a statement indicating that their cell-type annotations and pathway interpretations are supported by extensive prior experimental work in the cichlid tooth model, including histology, in situ hybridization, immunohistochemistry, and pharmacological perturbation of major developmental pathways. They have also acknowledged this limitation in the Study Limitations and Future Directions section, stating that direct experimental validation of the single-nucleus RNA-seq findings will be the focus of future studies.

      The authors have carefully addressed my comments, particularly the Major Points (2), (3), and (4), as well as all of the Minor Points. I appreciate their efforts to further characterize the mesenchymal landscape surrounding the putative successional lamina and to provide additional evidence supporting the presence of a specialized stromal microenvironment associated with tooth regeneration. Overall, the revisions have substantially strengthened the manuscript.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mubeen and colleagues study the cellular basis of tooth regeneration in cichlid fish. Using an elegant tooth plunking strategy followed by single nucleus RNA-sequencing, the authors were hoping to achieve an atlas of cellular and transcriptional changes that occur within and between cells during whole tooth replacement.

      Strengths:

      The major strengths of the methods and results are high novelty in the approach in a vertebrate with continuous tooth replacement, the temporal analysis of analyzing at plucking and three later time points, the thorough and sophisticated analysis of the snRNA-seq data including the inferring of trajectories and signaling events, and the robust signal of transcriptional differences induced by tooth plucking.

      Weaknesses:

      The major weaknesses of the methods and results are no validation of any of the inferred cell types, no functional tests of whether any of the changes in signaling pathways affect the plucking-induced tooth replacement process, and perhaps no clear take-away message for biologists not necessarily interested in tooth replacement.

      Conclusions:

      The authors achieved their aims of identifying the changes in gene expression and cellular composition that occur during whole tooth replacement accelerated by plucking. Overall, the results support their conclusions, although some slight semantic qualifiers should probably be added (e.g. referring to "cell types" as "putative cell types").

      The work should have high impact in the field of tooth and organ regeneration, and the novel methodological paradigm established here of accelerating tooth replacement three-fold by plucking has great promise for future follow up studies to further study this process. The work also could have strong impact by the computational methods used here to infer trajectories and signaling interactions. Specific pathways, genes, and cell types could be tested in other fish such as zebrafish to test function during tooth replacement.

      The work is unique and interdisciplinary and also has significance by establishing that robust phenotypically plastic accelerations in regeneration rates occur upon tooth removal. There are very few studies like this one that combine genetic x environmental studies of regeneration. The result that three different species of cichlid fish that normally have very different tooth patterns all accelerate tooth replacement threefold upon tooth plucking also has significance in revealing a highly conserved plucking response.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, Barré et al utilize the Gp1ba-Cre transgenic mouse model to build upon previous findings in a Pf4-Cre system to investigate the effects of individual and combined Shp1 and Shp2 deletion in megakaryocytes and platelets. They report decreased megakaryocyte maturation, macrothrombocytopenia, and increased blood loss primarily in association with the Shp1/Shp2 double-knockout condition. The authors further show that this phenotype appears to be driven primarily by Shp2 and implicate dysregulation of Tpo signaling and downstream Ras/MAPK pathways, including ERK1/2. They propose that Shp1 may be functioning through a distinct pathway that has yet to be identified, opening up areas for future study.

      Strengths:

      Overall, the experiments combine in vitro, in vivo, and ex vivo approaches and appear to have been carefully designed and carried out, with multiple technical and biological replicates where relevant. The authors make a compelling argument for using the Gp1ba-Cre as opposed to the Pf4-Cre system and demonstrate both the dose- and stage-dependent effects of Shp1 and Shp2 on megakaryopoiesis and thrombopoiesis. They find that Shp1 and Shp2 are required in late-stage megakaryocyte maturation and that even low levels of expression compared to baseline are likely sufficient to yield generally normal megakaryocytes. Their findings also lead to specific future directions, such as the mechanism by which Shp1 regulates megakaryopoiesis and thrombopoiesis that is distinct from Tpo-mediated signaling. Figure 8 is particularly effective in summarizing the different models and pathways presented.

      Weaknesses:

      The effects of Shp1 and Shp2 knockouts are described as "synergistic," but it is not always clear that the effects are synergistic vs. additive, especially as the specific mechanism by which Shp1 functions in megakaryocyte development has yet to be identified. On a more minor point, although a significant part of the introduction focuses on the role of Mpl signaling in human disease, there is ultimately limited reference to Mpl (although there is of course a strong focus on Tpo) and the potential clinical implications of the findings presented here.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study provides valuable evidence that hilar mossy cells play important roles in maintaining the structural organization of the dentate gyrus and regulating the maturation of adult-born granule cells. The evidence for the structural reorganization and for the accelerated dendritic maturation of adult-born granule cells is convincing: it rests on converging anatomical, viral tract-tracing, retroviral birth-dating, and electrophysiological measurements, with appropriate controls for viral spread, off-target CA3 expression, and axonal degeneration. Support for the study's broader interpretive claim - that the dentate circuit functionally compensates for mossy cell loss - is incomplete. That claim rests on two null results obtained under baseline conditions (home-cage cFos and PTZ seizure metrics) in small cohorts, without behavioral assessment and without a stimulus-driven activity readout, and the manuscript does not engage with published work showing that mossy cells regulate neural stem cell activation and are required for stimulus-evoked neurogenic and behavioral responses.

      Strengths:

      (1) The study is technically rigorous and employs multiple complementary approaches, including selective genetic manipulations, viral tracing, immunohistochemistry, retroviral labeling of adult-born neurons, electrophysiology, and anatomical analyses. The comparison between complete mossy cell ablation and chronic synaptic silencing is particularly powerful, allowing the authors to examine the significant role of mossy cells in structural and functional organization in the dentate gyrus.

      (2) One of the most notable findings is the identification of a previously unrecognized collapse of the inner molecular layer following extensive mossy cell ablation. This observation substantially expands current understanding of dentate gyrus structural plasticity. The demonstration that adult-born granule cells undergo accelerated dendritic maturation after both mossy cell loss and silencing also provides important insight into how mossy cells regulate adult neurogenesis.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) The functional significance of the observed structural remodeling remains incompletely addressed. Mossy cells have been strongly implicated in pattern separation, spatial information, and emotional behavior, yet no behavioral analyses were conducted. Consequently, it remains unclear whether the dramatic anatomical changes observed following mossy cell ablation translate into meaningful behavioral alterations.

      (2) The conclusion that the dentate gyrus exhibits remarkable homeostatic compensation is reasonable but remains indirect. Although cFos expression and PTZ-induced seizure susceptibility are unchanged despite altered E:I balance, the mechanisms responsible for maintaining network stability are not investigated. Additional analyses of inhibitory circuit remodeling or compensatory synaptic adaptations would strengthen this conclusion.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors examine how hilar mossy cells (MCs) influence adult-born dentate granule cell (abDGC) maturation and dentate gyrus (DG) structural integrity. Using both MC ablation and chronic functional silencing, they find that lacking MC inputs accelerates early abDGC maturation without altering mature cellular or intrinsic properties. MC silencing specifically decreased inner molecular layer (IML) spine density, whereas MC ablation led to IML collapse and an increased E/I ratio. However, neither intervention altered overall network excitability (measured via c-Fos and seizure induction) or seizure thresholds. These results advance our understanding of DG circuit plasticity during neurodegeneration.

      Strengths:

      (1) The side-by-side comparison of ablation vs. silencing provides a clear distinction between structural synapse loss and functional inactivation.

      (2) The multi-level analysis spanning structural anatomy, single-cell physiology, and network-level assays yields a rich, comprehensive dataset.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) Measuring composite E/I ratios without parsing isolated EPSCs and IPSCs limits direct evaluation of MC-driven excitatory inputs. Furthermore, electrical stimulation in the IML likely recruits local interneuron axons directly alongside MC fibers, complicating the attribution of these responses solely to feed-forward MC circuits.

      (2) The dramatic structural reorganization and IML collapse observed following MC ablation make it difficult to attribute changes in the E/I ratio purely to functional synaptic remodeling rather than physical circuit distortion.

      (3) Layer boundary shifts following MC ablation complicate the interpretation of site-specific spine density (Figure 4); without accounting for IML collapse, classifying spine loss purely by traditional layer boundaries rather than proximal vs. distal dendrites may obscure local structural changes.

      (4) The convulsive dosing protocol used for the seizure threshold test lacks the sensitivity required to reveal subtle changes in excitability.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript addresses how internally generated evaluative signals can arise during self-guided learning in the absence of external reward. Using zebra finch song learning as a model system, the authors propose that tutor-song memorization and vocal performance evaluation are not separate processes, but instead emerge from a shared local circuit that learns to predictively cancel tutor-song-related auditory input. The comparison across several candidate circuit architectures, the quantitative comparison to experimental calcium imaging data, and the decomposition of the learned recurrent connectivity into modes shaping the error landscape are all strong aspects of the work. The final demonstration that the learned error signal can guide a downstream reinforcement learning agent also provides a useful proof of principle.

      Strengths:

      The idea that tutor-song memorization and performance evaluation can emerge from a shared predictive-cancellation circuit is interesting, and the combination of circuit modeling, comparison to experimental data, and error-landscape analysis is compelling.

      Weaknesses:

      (1) A central conclusion of the manuscript is that the E→I→E model best matches experimental data. This establishes model fit, but it does not yet explain why E→I and I→E plasticity are important for tutor-song cancellation and error-signal formation. Does E→I plasticity primarily teach the inhibitory population to represent tutor-song-related excitatory activity? Does I→E plasticity then implement the negative image required to cancel expected excitatory responses? Does the closed E/I loop primarily control gain, shift the minimum of the error landscape, or both? A useful analysis would be to compare models in which only E→I synapses are plastic, only I→E synapses are plastic, both are plastic, or neither is plastic.

      (2) The analysis in Fig. 5 does not yet explain how the identified modes arise from the specific E→I/I→E plasticity mechanism. For example, are the landscape modes mainly produced by E/I gain-control dynamics? Are the memory modes related to an inhibitory negative image of the tutor song? Are these modes localized to particular blocks of the recurrent connectivity, such as E→I or I→E weights, or are they distributed across the full network?

      (3) The manuscript emphasizes the emergence of sparse population error codes. However, in Fig. 6, the downstream actor-critic model uses the population mean excitatory activity as a scalar negative reward. This compresses the high-dimensional sparse population response into a single scalar. If the downstream system only uses the mean response, why is a sparse high-dimensional error code functionally important, beyond matching the observed response distribution? Conversely, if the sparse population pattern contains richer information about the direction or structure of vocal errors, how might downstream reinforcement pathways read out this information?

      The manuscript should clarify whether sparsity is proposed to have a functional role in motor learning, or whether it is primarily a biological feature of the evaluative circuit. This point is particularly important because the broader framing of the paper concerns internal evaluative signals, whereas the final reinforcement learning demonstration uses a scalar reward.

      (4) The actor-critic model in Fig. 6 is useful because it demonstrates that the learned error signal contains enough information to guide motor learning. However, the reinforcement learning module is attached downstream of the auditory circuit and is highly simplified. Therefore, it remains somewhat ambiguous whether Fig. 6 should be interpreted as a circuit model of song learning or as a demonstration of sufficiency. The latter interpretation seems appropriate and valuable, but the manuscript should state this more explicitly. The central contribution appears to be the bootstrapping of an internal evaluative signal, rather than a complete model of sensorimotor song learning. Clarifying this distinction would prevent overinterpretation of the actor-critic results.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The paper proposes a network model that explains how birdsong learning can be guided by reinforcement signals.

      Strengths:

      It is well known that self-generated motor actions typically suppress their associated sensory input (for example, in the mammalian auditory cortex; see Eliades & Wang, 2003). This study presents a mechanism that effectively reverses this process. The theory posits that, initially, the motor signal generated in HVC, although not yet sufficient to produce an accurate song, nevertheless sends an efference copy to auditory areas, where it acts to cancel external auditory input from the tutor. This establishes a "scaffold," such that only an accurate replica of the tutor song can successfully suppress the corresponding auditory activity.

      During learning, poorly generated plastic songs produce residual auditory activity that cannot be fully suppressed. This remaining activity then serves as an error signal that guides the refinement of motor output. The idea is elegant and is supported by experimental evidence.

      Weaknesses:

      The authors compare several possible sites of synaptic plasticity within the auditory network and conclude that the E-to-I-to-E model provides the best fit to the existing data. In this model, the auditory network consists of recurrent excitatory (E) and inhibitory (I) neurons, and Hebbian plasticity at E-to-I and I-to-E synapses is required to establish the cancellation pattern necessary to reproduce the tutor song.

      However, the manuscript's presentation of the underlying plasticity mechanisms is somewhat puzzling. The authors repeatedly emphasize anti-Hebbian learning, even though their most successful model fundamentally relies on Hebbian plasticity. Although the resulting functional relationship may be described as anti-Hebbian, the biological learning mechanism implemented in the model is Hebbian. The repeated emphasis on anti-Hebbian learning therefore distracts from the central message and may confuse readers about the actual mechanism responsible for learning.

      This emphasis may reflect an effort to distinguish the present work from previous anti-Hebbian models, but I suggest restructuring the manuscript. The authors should first present the optimal E-to-I-to-E model in detail, clearly explaining its mechanism and biological interpretation. Subsequent sections could then compare this model with the less successful alternative architectures. Such a reorganization would substantially improve the clarity and overall structure of the manuscript.

      Finally, the abstract presents self-guided reinforcement learning as a novel concept, although this general idea has been described in previous work (e.g., Fiete et al., 2007). The abstract should therefore be revised to more precisely identify the specific novelty and contribution of the present study, rather than attributing novelty to the broader concept of self-guided reinforcement learning.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Marschall et al. develop a theoretical framework for analyzing multi-task dynamics in nonlinear recurrent neural networks (RNNs). In the RNN model, recurrent connectivity is a linear superposition of multiple non-overlapping low-rank components, each corresponding to a separate "task". Each task is an autonomous dynamical system that does not incorporate external inputs. The "multi-task computation" setting examines whether multiple tasks (dynamical systems) can operate concurrently or how a network can switch between tasks.

      Within this framework, the authors show that when connectivity consists of two low-rank components implementing two tasks (a limit cycle and a bistable attractor), the network exhibits winner-takes-all dynamics, resulting in only one task being active and the other one suppressed. A task consistently dominates this competition when the magnitude of its low-rank connectivity ("task strength") exceeds that of the other task. When one task is dominant and many other tasks with weaker low-rank connectivity are present, increasing the number of tasks destabilizes the dominant-task dynamics, leading to chaotic fluctuations in network activity. Supported by the dynamical mean-field theory analysis, the authors show that as the dominant-task strength increases, the network transitions through three dynamical regimes: chaotic spontaneous activity, chaotic task-selected dynamics, and non-chaotic task-selected dynamics. The theoretical analysis additionally predicts how latent task-related dynamics manifest in single-neuron activity and how the dimensionality of population activity changes across the three dynamical regimes.

      The results are interesting, the analyses and simulations are rigorous, and the text is clear and easy to follow. Overall, this study is a significant and timely contribution to the literature on low-rank RNNs, an influential model class for low-dimensional neural dynamics in computational neuroscience.

      Main comments:

      (1) In this modeling framework, only one dominant task can be selected while all other tasks are suppressed. In contrast, several previous studies constructed RNNs (either through gradient-descent optimization or reservoir computing) that simultaneously generate outputs for multiple tasks across the corresponding task-specific readouts. Of course, what counts as a task is arbitrary, and one could view the dynamics of a reservoir network as implementing a single high-dimensional "task" with multiple readouts. Nevertheless, it would be helpful to explicitly clarify the distinction and similarities between the current modeling framework and networks that simultaneously solve multiple tasks.

      (2) The role of external inputs in task selection appears to be underdeveloped. It is only briefly examined in Fig. S4, with the conclusion that external inputs aligned with the task subspace cannot enable selection of the desired task. However, previous multi-task RNN models (e.g., optimized through gradient descent) are clearly able to switch across many tasks using external inputs. In these models, external inputs modulate RNN activity along specific directions, shaped through gradient descent, to select the relevant task for each input. In contrast, this study only considers inputs aligned with the m-direction (left loading vector in the low-rank connectivity for a task). Such input cannot enhance the corresponding task's activity through recurrent amplification (Fig. S4). Yet, low-rank RNN theory predicts that inputs aligned with the n-direction (task's right loading vector) are selectively amplified by the recurrent dynamics. Why inputs aligned with the n-direction were not examined? More broadly, focusing only on inputs aligned with either m- or n-direction appears too narrow, as trained multi-task RNNs indicate that task selection through external inputs is possible, but may require input directions different from m and n.

      (3) It is unclear what the reason is for the task interference: overlaps between task loading vectors for different tasks or other nonlinear effects? This issue is especially prominent in the analysis of task capacity (Fig. 2D and Fig. 4A). The text states that the loading vectors are independent across tasks, i.e. there is zero expected overlap between loading vectors of different tasks (line 126). For a network of N neurons, a rank-R task requires 2R loading vectors. Under the assumption of independence, the maximum number of tasks is P = N/(2R). Then α=P/N can be at most 1/(2R). In the simulations, it is chosen R=2, such that alpha can be at most 1/4 for the loading vectors to remain independent. However, the range of alpha reaches up to 1 in Fig. 2D and Fig. 4A, suggesting that loading vectors are no longer independent across tasks for larger alpha. Is the linear dependence between loading vectors (i.e. overlap across tasks) the reason for the task-1 component norm to drop sharply around alpha=1/4 in Fig. 2D? More broadly, is it possible to isolate the contribution of overlap in task loading vectors versus other nonlinear effects?

      (4) In the current version of the paper, it is difficult to understand how the analysis based on the dynamical mean-field theory in Methods explains the key observations from the numerical simulations. For example, the mechanism underlying the transition from the spontaneous state to chaotic task-selected state, and to the non-chaotic task-selected state remain opaque. Further, it would be helpful to specify which section in Methods is being referred to at each mention throughout the main text. Finally, Fig. 7 and Eqs. (11-13) clearly state the input sources that drive single unit activity, non-dominant task latent states and dominant task latent state. The decomposition is potentially very informative, but its implications are not discussed in sufficient detail. It would be helpful to provide an intuitive explanation of how contributions of these input sources evolve as connectivity strength of one task increases, and which of them eventually leads to the loss of stability of the previous network state.

      (5) The text states that the results can be easily extended to include task-specific inputs and outputs (lines 117-119). However, such an extension does not seem to be straightforward and requires additional explanations. The dynamical mean-field theory analyses here are stationary and describe the steady-state of network dynamics. In contrast, common input-output tasks typically involve transient dynamics, in which time-dependent external inputs keep changing the RNN flow field, and steady-state is never reached. Under these transient conditions, it is unclear whether the same conclusions apply. For example, if a network is at a low-activity baseline when a task-input begins to drive activity in the corresponding task subspace, it is unclear whether the activity in other task-subspaces would grow sufficiently fast to cause interference, or whether such interference would not be observed. Thus, a more detail analyses are necessary to support the extension of the results to input-driven transient tasks beyond autonomous dynamical systems.

      (6) When task strength is the same for all tasks, what determines which task will win the competition? Is it frozen noise in connectivity such that one task always wins, or do initial conditions determine which task wins, based on which task's activity grows faster?

      (7) Does the theory require the activity of all neurons to operate in the saturating part of nonlinearity? For example, the text states "increased activity reduces the gain factor <Φ'(t)>" (line 169). This statement is only true when Φ'<0. For sigmoid nonlinearity used in the paper, Φ'>0 when firing rate is small. If a substantial fraction of neurons in the network is near the rest state, would the theory still apply? Similarly, this statement does not hold for ReLU nonlinearity, and it is unclear how the theory applies to ReLU networks in Fig. S3. The paper states that the results are not specific to the choice of nonlinearity (lines 176-178). However, the dynamics being studied (bistability and limit cycles) both operate on the saturating part of the nonlinearity. Could the authors clarify the assumptions on the nonlinearity for the theory to apply?

      (8) Is it possible to interpret the results in Fig. 4? What does this dependence on the overlap matrix mean? Is there an intuition for this particular dependence, or is it just an observation without general interpretation?

      (9) The results in Fig. 5E appear underdeveloped and somewhat arbitrary. It is unclear how the dependence of dimensionality on the recording time would change as a function of time spent in a task. If this time is long, then the curve grows slowly and total dimensionality is high. If this time is very short, then the network may not have sufficient time for all task variables to grow sufficiently large to contribute significantly to the total variance. Thus, the grows may be faster and the total variance may saturate at a lower value. Hence, it is unclear whether there will be always a qualitative difference from the spontaneous activity curve. Furthermore, since only one of two curves is measured, what quantitative criteria should be used to determine whether it is consistent with task switching or spontaneous state?

      (10) On line 368: "For sufficiently large number of tasks, the dimensionality associated with sequential task selection can greatly exceed that of the spontaneous state (Fig. 5E inset)" - it seems that Fig. 5E inset shows the opposite that the dimensionality of spontaneous state can saturate at a very high value for large N, exceeding the dimension of task-switching network in the main plot. Although it is hard to say, since the inset has many lines with only two labels and no ticks on axis, so it is unclear what exactly does it show.

      (11) Related to discussion on line 368-370: In a task-switching state, would the switching between tasks also be reflected in behavior? In addition, the time-correlation functions would not be stationary in task-switching state, i.e. they would change over time, whereas they will be stationary in the spontaneous state. Thus, could the two mechanisms be dissociated in experiments using behavior or metrics beyond dimensionality?

      (12) On line 385, could the authors provide more details on how they envision the two potential mechanisms-synaptic plasticity and targeted neuromodulation-to reinforce a task-specific low-rank connectivity pattern? If neuromodulation changes the gain of individual neurons, this modulation corresponds to scaling of connectivity by a diagonal matrix, not strengthening of a specific low-rank component. Short-term facilitation or depression also modulates synaptic strength depending on the activity of the presynaptic neuron, thus also scaling connectivity by a diagonal matrix. It is unclear how these two mechanisms could produce a specific low-rank modulation.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary

      The authors ask what recurrent connectivity supports many distinct task-related manifolds when the associated dynamics interfere, how a circuit engages one task while suppressing others, and what produces high-dimensional activity. Extending previous theoretical studies on low-dimensional dynamics in large networks, they use a solvable model whose weight matrix is a weighted sum of many low-rank, task-specific components and develop a dynamical mean-field theory that relates connectivity, dynamics, and measurable population signatures of multi-tasking.

      Strengths

      (1) The question is timely. Low-rank networks are a leading model for low-dimensional latent dynamics, and the composition of dynamical systems has been proposed as a mechanism allowing for rapid, flexible learning; the paper connects these two ideas under a single theoretical framework.

      (2) The proposal that sequential transitions between low-dimensional, low-rank dynamics can account for the _apparent growth of dimensionality with recording time_ is novel and is the paper's most valuable conceptual contribution.

      (3) The mathematical analysis is rigorous, and the spontaneous-state theory is convincingly validated against simulation.

      (4) The model produces concrete, falsifiable predictions - heterogeneous, syllable-dependent single-neuron tuning, low within-state dimensionality despite single-neuron variability, and distinct dimensionality-versus-recording-time signatures for the spontaneous versus task-switching accounts.

      Weaknesses - whether the claims are supported by the data

      (1) Chaos is named but not demonstrated._ The large-P and intermediate task-selected regimes are labeled "chaotic," but the manuscript does not establish chaos. In a homogeneous network, it is known that once the fixed point loses stability, the surviving solution is chaotic (Sompolinsky, Crisanti & Sommers 1988); that guarantee does not transfer here. The DMFT noise term is not computed analytically, and the single-neuron correlation functions (Fig. 5) show disorder, not a demonstrated decay of the fluctuation autocorrelation to zero, nor a positive largest Lyapunov exponent. The concern is sharpened by the possibility of _transient_ chaos: orthogonal to a dominant limit cycle, fluctuations may be locally unstable only at certain amplitudes or phases, so the global attractor could remain a stable cycle visited with chaotic excursions. As it stands, the claim of chaos in the intermediate regime is unsupported; it may well hold for some range of the selected-task strength, but this is neither shown numerically nor proven.

      (2) "Analytical theory" overstates what is solved in closed form._ For the task-selected state, the kernels are non-stationary: The DMFT is entrained to the dominant task's dynamics, with an O(1) time-dependent quantity inside the nonlinearity. To my knowledge, there is no closed-form DMFT solution under these conditions. The Methods section supports this, explaining that the general scheme is solved by iterative numerical self-consistency (and described there as prohibitively expensive), and tractability is recovered only in a special block-Haar ensemble with Gaussian currents. This is entirely reasonable, but the main text presents it as an analytical theory; the reliance on numerical solutions of the self-consistency equations should be stated plainly.

      (3) The spontaneous-state transition is the classical critical-gain transition, only reparametrized._ The onset of the no-task-dominant state is governed by $g_{eff}^2 = \alpha R\langle D^2\rangle$. It appears to depend on the number of tasks only because per-task strength D is held fixed as tasks accumulate; under a normalization that holds g_eff fixed, the transition reduces to a critical-gain point independent of P, as in extensive random networks. Relatedly, the result that chaos "arises solely from learning many tasks" is, mechanistically, random-network chaos: the random task components raise the weight variance and play the role of effective disorder. This is a legitimate and appealing reframing, but it is not a new transition, and the manuscript should make the relationship to the standard criterion explicit.

      (4) Significance of the selection mechanism._ That boosting a task's gain selects it is intuitive, and the authors note the extreme (one $D^\mu$ dominating) is trivial. The non-trivial and genuinely useful contribution is quantitative - that only a small, O(1/P) modulation near criticality is required. This deserves to be foregrounded rather than left to the Discussion.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors present MiPS, a platform combining DMD-based patterned illumination, automated microscopy, retrained DeLTA segmentation, and mother-machine microfluidics to selectively inhibit or eliminate cells based on dynamic phenotypes. The system enables targeted UV or red-light illumination in real time using segmentation-informed projection masks, allowing selective enrichment directly within mother-machine devices. The manuscript demonstrates proof-of-concept enrichment of mCherry cells from mixed GFP/mCherry populations, characterizes off-target effects, and performs computational simulations of iterative enrichment rounds. Overall, the engineering and systems integration are impressive, and the platform has strong potential for applications in directed evolution, biosensor optimization, and dynamic phenotype-based selection workflows.

      Overall, I believe the work is suitable for publication after minor revisions and clarification of several aspects of the manuscript. In particular, the paper would benefit from additional context in the Introduction and Methods sections, clearer positioning relative to existing platforms, improved figure readability/captions, and a more careful revision of the English throughout the manuscript.

      Major comments:

      (1) The manuscript should better position MiPS relative to recent microscopy-based and DMD-enabled selection/control systems, particularly Lugagne et al., Nature Communications (2024), DOI: 10.1038/s41467-024-46361-1. That work also combines mother-machine microfluidics, DeLTA-based real-time image analysis, and DMD projection. The key distinction here appears to be physical selection/enrichment through targeted killing rather than optogenetic control, and this difference should be stated more explicitly.

      (2) The manuscript currently compares MiPS mostly to FACS/MACS. However, the more relevant comparison may be recent image-based and microfluidic photoselection systems. A dedicated comparison table discussing throughput, temporal phenotyping, iterative selection, dynamic phenotype tracking, and enrichment capabilities would strengthen the paper.

      (3) The enrichment experiment in Figure 4 represents a relatively simple classification problem (GFP vs mCherry). Since the proposed applications involve subtle continuous phenotypes, it would considerably strengthen the manuscript to include at least one experiment selecting for high vs. low expressors within a single fluorescent reporter population.

      (4) The strongest enrichment result (~170-fold enrichment in Figure 5) is entirely simulation-based. Since the manuscript already states that ~45 min is sufficient between rounds for growth evaluation, a real 2-3-round enrichment experiment seems feasible and would substantially strengthen the platform's practical relevance. This experiment appears realistic within a relatively short time investment.

      (5) The bimodal distributions in Figure 2 suggest that a fraction of cells may be stress-resistant rather than simply surviving randomly. It would be useful to discuss whether repeated rounds could progressively enrich UV-resistant subpopulations.

      (6) The manuscript repeatedly uses the term "killed," although the data shown in Figures 2 and 4 mostly demonstrate strong growth arrest/inhibition. Please clarify how the cutoff of division rate <0.4 h⁻¹ was selected and whether an independent viability assay was performed.

      (7) The off-target analysis in Figure 3 is one of the strongest parts of the paper and should probably be emphasized more. The conclusion that the dominant effects are global rather than local is interesting, but additional discussion about optical scattering, ROS diffusion, or device-wide coupling effects would strengthen the interpretation.

      (8) UV exposure is inherently mutagenic in E. coli, and untargeted cells still receive a substantial fraction of the UV dose at high targeting fractions. Please discuss whether the MB/red-light modality may be preferable in applications where preserving genotype integrity is important.

      (9) The manuscript discusses that methylene blue (MB) improves the on:off target ratio, but MB also appears to reduce baseline growth by ~40% even without red-light exposure. This is potentially important for iterative selection workflows. Please discuss whether this effect is reversible after washout and how rapidly cells recover.

      (10) The manuscript states that the retrained DeLTA model used ~3,000 annotated fluorescence images, but no train/validation/test split or segmentation performance metrics are reported. Since segmentation directly impacts phenotype classification and projection targeting, these details are important for reproducibility.

      (11) The manuscript would benefit from a stronger Methods description regarding DMD calibration, alignment procedures, projection accuracy validation, and computational timing requirements for the real-time analysis pipeline.

      Significance:

      General assessment: This is a creative and technically impressive study that combines mother-machine microfluidics, automated microscopy, real-time image analysis, and DMD-based photoselection into a unified platform for dynamic, phenotype-based enrichment. The strongest aspects of the work are the systems integration, the quantitative characterization of off-target effects, and the conceptual demonstration that dynamic microscopy-derived phenotypes can be linked to physical enrichment workflows.

      The main limitations are that the biological validation remains largely proof-of-concept and the most compelling enrichment results are currently simulation-based rather than experimentally demonstrated across multiple rounds. In addition, the manuscript would benefit from stronger positioning relative to recent image-based and DMD-enabled microfluidic control systems.

      Advance: The study extends the field of single-cell microfluidics and image-based selection by introducing a platform that links longitudinal microscopy measurements directly to physical enrichment decisions within mother-machine devices. To my knowledge, the combination of iterative feedback-driven selection, DMD-based targeted elimination, and dynamic phenotype tracking in this context is novel.

      The closest related systems appear to be recent DMD-enabled mother-machine platforms for real-time optogenetic control, particularly those reported by Lugagne et al. (Nature Communications 2024, DOI: 10.1038/s41467-024-46361-1). However, MiPS introduces a distinct conceptual advance by using patterned illumination for selective enrichment/elimination rather than gene-expression modulation alone.

      The advance is primarily technical and conceptual, with potential downstream applications in directed evolution, synthetic biology, biosensor engineering, and dynamic phenotype screening workflows that are difficult or impossible to implement using FACS alone.

      Audience: The work will likely be of strongest interest to researchers working in synthetic biology, microfluidics, single-cell analysis, systems biology, bioengineering, and automated microscopy. It may also be of broader interest to communities developing dynamic phenotype screening technologies, closed-loop biological control systems, and next-generation directed evolution platforms.

      The audience is likely specialized but multidisciplinary, spanning both engineering-oriented and biology-oriented researchers. The methods and conceptual framework may also influence future development of automated selection systems beyond the specific mother-machine context.

      Expertise - My expertise includes: Microfluidics, Synthetic biology, Single-cell systems, Automated microscopy, Real-time image analysis, Bioengineering platforms, Dynamic phenotype characterization.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      In this manuscript, the authors reported Microscopic PhotoSelection (MiPS), a closed-loop automated robotic platform designed to link time-resolved imaging with physical sample recovery in mother machine microfluidic devices. By pairing a standard mother machine layout with a custom DMD optical path, an LED array, and an optimized DeLTA deep-learning model, the system tracks dynamic single-cell phenotypes and isolates specific cells via automated, targeted phototoxicity, i.e. selection by elimination. This is a novel technical development that addresses a clear limitation of snapshot sorting methods like FACS or MACS when screening for time-resolved, lineage-dependent traits. However, several methodological limitations and presentation errors must be addressed before publication.

      Major Comments:

      (1) Definition of 'Optimal' Dose (Figure 2D): The authors identify 8.0 W*cm-2 UV light for 300s as the optimal condition. However, this data point lies at the absolute boundary of the tested parameter space. In classical dose-response characterization, an optimum is defined by a local peak or a plateau followed by a decline in performance (typically due to rising off-target toxicity or scatter). Because the performance curve has not rolled over, this represents a boundary condition rather than a demonstrated mathematical optimum. The authors should either extend the parameter sweep to locate the true peak or soften their language to reflect that this is simply the highest performing condition tested.

      (2) UV Exposure Time Gap: The exposure time sweep skips directly from 60s to 300s. While the closely spaced early timepoints are appropriate for capturing initial cell-death kinetics, the large gap to 300s leaves a significant engineering blind spot. Figure 3D demonstrates that off-target scattering damage scales linearly with cumulative light energy. If complete target cell arrest can be achieved at an intermediate exposure (e.g., 120s, 180s or 240s), operating the system at 300s unnecessarily subjects neighboring "surviving" cells to secondary global UV stress via device-wide scattering. An intermediate temporal sweep is recommended to optimize the selection window and properly balance target lethality with background library viability.

      (3) Baseline Chemical Toxicity of Methylene Blue (MB): The photosensitizer workflow shows a clear improvement in contrast at lower power densities and exposure times. However, lines 151-153 note that the addition of 2 uM MB alone, even without light activation, stunts the baseline bacterial growth rate by ~40%. This is a major biological confounder. For applications like directed evolution or dynamic physiological screening, introducing a chemical stressor that nearly halves fitness imposes an unintended selective pressure. This baseline stress may activate pathways that mask or alter the phenotypes of interest. The authors must expand their discussion on how this baseline toxicity impacts multi-round iterative selections, and should ideally evaluate lower concentrations (e.g., 0.5uM or 1uM) or alternative photosensitizers to identify a more viable operational window.

      (4) Negative Selection Framework and Search Space Scale: The MiPS platform relies entirely on negative selection by destroying unwanted variants. While effective for the demonstrated 1:1 binary proof-of-concept mixture, negative selection scales poorly when screening for rare variants within large libraries. For instance, isolating a single high performer from a library of 105 cells requires the system to successfully target and kill 99,999 individual cells; any statistical leak or failure in killing efficiency directly leads to heavy contamination of the recovered sample. The Discussion section requires a quantitative evaluation of these search space constraints, outlining how they limit the system's utility compared to positive selection mechanisms (such as optical tweezers or droplet sorters) when scaling to rare mutations (<1 in 104).

      Significance:

      This study presents a significant methodological advance in single-cell analysis and microfluidics by integrating long-term live-cell imaging, automated image analysis, and phenotype-guided cell recovery into a closed-loop platform. Existing approaches such as FACS and MACS are largely limited to endpoint or snapshot measurements, whereas MiPS enables selection based on dynamic and lineage-dependent cellular behaviors, thereby addressing an important gap in current single-cell screening technologies.

      A key strength is the effective integration of mother machine microfluidics, custom optics, and deep-learning-based tracking into an automated and functional system. While the individual components are established, their combination into a phenotype-driven selection platform is innovative and expands the utility of live-cell microscopy from passive observation to active cell selection. The advance is therefore primarily methodological and technological, with potential to enable future conceptual discoveries in cellular heterogeneity and lineage dynamics.

      However, limitations remain regarding scalability, robustness, selection accuracy, and generalizability across biological systems. Additional benchmarking and validation would strengthen the work further.

      Overall, the study will be of interest to researchers in microfluidics, single-cell biology, microbial systems biology, bioengineering, quantitative imaging, and synthetic biology.

      My expertise is in microfluidics, cell sorting and disease mechanobiology.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The work describes an optofluidic automation setup to optically inhibit and enrich selected bacterial populations in confined microchannels through negative selection using light stimulation. The work is well described and the manuscript is well constructed.

      Major comment:

      The authors reported that methylene blue with 2uM incubation has superior performance than UV light. But it's also noted on line 152 there is an inhibition effect from the chemical affecting ~40% of the growth rate.

      It will be noteworthy what is the growth curve or at least the MIC of methylene blue used on the MG1655 E. coli by the authors.

      Significance:

      The optics part of the work is well described, however the materials and methods details of the biological and microfluidic part can be extended.

      Overall, the system demonstrated the practical use of combining microfluidics for enrichment of microbial population as a novel alternative method, despite that the efficiency is currently subpar to conventional methods.

      But combining further with deep learning phenotype or growth rate monitoring, the technology represents a new path for phenotypic selection which is also novel that conventional methods cannot offer. The work will benefit readers in applied science seeking for new target enrichment based on optofluidics.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The study by McKim et al (eLife-RP-RA-2024-102684) seeks to provide a comprehensive description of the connectivity of neurosecretory cells (NSCs) using a high-resolution electron microscopy dataset of the fly brain and several single cell RNA seq transcriptomic datasets from the brain and peripheral tissues of the fly. They use connectomic analyses to identify discrete functional subgroups of NSCs and describe both the broad architecture of the synaptic inputs to these subgroups as well as some of the specific inputs including from chemosensory pathways. They then demonstrate that NSCs have very few traditional presynapses consistent with their known function as providing paracrine release of neuropeptides. Acknowledging that EM datasets can't account for paracrine release, the authors use several scRNAseq datasets to explore signaling between NSCs and characterize widespread patterns of neuropeptide receptor expression across the brain and several body tissues. The thoroughness of this study allows it to largely achieve its goal and provides a useful resource for anyone studying neurohormonal signaling.

      Strengths:

      The strengths of this study are the thorough nature of the approach and the integration of several large-scale datasets to address shortcomings of individual datasets. The study also acknowledges the limitations that inherent to studying hormonal signaling and provide interpretations within the context of these limitations.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors provide a comprehensive description of the neurosecretory network in the adult Drosophila brain. They assigned and verified the types of neurosecretory cells (NSCs) found in three publicly available drosophila brain connectomes. They then describe the organization of synaptic inputs and outputs for across NSC types. They show that NSCs are regulated by multiple sensory modalities, including enteric neurons. The authors then focus on a concise pathway from corazonin-expressing NSCs to a set of descending neurons, DNg27 and demonstrate that this pathway has the capacity to regulate egg-laying in female flies. Leveraging existing transcriptomic data, they also describe the hormone and receptor expressions in the NSCs and show putative paracrine signaling between NSCs. Taken together, this study provides a framework for future functional experiments, which may demonstrate whether and how NSCs, and the circuits to which they belong, shape physiological function and behavior.

      Strengths:

      This study uses three Drosophila brain connectomes to assign cell types to ten classes of neurosecretory cells (NSCs), based on clustering of synaptic connectivity and morphological features. The authors then verify type assignments for selected populations by matching cluster sizes to anatomical localization and cell counts using immunohistochemistry of neuropeptide expression and markers with known co-expression.

      The authors compare their findings to previous work describing the synaptic connectivity of the neurosecretory network in larval Drosophila (Huckesfeld et al., 2021), finding that there are some differences between these developmental stages. Direct comparisons between adult and larvae are made possible through direct comparison in Table 1, as well as the authors' choice to adopt similar (or equivalent) analyses and data visualizations in the present paper's figures.

      The authors extract core themes in NSC synaptic connectivity and generate predictions regarding sensory inputs and downstream physiological and behavioral functions. They test one newly identified NSC-premotor pathway, from corazonin-expressing NSCs to the descending neuron DNg27, with loss-of-function experiments and demonstrate that this pathway has the capacity to regulate female egg-laying.

      The authors illustrate expression patterns of neuropeptides and receptors across NSC cell types from existing transcriptomic data and present a putative paracrine signaling network among NSCs. The authors also catalog hormone receptor expression across tissues.

      Taken together, this study provides a comprehensive account of the neurosecretory system of the adult fly.

      Weaknesses:

      In Figure 6 authors use a linear dynamical modeling approach (described in Bates et al. 2026) to quantify the influence of different sensory source neuron types on the different NSC classes. The authors should discuss the two main assumptions baked into this approach: 1) all path segments (connections) from sources to targets are given the same sign and therefore result in activation, despite likely biological variation in their synaptic valences. 2) Each connection is given the same time constant for the response kinetics. Therefore, the model assumes uniform intrinsic "biophysical" properties.

      Although the actual intrinsic properties (e.g. complements of voltage-gated ion channels) of the intermediate and target neurons are unknown, they are likely heterogenous. Such heterogeneity would have consequences on the steady-state responses. Thus, the response magnitudes measured in this model are unlikely to provide an accurate representation of feedforward "influences" in this circuit.

      Although the intrinsic properties of all nodes in these paths will remain unknown in the absence of electrophysiological recordings, one could still consider the signs of connections using neurotransmitter predictions in the connectome (Eckstein et al. 2024). It would then be useful to compare the relative influences calculated with the Bates et al. approach to 1) simple weight propagation methods which are agnostic to time (as in Hoeller et al. 2026; doi: https://doi.org/10.64898/2025.12.22.696097) and 2) this Bates et al. approach and weight propagation methods that conserve the signs of the connections.

      In Figure 8 and associated supplements, the authors probe the function of CRZ-expressing NSCs > DNg27 pathways in female and male flies. Although the authors test the effects of silencing both CRZ-expressing cells and DNg27 on feeding, egg-laying, and flight behaviors in females. They recapitulate a previous finding that CRZ-expressing cells regulate feeding behavior and then identify potential regulatory roles for this pathway in egg-laying. However, the authors did not test this full palette of behaviors in males. The authors do not test feeding or flight behaviors in males. They do, however, confirm previously reported activation phenotypes (copulation-like behaviors), via optogenetic activation of CRZ-expressing cells in males. These experiments would be more ethological if executed in freely walking male flies, rather than males that were glued, on their backs. It is unclear why the authors did not also test for activation or loss-of-function phenotypes for DNg27 in males. Taken together: the authors show compelling loss-of-function phenotypes for feeding and egg-laying for the CRZ-expressing NSC > DNg27 pathway in females, but evaluation in males remains incomplete.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study extends the authors' prior work on transgenic nhomie/homie boundary pairing (Fujioka et al. 2016 PLoS Genetics), which showed that these elements - corresponding to the eve TAD's left and right boundaries - can pair with endogenous copies over large genomic distances (142 kb here), bridging a linked reporter gene to endogenous eve enhancers for long-range gene activation (shown again here in Figure 1). Physical pairing was previously confirmed (Chen et al. 2018 Nat Genet) and further resolved by Micro-C (Bing et al. 2024 eLife), supporting the hypothesized "stem-loop" or "circle loop" topologies used to explain homie/nhomie directional pairing (shown here for nhomie in Figures 2-3). The authors recently showed that a Su(Hw) binding site is required for homie-mediated reporter gene activation by eve enhancers (Fujioka et al. 2025 Genetics); here, they extend this finding to nhomie (Figures 4-6), further showing that Su(Hw) motifs are required for Micro-C-detectable looping between transgenic and endogenous eve boundaries (Figures 7-9). Finally, they show that while cis-pairing over 142 kb is highly specific to homie/nhomie elements, transvection between homologous transgene insertions is more permissive (functioning with the Su(Hw)-bound gypsy insulator) but still shows some specificity (failing with the CTCF-bound Fab8 boundary, Figures 10-11).

      Strengths:

      The question of how pairs of loci can specifically physically pair over relatively long genomic distances is an interesting fundamental question. The study's strengths are the clarity and meticulous interpretation of the results, and the authors' conclusions are compelling.

      Weaknesses:

      A major weakness is that some figures reproduce previously published findings; in some cases it is unclear whether the same fly lines were used, and in others, the lines differ only slightly from those used previously (e.g., a shorter version of the Homie transgene than the one used previously). Most conclusions in this manuscript have already been published elsewhere. As a result, the paper does not report a genuine new discovery, and only incrementally advances our understanding of boundary pairing.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      The results in Ke et al., build on 15 years of work focused on dissecting the pairing properties of the Drosophila Homie insulator. Here, the authors use similar methods to those shown in Fujioka et al., 2016, Ke et al., 2024, and Fujioka et al., 2025, but with a focus on nHomie pairing and the role of Su(Hw) in both Homie and nHomie long-range interactions. The main question the authors hope to address is what the mechanisms are behind the physical interactions involved in boundary:boundary pairing. They attempt to answer this question through mutating the Su(Hw) binding sites located within the nHomie and Homie transgenic sequences and observing how pairing is altered.

      The work presented is thorough and thought out; however, some of the conclusions that the authors focus on are not what makes the work interesting and could be reprioritized. For example, the authors spend several paragraphs in the discussion (lines 531-595) addressing how the data presented does not support an argument for cohesion-mediated loop extrusion. While the interactions shown throughout the manuscript do not support cohesion-mediated loop extrusion occurring at the Homie locus, the authors have already made this point in both Bing et al., 2024 and Ke et al., 2024 and thus do not need to expound on this point.

      Instead, the authors have a more compelling story in their specificity vs promiscuity arguments. Homie is a unique insulator in Drosophila and even when located 142kb away will still find its unique pairing partners (itself and nHomie). The authors have shown this several times prior, yet here they show that some level of this long-distance homing interaction is dependent upon the Su(Hw) binding site. Additionally, the authors show in this study that addition of gypsy sequence, in a less demanding assay, is sufficient for transvection pairing with Homie. This transvection result is a novel finding, as gypsy was previously shown to be insufficient for long-distance pairing with Homie based on the authors' prior studies. It is likely different architectural proteins that bind within the Homie sequence and allow it to pair specifically with itself, regardless of assay type, and these elements are likely absent from the gypsy sequence, leading to pairing that is more situational (see point 8 in recommendations).

      Finally, to no fault of the authors, the art of visualizing complex 3D pairing configurations is difficult. Unfortunately, that can at times mask the ultimate points that the authors are trying to make about pairing early in the manuscript.

      Overall, the work mainly supports the authors' claims, and the findings are a useful addition to the insulator and Drosophila 3D genome organization field.

    3. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This manuscript investigates the function of Su(Hw) binding sites found in two boundaries/insulators, homie and nhomie, in TAD formation that encompasses the eve gene. They tested the hypothesis that Su(Hw) binds homie and nhomie, thereby forming a stem-loop TAD. The authors used transgene reporters with various mutations, and the results support the hypothesis strongly.

      Strengths:

      They combine reporter assays (GFP and LacZ expression) with MicroC contact profiling to robustly support their conclusion. Overall, they propose how Su(Hw) mediates physical interaction between boundary elements (homie and nhomie).

      Weaknesses:

      The writing is quite dense and not easily accessible to outside readers.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Mast cells have previously been reported to play an important role in bacterial immune defence and act protectively in sepsis. However, many of these findings were based on studies using Kit mutant mice. In this study, the authors conducted a detailed investigation using mast cell-deficient Cpa3 Cre-Master mice. As a result, the authors found that the Cpa3 Cre-Master mice exhibited responses similar to wild-type mice in terms of bacterial immune defense. This suggests that the observed phenotype is not due to mast cell-dependent bacterial immune defense, but rather is associated with dysbiosis of the gut microbiota.

      Strengths:

      Mast cells have long been reported to play an important role in the protective response against sepsis, and their function in infection defense has been demonstrated. However, Kit mutant mice have been reported to exhibit impaired peristalsis, and several mast cell-specific genetically modified mouse lines have since been developed and examined in detail. This study presents an important finding by logically demonstrating that the exacerbation of sepsis in Kit mice is due to alterations in the gut microbiota, and that the phenotype previously thought to be mast cell-dependent was, in fact, not.

      In addition, the experiments were carefully designed using mice with matched genetic backgrounds. These findings underscore the importance of microbiota composition in interpreting immune phenotypes and highlight the need for co-housing controls in mutant mouse studies.

      A major strength of this work is the robustness of the CLP data, generated over eight years by three independent researchers across two institutions with large sample sizes, lending strong support to the conclusions.

      Weaknesses:

      The study assesses only a limited subset of gut bacterial species, leaving the extent to which E. coli expansion contributes to the observed phenotype unclear. Moreover, in the cohousing experiments, there is no evidence provided to confirm successful microbiota normalization between groups. A more detailed analysis of the microbial composition would be necessary to strengthen the reliability of the findings.

      It is also important to note that Cpa3-deficient mice exhibit not only mast cell depletion but also defects in basophils and T cells. These additional immunological alterations may counterbalance one another, potentially masking phenotypic changes and complicating interpretation.

      Furthermore, it remains to be determined whether the altered gut microbiota observed in KitW/Wv mice is a consequence of impaired intestinal motility, whether a similar phenotype is observed in KitW-sh/W-sh mice, and whether comparable results occur in SCF-deficient models. Addressing these questions would provide greater clarity on the contribution of mast cells versus secondary factors in the observed phenotypes.

      Given that KitW/Wv mice exhibit impaired peristalsis, is the observed increase in E. coli a consequence of this dysfunction?

      Previous studies with BMMC reconstitution experiments have indicated that mast cells are a source of TNF-how does this align with the current findings?

      Comments on revised version.

      The authors have made substantial efforts to address the concerns raised in the previous review, and the revised manuscript has been substantially strengthened by the additional microbiome analyses. In particular, the new data provide a more comprehensive characterization of the intestinal microbiota in both Kit mutant and mast cell-deficient mice and strengthen the interpretation that the microbiota alterations observed in Kit mutant mice are associated with Kit deficiency rather than mast cell deficiency per se. Although Enterobacteriaceae were significantly increased based on the unadjusted Welch's t-test, this difference did not remain statistically significant after correction for multiple comparisons. The authors appropriately acknowledge this limitation in the revised manuscript. Overall, I consider the major concerns regarding the microbiome analysis to have been adequately addressed.

    2. Reviewer #2 (Public review):

      Summary:

      The authors showed that the high susceptibility to CLP sepsis of Kit-mutant mice is not due to mast cell deficiency, but to dysbiosis.

      Recommendations:

      (1) The authors showed that E. coli increases in the cecum of Kit-mutant mice, which causes high CLP susceptibility. However, they did not provide any evidence E. coli is responsible for the high susceptibility. In the Figure 3 experiments, the authors administered the same number of cecal bacteria and did not show the number of E. coli after the administration. The authors should provide evidence showing that depletion of E. coli decreases susceptibility.

      (2) The author should provide direct evidence of dysbiosis by, for example, shotgun sequencing of cecal and fecal contents.

      (3) In case the authors find dysbiosis, they should analyze the mechanisms by which Kit mutation causes dysbiosis.

      Comments on revised version.

      The revised manuscript focuses on refuting the notion that mast cells play important roles in sepsis. The reviewer agrees with this claim.

    1. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      In this work, Bryant, et al. investigate genetic interactions between non-essential members of the outer membrane protein biogenesis pathway and other genes in the genome using a transposon-directed insertion sequencing (TraDIS) approach in E. coli K-12. The authors identify interactions with other components of the envelope including LPS, peptidoglycan, and enterobacterial common antigen biogenesis, and they tie these interactions to specific members of the outer membrane biogenesis pathway. Although many of these interactions are known and have been previously investigated in the field, the study provides several synthetic phenotypes that could be useful for further investigations.

      The strengths of the paper include the unbiased, TraDIS approach, and follow up on the interactions observed. The interactions with genes of unknown function also are of interest as they may suggest experiments to find the functions of these genes. Although the paper could better address the relation of its findings to existing literature, the work in the paper is well controlled and the findings will be of interest to the field.

    1. Reviewer #1 (Public review):

      Summary:

      This study aimed to determine whether bacterial translation inhibitors affect mitochondria through the same mechanisms. Using mitoribosome profiling, the authors found that most antibiotics, except telithromycin, act similarly in both systems. These insights could help in the development of antibiotics with reduced mitochondrial toxicity.

      They also identified potential novel mitochondrial translation events, proposing new initiation sites for MT-ND1 and MT-ND5. These insights not only challenge existing annotations but also open new avenues for research on mitochondrial function.

      Strengths:

      Ribosome profiling is a state-of-the-art method for monitoring the translatome at very high resolution. Using mitoribosome profiling, the authors convincingly demonstrate that most of the analyzed antibiotics act in the same way on both bacterial and mitochondrial ribosomes, except for telithromycin. Additionally, the authors report possible alternative translation events, raising new questions about the mechanisms behind mitochondrial initiation and start codon recognition in mammals.

      Weaknesses:

      All the weaknesses I previously highlighted were adequately addressed.

    2. Reviewer #3 (Public review):

      Summary:

      Recently, the off-target activity of antibiotics on human mitoribosome has been paid more attention in the mitochondrial field. Hafner et al applied mitoribosome profiling to study the effect of antibiotics on protein translation in mitochondria as there are similarities between bacterial ribosome and mitoribosome. The authors conclude that some antibiotics act on mitochondrial translation initiation by the same mechanism as in bacteria. On the other hand, the authors showed that chloramphenicol, linezolid and telithromycin trap mitochondrial translation in a context-dependent manner. More interesting, during deep analysis of 5' end of ORF, the authors reported the alternative start codon for ND1 and ND5 proteins instead of previously known one. This is a novel finding in the field and it also provide another application of the technique to further study on mitochondrial translation.

      Strengths:

      This is the first study which applied mitoribosome profiling method to analyze multiple antibiotics treatment cells. The mitoribosome profiling method had been optimized carefully and has been suggested to be a novel method to study translation events in mitochondria. The manuscript is constructive and well-written.

      Comments on revisions:

      The authors added a discussion to the revised manuscript, and also carefully investigate structural data from others. I have no more comment. Congratulations to the team for a good manuscript!